Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPROJECT MANUAL PROJECT MANUAL FOR: CITY OF WATERLOO FIVE SULLIVAN BROTHERS CONVENTION CENTER KITCHEN PLUMBING IMPROVEMENTS WATERLOO, IA BID DATE 04 NOVEMBER 2019 I NVISION PLANNING I ARCHITECTURE INTERIORS WATERLOO DES MOINES 501 Sycamore Street, Suite101 303 Watson Powell Jr.Way, Suite 200 Waterloo, Iowa 50703 Des Moines, Iowa 50309 319.233.8419 515.633.2941 319.233.9772 (fax) 515.633.2942 (fax) invisionarch.com invisionarch.corn INVISION#: 16021 BID DOCUMENT SET 21 OCTOBER 2019 THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK FIVE SULLIVAN BROTHERS CONVENTION CENTER KITCHEN PLUMBING IMPROVEMENTS OWNER CITY OF WATERLOO 715 Mulberry St. Waterloo, IA 50701 Greg Ahlhelm—319.291.4319 ARCHITECT INVISION P.O. Box 1800 501 Sycamore Street, Suite 101 Waterloo, Iowa 50704-1800 Michael Broshar, FAIA-319.233.8419 Cody Mills,Associate AIA-319.433.3838 MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEER MODUS 214 East 4th St. Waterloo, IA 50703 Michael Brocka. PE—319.235.0650 Alex Matheson. PE—319.433.1468 ARCHITECT'S COMMISSION NUMBER: 16021 Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements City of Waterloo 00 01 02 INVISION#16021 PROJECT INFORMATION SHEET 1 of 2 THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 00 01 02 Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements PROJECT INFORMATION SHEET City of Waterloo 2 of 2 INVISION#16021 7 7 7 DOCUMENT 00 01 07 SEALS PAGE 1 I hereby certify that the portion of this technical submission described below was o Qc�Ofe 9SlON prepared by me or under my direct supervision and responsible charge. I am a ���'„ ° r duly Licensed Architect under the laws of the State of Iowa. `�t MICHAEL R % - Michael R proshar ,4 ce° BROSHAR -1 0 02463 1 o/i6/ i l ° Signature ! ^± %`3 °°o '. ;'~ Date r 0 Gz 4\ Registration Expires: 06-30-2020, Iowa Reg. No. 02463 Pages or sheets covered by this seal: Architectural Series Divisions: 00-14, except as specifically noted elsewhere. I hereby certify that this engineering document was prepared by me or under my direct personal supervision and that I am a duly licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Iowa. My license renewal date is December 31, 2019. iiiiiii — \\`P�pER M. M 7,, q % ��- °��C E N,S�o"Fe% Alexander M. Matheson Date = Qe oZ: ° ° 23195 ° ° E 0 °° •° <.., Pages or sheets covered by this seal: FS°°°O�/�/P°° �� ; S °°°° °° �G Specification Div.: Div. 22 — '//�LINAILj 1E\\ \\ Drawings: See Sheet Index END OF SECTION Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements City of Waterloo 00 01 07 INVISION#16021 SEALS PAGE 1 of 1 THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 01 07 SEALS PAGE City of Waterloo 1 of 1 INVISION#16021 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 00-PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 00 01 02 Project Information Sheet 00 01 07 Seals Page 00 01 10 Table of Contents 00 21 13 Instructions to Bidders 00 41 00 Bid Form and Bid Supplements (by Owner) (by Owner) Form of Bid or Proposal Sales Tax Exemption Information Form (by Owner) (by Owner) Non-Collision Affidavits Resident Bidder Certification (by Owner) Form of Bid Bond (by Owner) Equal Opportunity Clause (by Owner) Reciprocal Resident Bidder Preference (by Owner) (by Owner) Affirmative Action Program (by Owner) Items of Potential MBE/WBE Participation (by Owner) Certified MBE/WBE Construction and Contractors (by Owner) Maintenance Guide Statement of Bidder's Qualifications Form of Payment Bond (by Owner) Form of Performance Bond (by Owner) 00 72 00 General Conditions (by Owner) 00 73 11 General Specifications for Construction (by Owner) DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 10 00 Summary 01 20 00 Price and Payment Procedures 01 30 00 Administrative Requirements 01 40 00 Quality Requirements 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 60 00 Product Requirements 01 60 01 Substitution Request Form 01 70 00 Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals DIVISION 02—EXISTING CONDITIONS DIVISION 03-CONCRETE 03 30 00 Concrete DIVISION 04—MASONRY DIVISION 05—METALS 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications DIVISION 06-WOOD, PLASTICS,AND COMPOSITES 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry DIVISION 07-THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 92 00 Joint Sealants Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements City of Waterloo 00 01 10 (VISION#16021 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 of 2 DIVISION 08-OPENINGS DIVISION 09-FINISHES 09 21 16 Gypsum Board Assemblies 09 67 00 Fluid-Applied Flooring 09 90 00 Painting and Coating DIVISION 10-SPECIALTIES DIVISION 11 —EQUIPMENT 11 1313 Loading Dock Bumpers DIVISION 12—FURNISHINGS DIVISION 13—SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION DIVISION 14—CONVEYING EQUIPMENT DIVISION 21 —FIRE SUPPRESSION DIVISION 22—PLUMBING 22 00 50 Basic Plumbing Requirements 22 00 80 Plumbing Schedule Of Values 22 00 90 Minor Plumbing Demolition for Remodeling 22 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 05 53 Identification for Plumbing and Equipment 22 07 19 Domestic Plumbing Insulation 22 11 16 Domestic Plumbing Piping 22 11 19 Domestic Plumbing Specialties 22 40 00 Plumbing Fixtures DIVISION 23—HEATING,VENTILATING,AND AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC) DIVISION 25—INTEGRATED AUTOMATION DIVISION 26—ELECTRICAL DIVISION 27—COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION 28—ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY DIVISION 31 —EARTHWORK DIVISION 32—EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 33—UTILITIES END OF SECTION 00 01 10 Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements TABLE OF CONTENTS City of Waterloo 2 of 2 (VISION#16021 DOCUMENT 00 21 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SUMMARY 1.01 DOCUMENT INCLUDES A. Invitation to Bid, with relevant information and requirements. INVITATION 2.01 BID SUBMISSION A. Bids for Five Sullivan Brothers Convention Center Kitchen Plumbing Improvements,signed and under seal, executed and dated will be received at the office of the City Clerk in Waterloo City Hall located at 715 Mulberry Street in Waterloo, Iowa; before 1:00 pm local standard time on the 4h day of November,2019. B. Offers submitted after the above time shall be returned to the bidder unopened. C. Offers will be opened publicly at 1:00 p.m.at the 1st Floor Conference Room in Waterloo City Hall on the 4th day of November, 2019. D. There will be a hearing at 5:30 p.m. on 6th day of November,2019 at the Harold E. Getty Council Chambers in Waterloo City Hall. E. The Owner will award the contract to the selected bidder at the City Council meeting, Date to be determined. 2.02 INTENT A. The intent of this Bid request is to obtain an offer to perform work to complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents a for a Stipulated Sum contract, as indicated in Drawings. 2.03 WORK IDENTIFIED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Work of this proposed Contract comprises renovation Work; including general, plumbing, mechanical and electrical construction work. B. Location: 200 W 4th Street, Waterloo, IA. 2.04 CONTRACT TIME A. Owner requires that the work of this contract be completed by 15th day of January, 2020. The bidder, in submitting an offer, accepts the Contract Time period stated for performing the Work. BID DOCUMENTS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 3.01 DEFINITIONS A. Bid Documents: Contract Documents supplemented with Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Information Available to Bidders, Bid Form Supplements to Bid Forms and Appendices identified. B. Contract Documents: Defined in AIA A201 Article 1 including issued Addenda. C. Bid, Offer or Bidding: Act of submitting an offer under seal. D. Bid Amount: Monetary sum identified by the Bidder in the Bid Form. 3.02 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IDENTIFICATION A. The Contract Documents are identified as Project Number 16021 as prepared by INVISION and with contents as identified in the Table of Contents. 3.03 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS A. The Bidder by making a Bid represents that: 1. The Bidder has read and understands the Bidding Documents or Contract Documents, to the extent that such documentation relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted, and for other portions of the Project, if any, being bid concurrently or presently under construction. 2. The Bid is made in compliance with Bidding Documents. 3. The Bidder has visited the site, become familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and has correlated the Bidder's personal observations with the requirements of the proposed Contract Documents. 4. The Bid is based upon the materials, equipment and systems required by the Bidding Documents without exception. 3.04 AVAILABILITY A. Bid Documents may be obtained at the office of Rapids Reproductions, Inc; 6201 Chancellor Drive; Cedar Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements City of Waterloo 00 21 13 INVISION#16021 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1 of 4 Falls, Iowa 50613; 1-800-383-1223;under the following conditions: 1. Qualified plan houses receive all-branch sets free of charge, provided they log all usage of the documents and return to Rapids Reproductions within twenty(20)days after bidding. 2. Prime bidders may receive plans on deposit of$100.00 which is refundable only the return of the plans within seven(7)days of contract reward. Master Builders cards will also be honored. General Contractors shall be limited to two(2)sets each. 3. Subcontractors and suppliers may view plans and specifications on dfs.rapidsrepro.com. Master Builders cards will also be honored. B. Bid Documents are made available only for the purpose of obtaining offers for this project. Their use does not grant a license for other purposes. C. Bidder shall use complete sets of Bidding Documents in preparing Bids; neither the Owner nor Architect assumes responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. D. Addenda will be available online at: dfs.rapidsrepro.com. If a contractor, subcontractor,or supplier does not have Internet access; please call Rapids Reproductions, 1-800-383-1223,to make alternative arrangements. 1. Go to dfs.rapidsrepro.com on the Internet. 2. Click on the INVISION logo. 3. Click on"Register Now"towards the bottom of the screen. 4. Click"I Accept"on the End User License Agreement. 5. Enter your email address and click on"Continue." 6. Fill in the required"Personal Information"and click on"Continue." 7. Check your email for your"User ID"and"Password." 8. Click"Continue"and login with your"User ID"and"Password". 9. Direct any questions to: 1-800-383-1223. A. Call INVISION, 319-233-8419,for questions regarding availability of plans. 3.05 EXAMINATION A. Bid Documents may be viewed at the office of Architect. C. Upon receipt of Bid Documents verify that documents are complete. Notify Architect should the documents be incomplete. D. Immediately notify Architect upon finding discrepancies or omissions in the Bid Documents. 3.06 INQUIRIES/ADDENDA A. Direct questions to Cody Mills(codvm(a invisionarch.com),telephone 319-433-3838. B. Addenda may be issued during the bidding period. All Addenda become part of the Contract Documents. Include resultant costs in the Bid Amount. C. Verbal answers are not binding on any party. D. The Bidder shall carefully study and compare the Bidding Documents with each other, and with other work being bid concurrently or presently under construction to the extent that it relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted,shall examine the site and local conditions,and shall at once report to the Architect error, inconsistencies or ambiguities discovered. E. Clarifications requested by bidders must be in writing not less than seven (7)days before date set for receipt of bids.The reply will be in the form of an Addendum distributed to known Plan Holders. F. Each bidder shall indicate receipt of addendum on bid form. 3.07 PRODUCT/ASSEMBLY/SYSTEM SUBSTITUTIONS A. Where the Bid Documents stipulate a particular product, substitutions will be considered up to seven (7) days before receipt of bids. B. When a request to substitute a product is made,Architect may approve the substitution and will issue an Addendum to known bidders. C. The submission shall provide sufficient information to determine acceptability of such products. D. Provide complete information on required revisions to other work to accommodate each proposed substitution. E. In submission of substitutions to products specified,bidders shall include in their bid all changes required in the Work and changes to Contract Time and Contract Sum to accommodate such substitutions. A later 00 21 13 Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS City of Waterloo 2 of 4 INVISION#16021 claim by the bidder for an addition to the Contract Time or Contract Sum because of changes in work necessitated by use of substitutions shall not be considered. F. Provide products as specified unless substitutions are submitted in this manner and accepted. G. See Section 01 60 00-Product Requirements for additional requirements. SITE ASSESSMENT 4.01 SITE EXAMINATION A. Examine the project site before submitting a bid. Extra costs for Work not identified on the drawings, but clearly visible, will not be considered. 4.02 PREBID CONFERENCE A. A bidders conference has been scheduled for 9:00 a.m. on the 23rd day of October,2019 at the location of the project. B. Representatives of Design Professional will be in attendance. C. Summarized minutes of this meeting will be circulated to attendees. These minutes will not form part of Contract Documents. D. Information relevant to the Bid Documents will be recorded in an Addendum, issued to Bid Document recipients. QUALIFICATIONS 5.01 EVIDENCE OF QUALIFICATIONS A. To demonstrate qualification for performing the Work of this Contract, bidders may be requested to submit written evidence of financial position and license to perform work in the State. 5.02 SUBCONTRACTORS/SUPPLIERS/OTHERS A. Owner reserves the right to reject a proposed subcontractor for reasonable cause. B. Refer to General Conditions. BID SUBMISSION 6.01 SUBMISSION PROCEDURE A. Submit two(2)copies of the executed offer on the Bid Forms provided, signed and sealed with the required security in a closed opaque envelope, clearly identified with bidder's name, project name and Owner's name on the outside. B. Improperly completed information, irregularities in security deposit, may be cause not to open the Bid Form envelope and declare the bid invalid or informal. C. Oral,telephonic, facsimile or other electronically transmitted bids will not be considered. D. The Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. E. An abstract summary of submitted bids will be made available to all bidders following bid opening. 6.02 BID INELIGIBILITY A. Bids that are unsigned, improperly signed or sealed, conditional, illegible, obscure, contain arithmetical errors, erasures, alterations or irregularities of any kind, may at the discretion of the Owner, be declared unacceptable. B. Bid Forms,Appendices and enclosures that are improperly prepared may, at the discretion of Owner, be declared unacceptable. C. Failure to provide security deposit, bonding or insurance requirements may, at the discretion of Owner, be waived. BID ENCLOSURES/REQUIREMENTS 7.01 SECURITY DEPOSIT A. Bids shall be accompanied by a security deposit as follows: 1. Bid Bond of a sum no less than five(5)percent of the Bid Amount on AIA A310 Bid Bond Form or standard surety company form, or: certified bank check for five(5)percent of bid amount made payable to the Owner. B. The security deposit will be returned after delivery to the Owner of the required Performance and Payment Bond(s)by the accepted bidder. C. Include the cost of bid security in the Bid Amount. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements City of Waterloo 00 21 13 INVISION#16021 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 3 of 4 D. If no contract is awarded, all security deposits will be returned. 7.02 PERFORMANCE ASSURANCE A. Accepted Bidder: Provide a Performance and Payment bond as described in 00 72 00—General Conditions. 7.03 BID FORM REQUIREMENTS A. Complete all requested information in the Bid Form and Appendices. 7.04 SALES AND USE TAXES A. This is a sales tax-free construction project. Bidders shall NOT include state sales taxes in their proposals. The Owner will issue a state sales tax exemption certificate for all materials purchased for the project and will issue the appropriate tax exemption certificates and authorization letters to the Contractors and all subcontractors performing work on the project. Tax exemption certificates are applicable only for the specific project for which the certificates are issued. The Contractors shall provide a listing to the Owner of all appropriate subcontractors which are qualified to use the tax exemption certificate. T he a copy Contractors and subcontractors may make copies of the tax exemption certificate and may provide to each supplier providing construction material. Materials for this contract may then be purchased free from sales tax. Suppliers shall retain this certificate for at least three years. 7.05 ADDITIONAL BID INFORMATION A. The selected bidder will be requested to complete the Supplements to Bid Forms within 24 hours after submission of bids,unless specified below otherwise: 1. Bid Form: Submit with bid submission. 2. Sales Tax Exemption Form: Submit within 24 hours after bid submission. 3. Non-Collusion Affidavit of Prime Bidder: Submit with bid submission. 4. Non-Collusion Affidavit of Subcontractor: Submit within 24 hours after bid submission. 5. Resident Bidder Certification: Submit within 24 hours after bid submission. 6. Form of Bid Bond: Submit with bid submission. 7. Equal Opportunity Clause: Submit within 24 hours after bid submission. 8. Contractor's or Subcontractor's Affirmative Action Program: Submit within 24 hours after bid submission. 9. Items of Potential MBE/WBE Participation Forms: Submit within 24 hours after bid submission. 10. MBE/WBE Business Enterprise Pre-Bid Contact Information Form: Submit with bid submission. 11. Statement of Bidders Qualifications: Upon specific request of the City of Waterloo. 12. Form of Payment Bond: Prior to completion of Contracts for Construction. 13. Form of Performance Bond: Prior to completion of Contracts for Construction. B. Equal Opportunity compliance is required for this project and is a part of these specifications. 1. MBE/WBE Contract Compliance Program: A copy of the Ws enclosed loo arity and a and Wab a from the omen esy s Enterprise Constriction and Maintenance Guide(Directory) of Waterloo Contract Compliance Officer, 602 Mulberry,Waterloo, Iowa. C. Bidders shall submit the following Supplements with the Bid submission: 1. Each bidder submitting a bid shall enclose an executed Minority and/or Women Business enterprise Pre-Bid Contact Information Form(copy bound herein). OFFER ACCEPTANCE/REJECTION 8.01 DURATION OF OFFER A. Bids shall remain open to acceptance and shall be irrevocable for a period of 30 days after the bid closing date. 8.02 ACCEPTANCE OF OFFER A. Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all offers. B. After acceptance by Owner,Architect on behalf of Owner,will issue to the successful bidder, a written Bid Acceptance. END OF DOCUMENT 15020 00 21 13 Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS City of Waterloo 4 of 4 INVISION#16021 FORM OF BID OR PROPOSAL FIVE SULLIVAN BROTHERS CONVENTION CENTER KITCHEN PLUMBING IMPROVEMENTS CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA Honorable Mayor and City Council Waterloo, Iowa 1. The undersigned, being a Corporation existing under the laws of the State of ,a Partnership consisting of the following partners: , having familiarized (himself) (themselves) (itself)with the existing conditions on the project area affecting the cost of the work, and with all the contract documents listed in the Table of Contents and Addenda (if any), as prepared by INVISION and now on file in the office of the City Clerk, City Hall, Waterloo, Iowa, hereby proposes to furnish all supervision, technical personnel, labor, materials, machinery, tools, appurtenances, equipment, and services, including utility and transportation services required to construct and complete this Five Sullivan Brothers Convention Center Kitchen Plumbing Improvements, all in accordance with the above-listed documents and for the bid and alternates. BASE BID a) Having examined the Place of The Work and all matters referred to in the Instructions to Bidders and the Contract Documents prepared by INVISION for the above mentioned project, we, the undersigned, hereby offer to enter into a Contract to perform the Work for the Base Bid listed in this bid form of: b) ($ dollars ), in lawful money of the United States of America. c) We have included the required security deposit as required by the Instruction to Bidders. CONTRACT TIME a) Complete the Work by January 15th, 2020 or earlier. 2. It is understood that the quantities set forth are approximate only and subject to variation and that the unit bid price for the work done shall govern in the actual payment to the Contactor. 3. In submitting this bid, the bidder understands that the right is reserved by the City of Waterloo, Iowa, to reject any or all bids. If written notice of the acceptance of this bid is mailed, telegraphed, or delivered to the undersigned within thirty (30) days after the opening thereof, or at any time thereafter before this bid is withdrawn,the undersigned agrees to execute and deliver an agreement in the prescribed form and furnish the required bond and certificate of the insurance within ten (10)days after the agreement is presented to him for signature,and start work within ten (10)days after"Notice to Proceed"is issued. 4. Security in the sum of Dollars($ )in the form of , is submitted herewith in accordance with the INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS. 5. Attached hereto is a Non-Collusion Affidavit of Prime Contractor. 6. Attached hereto is a Resident Bidder Certification. 7. The bidder is prepared to submit a financial and experience statement upon request. 8. The Prime Contractor and Subcontractor(s),which have performed an aggregate of$10,000.00 in work for the City in the current calendar year, are prepared to submit an AAP or Update and an EOC, within ten (10)days of notification that the bid submitted is lowest and acceptable. 9. The bidder has received the following Addendum or Addenda: Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements City of Waterloo 00 41 00 INVISION#16021 FORM OF BID OR PROPOSAL 1 of 2 Addendum No. Date 10. The bidder shall list the MBE/WBE subcontractor(s), amount of subcontracts and bid items on the City of Waterloo Minority and/or Women Business Pre-bid Contact Information Form submitted with this Form of Bid or Proposal. The apparent low Bidder shall submit a list of all other Subcontractor(s)to be used on this Project to the City of Waterloo by 5:00 p.m.the business day following the day Bids on this Project are due along with the Non-Collusion Affidavits of All Subcontractor(s). The Contractor shall submit i City priorono subcontractorsubrov of on contract."SUBCONTRACTOR REQUEST AND APPROVAL"Form to be providedby The subcontractors listed on this proposal and/or submitted to the Contract Compliance Officer cannot be changed except for the following reasons: a) The City of Waterloo does not approve the subcontractors. b) The subcontractors submit in writing that they cannot fulfill their subcontracts. 11. The bidder has filled in all blanks on this proposal. Those blanks not applicable are marked"none"or"NA". 12. The bidder has attached all applicable forms. (Name of Bidder) (Date) BY: Title: Official Address: (Including Zip Code): I.R.S. No. 00 41 00 Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements FORM OF BID OR PROPOSAL City of Waterloo 2 of 2 INVISION#16021 INFORMATION NEEDED FOR IOWA CONSTRUCTION SALES TAX EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE CONTRACTOR NAME: ADDRESS: (Check One) PRIME SUBCONTRACTOR FEDERAL ID#: PROJECT NAME: PROJECT CONTRACT NO.: DESCRIPTION OF WORK: G Brickwork ❑Landscaping ❑Carpentry ❑Painting CCConcrete ❑ Paving Drywall-Plaster-Insulation ❑Plumbing C Electrical ❑Roofing-Siding-Sheet Metal Excavation/Grading ❑Windows Flooring ❑Wrecking-Demolition ❑Heavy Construction ❑Other(Please specify) --� ❑Heating-Ventilating-Air Cond. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 41 00 City of Waterloo SALES TAX EXEMPTION INFORMATION FORM INVISION#16021 1 of 1 THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF PRIME BIDDER State of County of )ss , being first duly sworn, deposes and says that: 1. He is (Owner, Partner, Officer, Representative, or Agent) , of , the Bidder that has submitted the attached Bid; 2. He is fully informed respecting the preparation and contents of the attached Bid and of all pertinent circumstances respecting such Bid; 3. Such Bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham Bid; 4. Neither the said Bidder nor any of its officers, partners, owners, agents, representatives, employees, or parties in interest, including this affiant, has in any way colluded, conspired, connived or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any other Bidder, firm or person to submit a collusive or sham Bid in connection with the Contract for which the attached Bid has been submitted or to refrain from bidding in connection with such Contract, or has in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion or communication or conference with any other Bidder, firm or person to fix the price or prices in the attached Bid or of any other Bidder, or, to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of the bid price or the bid price of any other Bidder, or to secure through any collusion, conspiracy, connivance, or unlawful agreement any advantage against the City of Waterloo, Iowa,or any person interested in the Proposed Contract; and 5. The price or prices quoted in the attached Bid are fair and proper and are not tainted by any collusion, conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement on the part of the Bidder or any of its agents, representatives, owners, employees, or parties in interest, including this affiant. (Signed) Title Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 201_. Title My commission expires Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 41 00 City of Waterloo NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVITS INVISION#16021 1 of2 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF SUBCONTRACTOR State of ) ss: County of , being first duly sworn, deposes and says that: 1. He is (Owner, Partner, Officer, Representative, or Agent) , of hereinafter referred to as the "Subcontractor;" 2. He is fully informed respecting the preparation and contents of the subcontractor's proposal submitted rost pertaining to by the the subcontractor to • project in (City or County and State) 3. Such subcontractor's proposal is genuine and is not a collusive or sham proposal; 4. Neither the subcontractor nor any of its officers, partners, owners,agents, representatives,employees, or parties in interest, including this affiant, has in any way colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed,directly or indirectly,with any other bidder,firm or person to submit a collusive or sham proposal in connection with such contract or to refrain from submitting a proposal in connection with such contract, or has in any manner,directly or indirectly, sought by unlawful agreement or connivance with any other bidder,firm or person to fix the price or prices in said subcontractor's proposal, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of the price of prices in said subcontractor's proposal, or to secure through collusion, conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement any advantage against the City of Waterloo, Iowa, or any person interested in the proposed contract; and 5. The price or prices quoted in the subcontractor's proposal are fair and proper and are not tainted by any collusion, conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement on the part of the bidder or any of its agents, representatives, owners, employees, or parties in interest, including this affiant. (Signed) Title Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 201_. Title My commission expires Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 41 00 City of Waterloo NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVITS INVISION#16021 2 of 2 RESIDENT BIDDER CERTIFICATION CONTRACT NO: PROJECT NAME: DATE OF LETTING: To be a qualified resident bidder; the person, operation, partnership or firm shall not have, as employees, Illinois laborers on the work site of a non-federal-aid project within Iowa. An Illinois laborer is any person who has resided in Illinois for at least 30 days and intends to become or remain an Illinois resident. This applies to all labor on the project; whether skilled, semi-skilled or unskilled; whether manual or non-manual. This also applies to work subcontracted by or to the resident bidder on a non-federal-aid project within Iowa. The resident bidder may place on such work no more than three residents of Illinois who are regularly employed executive and technical experts. This qualification as resident bidder shall be maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors at the work site until this project is completed. I hereby certify that no Illinois resident laborer as defined above will be employed at the work site during the contract period from the start of the project until its completion. COMPANY NAME: CORPORATED OFFICER: TITLE: DATE: • Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements City of Waterloo 00 41 00 INVISION#16021 RESIDENT BIDDER CERTIFICATION 1 of2 THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 00 41 00 Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements RESIDENT BIDDER CERTIFICATION City of Waterloo 2 of 2 INVISION#16021 FORM OF BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, as Principal, and as Surety are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF WATERLOO , Iowa, hereinafter called "OWNER." In the penal sum Dollars ($ )lawful money of the United States,for the payment of which sum will and truly be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, and successors,jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. The condition of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted the accompanying bid dated the day of , 20 , for NOW, THEREFORE, (a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or in the alternate, (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a contract in the form specified and shall furnish a bond for his faithful performance of said contract, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid, Then this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect; it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated. By virtue of statutory authority, the full amount of this bid bond shall be forfeited to the Owner in liquidation of damages sustained in the event that the Principal fails to execute the contract and provide the bond as provided in the specifications or by law. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its bond shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the Owner may accept such Bid or execute such contract; and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety, have hereunto set their hands and seals, and such of them as are corporations, have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers this day of , A.D. 2019. Principal (Seal) By _(Title) Witness Surety (Seal) Witness By Attorney-in-fact Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements City of Waterloo 00 41 00 INVISION#16021 FORM OF BID BOND 1 of 2 THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 00 41 00 Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements FORM OF BID BOND City of Waterloo 2 of 2 INVISION#16021 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY CLAUSE (As provided in Executive Order No. 11246) All contractors, subcontractors, vendors and suppliers of goods and services doing business with the City and value of said business equals or exceeds ten thousand dollars ($10,000.00)annually agree as follows: 1. The contractors, subcontractor, vendor and supplier of goods and services will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, creed, sex, national origin, economic status, age, mental or physical handicap, political opinions or affiliations. The contractor, subcontractor, vendor and supplier will develop an Affirmative Action program to ensure that applicants are employed and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, creed, color, sex, national origin, religion, economic status, age, mental or physical disability, political opinions or affiliations. Such actions shall include but not be limited to the following: a. Employment b. Upgrading c. Demotion or Transfer d. Recruitment and Advertising e. Layoff or Termination f. Rates of Pay or Other Forms of Compensation g• Selection for Training Including Apprenticeship 2. The contractor, subcontractor, vendor and supplier of goods and services will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideratior for employment without regard to race, creed, color, sex, national origin, religion, economic status, age, mental or physical disabilities, political opinion or affiliations. 3. The contractor, subcontractor, vendor and supplier or his/her collective bargaining representative will send to each labor union or representative of workers which he/she has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice advising said labor union or workers' representative of the contractor's commitment under this section. 4. The contractor, subcontractor, vendor and supplier of goods and services will comply with all published rules, regulations, directives, and order of the City of Waterloo Affirmative Action Program Contract Compliance Provisions. 5. The contractor, subcontractor, vendor and supplier of goods and services will furnish and file compliance reports within such time and upon such forms as provided by the Affirmative Action Officer. Said forms will elicit information as to the policies, procedures, patterns, and practices of each subcontractor as well as the contractor himself/herself and said contractor, subcontractor, vendor and supplier will permit access to his/her employment books, records and accounts to the City's Affirmative Action Officer, for the purpose of investigation to ascertain compliance with this contract and with rules and regulations of the City's Affirmative Action Program—Contract Compliance Provisions relative to Resolution No. 24664. 6. In the event of the contractor's non-compliance with the non-discrimination clauses of this contract or with any of such rules, regulations and orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated or suspended in whole or in part and the contractor may be declared ineligible for further contracts in accordance with procedures authorized by the City Council. 7. The contractor, subcontractor, vendor and supplier of goods and services will include, or incorporate by reference, the provisions of the non-discrimination clause in every contract, subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by the rules, regulations or orders of the City's Affirmative Action Program, and will provide in every subcontract, or purchase order that said provisions will be binding upon each contractor, subcontractor, or supplier. 8. We, the undersigned, recognize that we are morally and legally committed to non-discrimination in employment. Any person who applies for employment with our company will not be discriminated against because of race, creed, color, sex, national origin, economic status, age, mental or physical disabilities. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements City of Waterloo 00 41 00 INVISION#16021 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY CLAUSE 1 of 2 (Signed) (Appropriate Official) (Title) (Date) 00 41 00 Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements EQUAL OPPORTUNITY CLAUSE City of Waterloo 2 of 2 INVISION#16021 RECIPROCAL RESIDENT BIDDER PREFERENCE In response to Illinois' law concerning resident preference and in accordance with Section 73A.21 of the Iowa Code, all non-federal-aid public improvement projects, which include road construction, shall be performed by a qualified resident bidder. The resident bidder has been further defined as follows: To be a qualified resident bidder, the person, corporation, partnership, or fin-n shall not have, as employees, Illinois laborers on the work site of a non-federal-aid project within Iowa. An Illinois laborer is any person who has resided in Illinois for at least 30 days and intends to become or remain an Illinois resident. This applies to all labor on the project, whether skilled, semi-skilled, or unskilled; whether manual or non-manual. This also applies to work subcontracted by or to the resident bidder on a non-federal-aid project within Iowa. The resident bidder may place on such work no more than three residents of Illinois who are his regularly employed executive and technical experts. As noted, this definition gives a preference as to whom the contractors or subcontractors can employ. The contractor shall provide the City with a certification that he is a qualified resident bidder according to the above definition. The Certification shall be submitted with the contractor's bid. A copy of the form of "Resident Bidder Certification" is included in the Contract Documents. If it is determined that the contractor does not meet this qualification after he begins work, a shutdown notice shall be issued and the voiding of the contract shall begin unless the contractor becomes qualified. DJG/cs 01/13/97 Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements City of Waterloo 00 41 00 INVISION#16021 RECIPROCAL RESIDENT BIDDER PREFERENCE 1 of 1 THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Revised February 1991 CONTRACTOR'S OR SUBCONTRACTOR'S AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM Check box that applies to party completing program: ( ) General Contractor ( ) Subcontractor I• Section A to be completed by GENERAL CONTRACTORS only: A. Name of Company Address of Company Zip Telephone Number( Federal ID Number(if no Federal ID Number, Owner/President's Social Security Number) Name of Equal Employment Officer Name of Project Project Contract Number Estimated Construction Work Dates / Start Finish Section B to be completed by SUBCONTRACTORS only: B. Name of General or Prime Contractor Name of Subcontractor Subcontractor's Address Zip contractor's Telephone Number( ) Sub Subcontractor's Federal ID Number(if no Federal ID Number Owner/President's Social Security Number)_ Name of Equal Employment Officer Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements City of Waterloo 00 41 00 INVISION#16021 AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM 1 of 7 C. Remainder of program to be completed by party completing program, either Prime or Subcontractor. 1. The Owners and/or Principals of your company: Ethnic Name Address Position Sex Origin 2. Other Areas of Interest: If your company has branches or subsidiaries, or if your company is a branch or subsidiary of a parent organization, give the following information: Type of Name Address Affiliation Degree II. EMPLOYER'S POLICY(Please read carefully.) A. We, the undersigned, recognize that we are morally and legally committed to nondiscrimination in employment. Any person who applies for employment with our company will not be discriminated against because of race, color, creed, sex, national origin, economic status, age, mental or physical handicap. B. The employment policies and practices of the undersigned are to recruit and hire employees without discrimination, and to treat them equally with respect to compensation and opportunities for advancement, including training, upgrading, promotion, and transfer. However, we realize the inequities associated with employment training, upgrading, contracting and subcontracting for minorities and women and we will direct our efforts to correcting any deficiencies to the maximum extent possible. The same will be required of our SUBCONTRACTORS and suppliers. C. We submit this program to assure compliance with Executive Order 11246, as amended, and other subsequent orders that may pertain to equal employment opportunity and merit employment policies, fully realizing that our qualification and/or merit system should be evaluated and revised, if necessary. D. We agree to put forth the maximum effort to achieve full employment and utilization of capabilities and productivity of all our citizens without regard to race, creed, color, sex, national origin, economic status,age,and mental or physical handicap. E. will give training (Name of Company) and employment opportunities to local residents of Waterloo, Iowa,to the greatest extent feasible. 00 41 00 Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM City of Waterloo 2 of 7 INVISION#16021 III. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION A. recognizes that the (Name of Company) effective application of a policy of merit employment involves more than just a policy statement, and (Name of Company) will, therefore, re-evaluate our Affirmative Action Program to ensure that equal employment opportunities are available on the basis of individual merit, and to actively encourage minorities, women and local residents to seek employment with our company on this basis. B. will undertake the (Name of Company) following six(6)steps to improve our Affirmative Action Program: 1. Minority Recruitment and Employment; 2. Local Recruitment and Employment; 3. Disabled Veteran and Vietnam Era Veteran Recruitment and Employment; 4. Handicapped Recruitment and Employment; 5. Female Recruitment and Employment; and 6. Training, Upgrading and Promotional Opportunities. C. (Name of Company) will take whatever steps are necessary to ensure that our total work force has adequate minority, female, and local representation. We will utilize the following methods in our recruitment attempts: 1. Local advertising media (newspapers, radio, TV); 2. Community organizations(churches, clubs, schools); 3. Public and private institutions in the area (UNI, Hawkeye Community College); 4. Job Service of Iowa; and 5. Other. D. will seek qualified minority, (Name of Company) female, and local group applicants for all job categories and will make asserted efforts to increase minority, female and group representation in occupations at the higher levels or skill and responsibility. E. All sources of employment used shall be aware that we are an Equal Employment Opportunity Employer. Labor organizations representing our employees will be notified of our Equal Employment Opportunity Policy and Affirmative Action Program. F. Training, upgrading, promotion and transfer activities at all levels will be monitored to ensure that full consideration has been given to qualified minority,female, and local group employees. G. will encourage other (Name of Company) companies with whom we are associated and/or do business, to do the same and we will assist them in their efforts. H. has taken the following (Name of Company) Affirmative Action to ensure that minority, female, local contractors and/or suppliers were provided opportunities to negotiate and/or bid on this project: (if none,write"NONE") 1. 2. As a result of the above efforts, we have involved minority, female, and local contractors and/or suppliers in the following areas of subcontracting: (if none,write"NONE") Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 41 00 City of Waterloo AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM INVISION#16021 3 of 7 1. 2. J. will require approved (Name of Company) Affirmative Action Programs from all nonexempt contractors who propose to work on this project and will take whatever steps are necessary to ensure that non-minority contractors have adequate representation of minority,female and local persons in their total work force. K. In further accordance with rules and guidelines issued pursuant to Executive Order 11246 as amended, we establish the goals for our company, based on parity percentages supplied by the City, and we realize these goals will be reviewed on an annual basis. L. will keep records of (Name of Company) specific actions relative to recruitment, employment, training, upgrading and promotion and will provide the City of Waterloo with any information relative to same, including activities of our SUBCONTRACTORS and suppliers as necessary or when requested. M. Parity figures for companies located in Waterloo are as follows: Minority Parity= .08 (8%) N. Affirmative Action (Name of Company) Employment Goals: The definition of Affirmative Action Goals is as follows: "Goals may not be rigid and inflexible quotas which must be met, but must be targets, reasonably attainable by means of applying every good faith effort to make all aspects of the entire Affirmative Action Program work." For the year 2007, please submit percentage targets for employing minorities and women. If you already have reached your target for hiring minorities and women, please submit that percentage. *Goals for Minorities: % Goals for Women: % *Your affirmative action goals should be between 1% and 10% or more for minorities and 1% and 5%or more for women. Please be advised that the goals or targets are purely your estimation of how many women and minorities your company can reasonably expect to hire in 1991. Note, that none of the goals are rigid or inflexible. They are targets that your company calculates as reasonably attainable. This will help the City in its monitoring procedures as required by City of Waterloo Resolution No. 1984- 142(4). CONTRACTOR'S TOTAL WORK FORCE (WATERLOO) HOURLY NAME AND ADDRESS JOB CATEGORY RACE SEX WAGE Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 41 00 City of Waterloo AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM INVISION#16021 4 of 7 INDICATE: DISABLED VETERAN: DV VIETNAM ERA VETERAN: W HANDICAPPED: H We hereby certify that we are in compliance with all City and Federal Affirmative Action Regulations and agree to accept all liability for failure to comply. Respectfully submitted, By: • Company Executive Date By: Equal Employment Opportunity Officer Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 41 00 City of Waterloo AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM INVISION#16021 5 of 7 Date City of Waterloo Affirmative Action Officer Approved Disapproved Reason: By: Date: Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 41 00 City of Waterloo AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM INVISION#16021 6 of 7 DESCRIPTION OF JOB CATEGORIES 1. Officials/Manager: Occupations in which employees set broad policies, exercise overall responsibility for execution of all policies, or direct individual departments or special phases of the agency's operations or provide specialized consultation on a regional, district or area basis. Includes: department heads, bureau chiefs, division chiefs, directors, deputy directors, controllers, examiners, wardens, superintendents, unit supervisors, sheriffs, police and fire chiefs and inspectors and kindred workers. 2. Professionals: Occupations which require specialized and theoretical knowledge which is usually required through college training or thorough work experience and other training which provides comparable knowledge. Includes: personnel and labor relations workers, social workers, doctors, psychologists, registered nurses, economists, dietitians, lawyers, system analysts, accountants, engineers, employment and vocational rehabilitation counselors, teachers or instructors, police and fire captains and lieutenants and kindred workers. 3. Technicians: Occupations which require a combination of basic scientific or technical knowledge and manual skill which can be obtained through specialized post-secondary school education and through equivalent on-the-job training. Includes: computer programmers and operations, draftsmen, surveyors, licensed practical nurses, photographs, radio operators, technical illustrators, police and fire sergeants and kindred workers. 4. Office/Clerical: Workers are responsible for internal and external communication, recording and retrieval of data and/or information and other paper work required in an office. Includes: bookkeepers, messengers, office machine operators, clerk-typists, stenographers, court transcribers, hearing reporters, statistical clerks, dispatchers, license distributors, payroll clerks and kindred workers. 5. Skilled Craft Workers: Workers perform jobs which require special manual skill and a thorough and comprehensive knowledge of the processes involved in the work which is acquired through on-the-job training programs. Includes: Mechanics and repairman, electricians, heavy equipment operators, stationary engineers, skilled machine occupations, carpenters, compositors and typesetters and kindred workers. 6. Sales Workers: Occupations engaging wholly and primarily in direct selling. Includes: advertising agents and salesman, insurance agents and brokers, real estate agents and brokers, stock and bond salesmen, demonstrators, salesmen and sales clerks, grocery clerks and cashier checkers, and kindred workers. 7. Operatives (semi-skilled): Workers who operate machine or processing equipment or perform other factory-type duties of intermediate skill level which can be mastered in a few weeks and require only limited training. Includes: apprentices (auto mechanics), plumbers, building trades, metal working trades, bricklayers, carpenters, electricians, machinists, mechanics, printing trades, etc., operatives, attendants (auto service and parking), plasterers, chauffeurs, deliverymen and furnacemen, heaters (metal), laundry and dry cleaning operatives, milliners, mine operatives and laborers, motormen, oilers and greasers, (except auto painters), (except construction and maintenance), photographic process workers, stationary fireman, truck and tractor drivers, weavers, (textile),welders and flame cutters and kindred workers. 8. Laborers(unskilled): Workers in manual occupations which generally require no special training. Perform elementary duties that may be learned in few days and require the application of little or no independent judgment. Includes: garage laborers, car washers and greasers, gardeners (except farm) and groundskeepers, longshoremen, and stevedores, lumbermen, raftsmen and woodchoppers, laborers performing lifing, digging, mixing, loading and pulling operations and kindred workers. 9. Apprentices: Persons employed in a program including work training and related instruction to learn a trade or craft which is traditionally an apprenticeship, regardless of whether the program is registered with a Federal or State agency. 10. Trainees (on-the-job): Production. . . persons in formal training for craftsmen when not trained under apprentice programs--operative laborer, and service occupations. White Collar. . . persons engaged in formal training for clerical, managerial, professional, :echnical, sales, office and clerical occupations. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 41 00 City of Waterloo AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM INVISION#16021 7 of 7 THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ITEMS OF POTENTIAL MBE/WBE PARTICIPATION NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE BIDDERS: All items from the Five Sullivan Brothers Convention Center Kitchen Plumbing Improvements that has a potential for MBE/WBE Participation. This listing, however, is not intended to be all encompassing; to preclude MBE/WBE Contractors from bidding on any items of the Proposal as a Subcontractor or the entire Proposal as a Prime Contractor. MBE/WBE GOALS FOR THIS PROJECT IMPORTANT: Prime Contract Bidders should be aware that ten percent (10%) MBE goal and a two percent (2%) WBE goal is attached to this project. "Certified Return Receipt" letters are no longer needed with the bid showing proof of contacting MBE or WBE Subcontractors, but the Pre-Bid Contact Information Form must be filled out completely. City of Waterloo Contract Compliance Officer: Contract Compliance Officer Community Development Board Carnegie Annex, Suite 202 620 Mulberry Street Waterloo, IA 50703 Phone: (319)291-4429 Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 41 00 City of Waterloo ITEMS OF POTENTIAL MBE/WBE PARTICIPATION INVISION#16021 1 of 4 SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID REQUEST FORM PRIME BIDDER'S LETTERHEAD Contract No.: Letting Date: I, (subcontractor's name), hereby attest that I have been solicited for a bid on (project name)in the area of (description of work and bid item no.). (Prime contractor)has informed me that if I am interested in bidding, a subcontracting bid proposal must be submitted to the company office by(date)and (time). Subcontractor's Company Name Date Subcontractor's Signature Date Prime Bidder's Signature Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 41 00 City of Waterloo ITEMS OF POTENTIAL MBE/WBE PARTICIPATION 2 of 4 INVISION#16021 LETTER TO BE USED WHEN SOLICITING FOR SUBCONTRACTOR QUOTES Subcontractor Company Name Address RE: Contract No.: Dear • (Prime Contractor's Company Name)is presently soliciting for the following work in connection with the above referenced project. (Insert bid Item Nos. and Description of Work) (Prime Contractor's Company Name)is an Equal Opportunity Employer, and all qualified bidders will not be discriminated against due to race, religion, color, sex, or origin. If interested in bidding your proposal must be turned in to this office by and (Date) (Time) Sincerely, (Prime Contractor's Representative) Form CCO-3 (11/28/2001) Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 41 00 City of Waterloo ITEMS OF POTENTIAL MBE/WBE PARTICIPATION INVISION#16021 3 of 4 LETTER OF INTENT TO BID (MBE/WBE LETTER) According to the Current MBE/WBE Contract Compliance Program -2002,all MBE/WBE Contractors interested in submitting subcontractor quotes on construction projects with goals, MUST submit a LETTER OF INTENT TO BID to the City of Waterloo Contract Compliance Officer at least seven (7)days prior to bid opening. The LETTER OF INTENT TO BID must list the specific items which the MBE/WBE Contractor is interested in bidding. Letter should include the following: Name of Project: Your Company Name: Address: Phone: Date: List of Specific items to be bid: Item No. Description: Item No. Description: Item No. Description: Item No. Description: Item No. Description: (Subcontractor's Company Name and authorized signature) Return this LETTER OF INTENT TO BID to: Contract Compliance Officer Community Development Board 620 Mulberry St. Carnegie Annex, Suite 202 Waterloo, IA 50703 Phone: (319)291-4429 Form CCO-5 (06-20-2002) Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 41 00 City of Waterloo ITEMS OF POTENTIAL MBE/WBE PARTICIPATION INVISION#16021 4 of 4 m _ m 0 -1 O O .. > S fll Cn CD -P S W 0 a- o N a) o --• a- 0."o 3 0 m cD Z _ CD - CD �; a O • _ N 0 m .� m- O Q 0 --I o a 3. 3 � m ° ° o °< 0 my a• a' a0 c m D �� K o 3 a 3. n . m na- 0_ a o � ° K ° as a a• 3 co o ° D. CD 0 O (n N K N 4 ° a 0 a- a) `< o u v W e O n W O a m o m a v n o a, Do 0 m co n 0 DuoKZ � mo •=, �, Dm ° 5a ma ° 3 aa0 co m o O 0 -, C 0 a a. O F) c ° O W a - > -o v . a 0 co c�`< 3 o Wo m > o a ° W0 ° O , o ° 3 as m oa, a 0 m CD30 0- 0.) m 3 3 s ° m * x7W a, a`< Qa `< a) may o o o) co O 0. a) 0 o O cD y a , y cn _a CD _ , W a- m m 'a o c n O a' N 3 - - .'c= W 3 CD 0 .. v 0 c(f0] 0 3 a°) j CCD 2 "O--. a s W e 7 N S �. c a) ° a (°D ,0c. a Z 05. 4a co O 0 _-a - 7 . ccDD a, = a n > ° - ° a CD a) W Er a m v ••+ 0 m cn CD ? g a v, 0 - -'' m• 3 Oa o p2. 00 n ac) N a � = c� ° con -nm 30 svcO o N ° -0 S a ? G. _�, -, cn r. CD Cn ID �. -, O _•'. O O 0 co CD O m cD n 0 0 a -0 a o (0• -. n ° a O a 0 O U c<D a)) m 0 o m 0 �� �° -, -1 Z _" o a cn CD C) .•. <D -1 ° CD a o D a ° Q- fD v a- 0 n ° m ° 3 m o C Q n n a r: OQ ° a ° CD r. n m <' -- 3 c � � °' Cam - '" ._« ° nc� c = 7 o c 5 ° _ _ 0 ° a ° a' o -, ° m a07 3 0 °, 0 c = 0 0 0- aa- � y. a ° Za' a0 -h 0 -•., cD c .•. , Zl cn O r. a• m 40 3 CD < y m m`° v � ° 0 -C 0 0 °a� N C � ° o) 0 �' •, S 00aOo ° 3 0 0 ° _-• ocn m c0 - m 7 0 a 0 2 3 ° o T a- 0 -- a o �, fn n (D a 7 p0j (D ° O N a) c n^ o al. D m a 7' D a, o C tea, m r o c � 0 m o = °o W 0 O v 0 0 0 0 -I N O (-D., .0 n N n 7 N a n co a-_0 * o m ° a � aQ ° �o m (► ac a = 0) n) W a - c - n 1] CD CD - O0 0 n N y Z o ° O cD c• O ,< O N 0 O o 0 fD a' c o a n �. = 0 3 T a 0 p _ a) O m- ° n a O n a p NZ v a ° 00 v0) ? N o 5 •< 7] ° 3• m m W a 0 d 0 _ c`� Z 3 P- -I .. > m 3 0a � c)� a a � °� °-tea m O 3 o .=: 3 0 -0 --1 0 0 0 Ocn 0C 00 p ° ° - a a) O CT v ° ouc, a ° D a, ov, n � to 0 - ° `< o a 0 o ° X ° a 0 r► cD a) 0 q cn • —I CD CD a o -0 a o 7 a W v o a- a m -1 v ° -pm m o Da0 a cn o a c * y ° m 3 5• 0 < CD ° 0 a 0 Zm O c° O O -a <. y 0 c=_D n- c ° 0 =. c-D a v 3 = o m c0 a 3 al 51 CO moao�. asc a oNoQ mm0 p° a0c Oc Qmo . ° ° ° 0 ° o Z 3 CDo ° a o• caK ac. , 0 Cl)� a aN CD 7 < K -, a- 3 m < � a w• D - �, � a EZ mN � a° c co - W0 ° 5 ° 3aWa � g � � oc0io Dm yCDCDCD Z. � CD 0 �ma) oo ° m ° ?( > ° caz 53 = pcJ) * CD5' O ° 0) pip * mK Z 0 n) 5Wc o ° mn . mcDc Zm 7° m cc-n in-, 3 00 g ma � m m ' co omco -, - 0 �' aCD CD Z a - arn �' v ° m Vo m m m ' m OmM -, ° ° co v a 0° c co A 0 �< z S a r► 0 c a '� xi v � wcn o m o3 s * x oa _ ° mm Em " av, •a c o a ° r: m 9' ac am ° oo ° a < c 0 = -0 -�, ra, 3 v a .. m Z � � --0 - 3 ° a' m y o° ° 70 a o - 0 o' a o o ° < WO 0-11 CI, a Co. �, = m a) cvm 0a ° 7u°'ico -Im 6�Q Dv o cn as o0 W cn = = N a * Nv_, m at c°n m 3 o Eh' 3 3 < y v ° 3 �cn c C _ C)co .► N cp j O o_ 0 tCD °n a) cna CAD 0 O a- N c0i, cn c ° 0 O m o a a 0 -.' '< C CD v v -i 3 a .� o 0 0 W CD Z a a c) c o 0 > CD - r► � 0 3 Fi' mW `cn° Cl) •► 0) O a) a .+ 3 �v m 0 o a � c m c a � m ° < m a, o m m0 Wp -� o a << a ��v O my ° jQ v O m Co a) c 0 R1 a CO m 0 5• co > 3 a a a- m co a � < = 3 c cm O ° m , W n.. c�'Dam � a3C) 3 a O 07. m cn0 5a• � n _ mW - 0coc ao mo aO O s m 0 0 Amy• v, D , 0 a 1 Q CD ° 0 c K o a m c°i, n "< a) 3 c a O (n . v, O z 0 CD n a z O 0 O C) a, co< ° `< 0 m 3 CD a 8 o a w v, m o a r Z = m - cn z y D Z m z > r O 3 = N . = 00 = 0 CD 0 c 0 �O X Z 71 3 N N 0. 0 N c 0 0 W = -. -o O , J 1 n D) m = v CD a = n v = _ fD o , a < N 0.cm O o o a) m o %1€1ga_ o m co = C) -0 0- � -� o St _ ,c �a� r 7J C 3 ^ v o m r � ti D 00 v 4 3, y W � v O a — n co o `n m et . 0 °- � m ° a a0 � v , ocn Pi o O 0 - ocn O E 3 * C n) ,.� _ 0 N -. 3 O O ., 73 CD • 3 CO m y C) o n y =• 4, ? cD m o W y 0) O 3 N ti7 o a N`�73 a, m -0 oCr —I eA * g C° Ko ° r � r m v W � o " m0 c) 3 '+• m o c O cn W o -I om co0a .0o-i- (0• X -1 m � . o Ca co om gQma °m E3 o a) , <W o o °m 2W zo Oom c n m0mo m � 3. a 3 0 � ovco fD 3 O W o o' 0 � � . dp m � � M71 7m 3 � a C a 3 CDH 63p 0 O cn (n o s � ; 3 . y om co /� C m in C' , v =• s =. 3 ca C c2i pm v 4' Cr- o C) 1-C -Ca > wm = oc=n rv00- cn = OW eo C Z I -v o ] g. •coo c-, -0 z m mO ccn � vCD 00 0K —I co o NZ og o 0 � 0 CD m n � mtn � � o �'o a , _� � � z Z = a � - <- cn cn co 2 Zm XI mO � m -o m � ° ,< cn •• • mV) C� :°. � � � o CCDi cfai - 3 0 � 0.c O fn O C -0Z a a �, m W0 � m mj • 3Z= a 730 cD3 CD -'e'D coO o0 vD- f° r' o � �a I. 5 . m ° m xi mrIZ p a = A) = 3Q- o a Cp = a) c 0 o c FA Z73 cr r - = = o 0- - Zm S a), C = O O O O CA —I6 CD y. (n = 3 � ; o Om D.1-C 0 v' a '.o o -a 3 0 ELI m y -I � �' � � C) m = ccnn om V) m ET El.', .cng y. v, m o 3 � C) = 3 cn � � � p (D 03 n co = y. o m CD ma Ste * 510 p cam'CZJ r o o (0o cn= oa v 00 m C .� a0� o `< < CD m a cn j. "� 0 • 0 -3p yi o m c= cn v) ' o 5 •v' nni 5' 0. ID a E c m = co =' o m o m V o n m m ? 3 c O CDo0. ' =� • 0D m,d O a m '< A O V m co -0 O 0- o _ c c O O = 5. C. eD O co CD 0 3 C. O O ccn O C. m -I Z y W D O G) z z m STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS (To be submitted by the Bidder only upon the specific request of the City of Waterloo, Iowa.) All questions must be answered and the date given must be clear and comprehensive. This statement must be notarized. If necessary, questions may be answered on separate attached sheets.The Bidder may submit any additional information he desires. 1. Name of bidder. 2. Permanent main office address. 3. When organized. 4. If a corporation,when incorporated. 5. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under your present firm or trade name? 6. Contracts on hand: (Schedule these, showing amount of each contract and the appropriate anticipated dates of completion.) 7. General character of work performed by your company. 8. Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you? If so,where and why? 9. Have you ever defaulted on a contract? If so,where and why? 10. List the more important projects recently completed by your company, stating the approximate cost for each, an the month and year completed. 11. List your major equipment available for this contract. 12. Experience in construction work similar in importance to this project. 13. Background and experience of the principal members of your organization, including the officers. 14. Credit available: $ 15. Give bank reference: 16. Will you, upon request,fill out a detailed financial statement and furnish any other information that may be required by the City of Waterloo, Iowa? Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 41 00 City of Waterloo STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS INVISION#16021 Page 1 of 2 17. The undersigned hereby authorizes and requests any person,firm, or corporation to furnish any information requested by the City of Waterloo, Iowa, in verification of the recitals comprising this Statement of Bidder's Qualifications. Dated at , this day of , 200_. (Name of Bidder) By: Title: State of )ss: County of , being duly sworn deposes and says that he is of and that the answers (Name of Organization) to the foregoing questions and all statements therein contained are true and correct. Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 200 . Notary Public My commission expires , Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 41 00 City of Waterloo STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS INVISION#16021 Page 2 of 2 FORM OF PAYMENT BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that (Name of Contractor) (Address of Contractor) a ,hereinafter called Principal, (Corporation,Partnership or Individual) and (Name of Surety) (Address of Surety) hereinafter called Surety,are held and firmly bound unto (Name of Owner) (Address of Owner) herein after called OWNER,in the penal sum of Dollars,$( in lawful money of the United States,for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made,we bind ourselves,successors, and assigns,jointly and severally,firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that whereas,the Principal entered into a certain contract with the OWNER, dated the day of 20 a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the construction of: NOW,THEREFORE,if the Principal shall promptly make payment to all persons,firms,SUBCONTRACTORS,and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in the prosecution of the WORK provided for in such contract,and any authorized extension or modification thereof,including all amounts due for materials,lubricants,oil,gasoline,coal and coke, repairs on machinery,equipment and tools,consumed or used in connection with the construction of such WORK,and all insurance premiums on said WORK,and for all labor,performed in such WORK whether by SUBCONTRACTOR or otherwise, then this obligation shall be void;otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED,FURTHER,that the said Surety for value received hereby stipulates and agrees that no change,extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the WORK to be performed thereunder or the SPECIFICATIONS accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligation on this BOND,and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time,alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the WORK or to the SPECIFICATIONS. PROVIDED,FURTHER,that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder,whose claim may be unsatisfied. IN WITNESS HEREOF,this instrument is executed in counterparts,each one of (number) Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 41 00 City of Waterloo FORM OF PAYMENT BOND INVISION#16021 1 of 2 which shall be deemed an original,this the day of 20 ATTEST: Principal (Principal)Secretary (SEAL) By (s) (Address) Witness as to Principal (Address) Surety ATTEST: By Attorney-in-Fact Witness as to Surety (Address) (Address) NOTE: Date of BOND must not be prior to date of Contract. If CONTRACTOR is Partnership,all partners should execute BOND. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 41 00 City of Waterloo FORM OF PAYMENT BOND INVISION#16021 2 of 2 FORM OF PERFORMANCE BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, ,of (hereinafter called the Principal), and of (hereinafter called the Surety),are held and firmly bound unto the City of Waterloo(hereinafter called the Obligee), in the penal sum Dollars a ), lawful money of the United States,to payment of which sum,well and truly to be made,the Principal here firmly binds himself/themselves, his/their heirs, executors,and administrators,and the said Surety binds himself,his successors, assigns, executors,and administrators,jointly and severally,firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, WHEREAS the above bounden Principal did, on the_day of 20_ enter into a written contract with the City of Waterloo, Iowa, for the construction of _ , a copy of which contract, together with all of its terms, covenants, conditions, and stipulations, is incorporated herein and made a part hereof as full and completely as if said contract were recited at length herein;and WHEREAS, the Principal and Surety on this bond hereby agree to pay to all persons, firms or corporations having contracts directly with the Principal or with subcontractors, all just claims due them for labor performed or materials furnished in the performance of the contract on account of which bond is given when the same are not satisfied out of the portion of the contract price which the public corporation is required to retain until completion of the public improvement, but the Principal and Surety shall not be liable to said persons, firms, or corporation unless the claims of said claimants against said portion of the contract price shall have been established as provided by law. Now, if the Principal shall in all respects fulfill his said contract according to the terms and tenor thereof, and shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred for the same, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the Obligee from all costs and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall fully reimburse and repay the Obligee all outlays and expenses which it may incur in making good any such default,then the obligation is to be void and of no effect,otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Every Surety on this bond shall be deemed and held, any contract to the contrary notwithstanding, to consent without notice: 1. To any extension of time to the contract in which to perform the contract. 2. To any change in the plans, specifications, or contract when such change does not involve an increase of more than twenty percent(20%)of the total contract price,and shall then be released only as to such excess increase. 3. That no provision of this bond or of any other contract shall be valid which limits to less than one (1) year from the time of the acceptance of the work the right to sue on this bond for defect in workmanship or material not discovered or known to the Obligee at the time such work was accepted. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 41 00 City of Waterloo FORM OF PERFORMANCE BOND INVISION#16021 1 of 2 IN WITNESS WHEREOF,we have hereunto set our hands and seals this_day of , 20_. Principal By: Surety Attorney-in-Fact Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 41 00 City of Waterloo FORM OF PERFORMANCE BOND 2 of 2 INVISION#16021 IS MOW Document A201TM - 2017 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction for the following PROJECT: , , aadress Five Sullivan Brothers Convention Center Kitchen Plumbing Improvements 200 W 4th Street Waterloo,IA 50701 THE OWNER: (Name, legal status and address) This document has important City of Waterloo legal consequences. 715 Mulberry Street Consultation with an attorney Waterloo,IA 50701 is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification. THE ARCHITECT: For guidance in modifying this (Nara., ,,atus and address) document to include INVISION Architecture,LTD supplementary conditions,see 501 Sycamore#101 AIA Document A5O3TM,Guide for PO Box 1800 Supplementary Conditions. Waterloo,IA 50704 TABLE OF ARTICLES 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 2 OWNER 3 CONTRACTOR 4 ARCHITECT 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 8 TIME 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES Init. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. ,I Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent nest ble undar the law This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA44) tom Inv tam girm tam Imp law Imp Ism law two low AIA Document A201' —2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 2 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AlA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA44) INDEX Architect's Authority to Reject Work (Topics and numbers in bold are Section headings.) 3.5,4.2.6, 12.1.2, 12.2.1 Architect's Copyright 1.1.7, 1.5 Acceptance of Nonconforming Work Architect's Decisions 9.6.6,9.9.3, 12.3 3.7.4,4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4.2.13,4.2.14,6.3, — Acceptance of Work 7.3.4,7.3.9, 8.1.3, 8.3.1,9.2,9.4.1,9.5,9.8.4,9.9.1, 9.6.6,9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.1,9.10.3, 12.3 13.4.2, 15.2 Access to Work Architect's Inspections — 3.16,6.2.1, 12.1 3.7.4,4.2.2,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.8.3,9.9.2,9.10.1, 13.4 Accident Prevention Architect's Instructions 10 3.2.4,3.3.1,4.2.6,4.2.7, 13.4.2 Acts and Omissions Architect's Interpretations 3.2,3.3.2,3.12.8,3.18,4.2.3, 8.3.1,9.5.1, 10.2.5, 4.2.11,4.2.12 10.2.8, 13.3.2, 14.1, 15.1.2, 15.2 Architect's Project Representative Addenda 4.2.10 1.1.1 Architect's Relationship with Contractor Additional Costs,Claims for 1.1.2, 1.5,2.3.3,3.1.3,3.2.2,3.2.3,3.2.4,3.3.1,3.4.2, 3.7.4,3.7.5, 10.3.2, 15.1.5 3.5,3.7.4,3.7.5,3.9.2,3.9.3,3.10,3.11,3.12,3.16, Additional Inspections and Testing 3.18,4.1.2,4.2,5.2,6.2.2,7, 8.3.1,9.2,9.3,9.4,9.5, 9.4.2,9.8.3, 12.2.1, 13.4 9.7,9.8,9.9, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.3, 12, 13.3.2, 13.4, 15.2 Additional Time,Claims for Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors 3.2.4,3.7.4,3.7.5,3.10.2, 8.3.2,15.1.6 1.1.2,4.2.3,4.2.4,4.2.6,9.6.3,9.6.4, 11.3 Administration of the Contract Architect's Representations 3.1.3,4.2,9.4,9.5 9.4.2,9.5.1,9.10.1 Advertisement or Invitation to Bid Architect's Site Visits 1.1.1 3.7.4,4.2.2,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2,9.10.1, 13.4 Aesthetic Effect Asbestos 4.2.13 10.3.1 Allowances Attorneys'Fees 3.8 3.18.1,9.6.8,9.10.2, 10.3.3 Applications for Payment Award of Separate Contracts 4.2.5,7.3.9,9.2,9.3,9.4,9.5.1,9.5.4,9.6.3,9.7,9.10 6.1.1,6.1.2 Approvals Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for _ 2.1.1,2.3.1,2.5,3.1.3,3.10.2,3.12.8,3.12.9, Portions of the Work 3.12.10.1,4.2.7,9.3.2, 13.4.1 5.2 Arbitration Basic Definitions 8.3.1, 15.3.2, 15.4 1.1 ARCHITECT Bidding Requirements 4 1.1.1 Architect,Definition of Binding Dispute Resolution r 4.1.1 8.3.1,9.7, 11.5, 13.1, 15.1.2, 15.1.3, 15.2.1, 15.2.5, Architect,Extent of Authority 15.2.6.1, 15.3.1, 15.3.2, 15.3.3, 15.4.1 2.5, 3.12.7,4.1.2,4.2,5.2,6.3,7.1.2,7.3.4,7.4,9.2, Bonds,Lien 9.3.1,9.4,9.5,9.6.3,9.8,9.10.1,9.10.3, 12.1, 12.2.1, 7.3.4.4,9.6.8,9.10.2,9.10.3 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.4, 15.2.1 Bonds,Performance,and Payment Architect,Limitations of Authority and 7.3.4.4,9.6.7,9.10.3, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.5 Responsibility Building Information Models Use and Reliance 2.1.1,3.12.4,3.12.8,3.12.10,4.1.2,4.2.1,4.2.2, 1.8 4.2.3,4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.10,4.2.12,4.2.13,5.2.1,7.4, Building Permit 9.4.2,9.5.4,9.6.4, 15.1.4, 15.2 3.7.1 Architect's Additional Services and Expenses Capitalization 2.5, 12.2.1, 13.4.2, 13.4.3, 14.2.4 1.3 Architect's Administration of the Contract Certificate of Substantial Completion 3.1.3,3.7.4, 15.2,9.4.1,9.5 9.8.3,9.8.4,9.8.5 Architect's Approvals Certificates for Payment 2.5,3.1.3,3.5,3.10.2,4.2.7 Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 3 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or anymay / portion of it, result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA44) 4.2.1,4.2.5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.4,9.5,9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7, Conditions of the Contract 9.10.1,9.10.3, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4, 15.1.4 1.1.1,6.1.1,6.1.4 — Certificates of Inspection,Testing or Approval Consent,Written 13.4.4 3.4.2,3.14.2,4.1.2,9.8.5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3, 13.2, Certificates of Insurance 15.4.4.2 — 9.10.2 Consolidation or Joinder Change Orders 15.4.4 1.1.1,3.4.2,3.7.4,3.8.2.3,3.11,3.12.8,4.2.8,5.2.3, CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY 7.1.2,7.1.3,7.2,7.3.2,7.3.7,7.3.9,7.3.10, 8.3.1, SEPARATE CONTRACTORS — 9.3.1.1,9.10.3, 10.3.2, 11.2, 11.5, 12.1.2 1.1.4,6 Change Orders,Definition of Construction Change Directive,Definition of 7.2.1 7.3.1 CHANGES IN THE WORK Construction Change Directives 2.2.2,3.11,4.2.8,7,7.2.1,7.3.1,7.4,8.3.1,9.3.1.1, 1.1.1,3.4.2,3.11,3.12.8,4.2.8,7.1.1,7.1.2,7.1.3, 11.5 7.3,9.3.1.1 Claims,Definition of Construction Schedules,Contractor's — 15.1.1 3.10,3.11,3.12.1,3.12.2,6.1.3, 15.1.6.2 Claims,Notice of Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts 1.6.2, 15.1.3 5.4, 14.2.2.2 — CLAIMS AND DISPUTES Continuing Contract Performance 3.2.4,6.1.1,6.3,7.3.9,9.3.3,9.10.4, 10.3.3,15, 15.4 15.1.4 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims Contract,Definition of 15.4.1 1.1.2 — Claims for Additional Cost CONTRACT,TERMINATION OR 3.2.4,3.3.1,3.7.4,7.3.9,9.5.2, 10.2.5, 10.3.2, 15.1.5 SUSPENSION OF THE Claims for Additional Time 5.4.1.1,5.4.2, 11.5,14 3.2.4,3.3.1,3.7.4,6.1.1, 8.3.2,9.5.2, 10.3.2, 15.1.6 Contract Administration Concealed or Unknown Conditions,Claims for 3.1.3,4,9.4,9.5 3.7.4 Contract Award and Execution,Conditions Relating Claims for Damages to — 3.2.4,3.18, 8.3.3,9.5.1,9.6.7, 10.2.5, 10.3.3, 11.3, 3.7.1,3.10,5.2,6.1 11.3.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.7 Contract Documents,Copies Furnished and Use of Claims Subject to Arbitration 1.5.2,2.3.6,5.3 — 15.4.1 Contract Documents,Definition of Cleaning Up 1.1.1 3.15,6.3 Contract Sum Commencement of the Work,Conditions Relating to 2.2.2,2.2.4,3.7.4,3.7.5,3.8,3.10.2,5.2.3,7.3,7.4, 2.2.1,3.2.2,3.4.1,3.7.1,3.10.1,3.12.6,5.2.1,5.2.3, 9.1,9.2,9.4.2,9.5.1.4,9.6.7,9.7, 10.3.2, 11.5, 12.1.2, 6.2.2, 8.1.2, 8.2.2, 8.3.1, 11.1, 11.2,15.1.5 12.3, 14.2.4, 14.3.2, 15.1.4.2, 15.1.5,15.2.5 Commencement of the Work,Definition of Contract Sum,Definition of 8.1.2 9.1 Communications Contract Time 3.9.1,4.2.4 1.1.4,2.2.1,2.2.2,3.7.4,3.7.5,3.10.2,5.2.3,6.1.5, Completion,Conditions Relating to 7.2.1.3,7.3.1,7.3.5,7.3.6,7,7,7.3.10,7.4,8.1.1, — 3.4.1,3.11,3.15,4.2.2,4.2.9,8.2,9.4.2,9.8,9.9.1, 8.2.1,8.2.3,8.3.1,9.5.1,9.7, 10.3.2, 12.1.1, 12.1.2, 9.10, 12.2, 14.1.2, 15.1.2 14.3.2, 15.1.4.2, 15.1.6.1, 15.2.5 COMPLETION,PAYMENTS AND Contract Time,Definition of 9 8.1.1 Completion,Substantial CONTRACTOR 3.10.1,4.2.9,8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3,9.4.2,9.8,9.9.1, 3 9.10.3, 12.2, 15.1.2 Contractor,Definition of .,. Compliance with Laws 3.1,6.1.2 2.3.2,3.2.3,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13,9.6.4, 10.2.2, Contractor's Construction and Submittal 13.1, 13.3, 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 13.5, 14.1.1, 14.2.1.3, Schedules 15.2.8, 15.4.2, 15.4.3 3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,4.2.3,6.1.3, 15.1.6.2 Concealed or Unknown Conditions Contractor's Employees 3.7.4,4.2.8, 8.3.1, 10.3 Init. AIA Document A201 TM"—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 4 / Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. (3B9ADA44) User Notes: 2.2.4,3.3.2,3.4.3,3.8.1,3.9,3.18.2,4.2.3,4.2.6, Damage to the Work 10.2, 10.3, 11.3, 14.1, 14.2.1.1 3.14.2,9.9.1, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.4, 12.2.4 Contractor's Liability Insurance Damages,Claims for 11.1 3.2.4,3.18,6.1.1, 8.3.3,9.5.1,9.6.7, 10.3.3, 11.3.2, Contractor's Relationship with Separate Contractors 11.3, 14.2.4, 15.1.7 and Owner's Forces Damages for Delay — 3.12.5,3.14.2,4.2.4,6, 11.3, 12.2.4 6.2.3, 8.3.3,9.5.1.6,9.7, 10.3.2, 14.3.2 Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors Date of Commencement of the Work,Definition of 1.2.2,2.2.4,3.3.2,3.18.1,3.18.2,4.2.4,5,9.6.2, 8.1.2 9.6.7,9.10.2, 11.2, 11.3, 11.4 Date of Substantial Completion,Definition of Contractor's Relationship with the Architect 8.1.3 1.1.2, 1.5,2.3.3,3.1.3,3.2.2,3.2.3,3.2.4,3.3.1,3.4.2, Day,Definition of 3.5.1,3.7.4,3.10,3.11,3.12,3.16,3.18,4.2,5.2, 8.1.4 -- 6.2.2,7, 8.3.1,9.2,9.3,9.4,9.5,9.7,9.8,9.9, 10.2.6, Decisions of the Architect 10.3, 11.3, 12, 13.4, 15.1.3, 15.2.1 3.7.4,4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4.2.13,6.3,7.3.4, Contractor's Representations 7.3.9, 8.1.3,8.3.1, 9.2,9.4,9.5.1,9.8.4,9.9.1, 13.4.2, 3.2.1,3.2.2,3.5,3.12.6,6.2.2, 8.2.1,9.3.3,9.8.2 14.2.2, 14.2.4, 15.1, 15.2 — Contractor's Responsibility for Those Performing the Decisions to Withhold Certification Work 9.4.1,9.5,9.7, 14.1.1.3 3.3.2,3.18,5.3,6.1.3,6.2,9.5.1, 10.2.8 Defective or Nonconforming Work,Acceptance, — Contractor's Review of Contract Documents Rejection and Correction of 3.2 2.5,3.5,4.2.6,6.2.3,9.5.1,9.5.3,9.6.6,9.8.2,9.9.3, Contractor's Right to Stop the Work 9.10.4, 12.2.1 2.2.2,9.7 Definitions Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract 1.1,2.1.1,3.1.1,3.5,3.12.1,3.12.2,3.12.3,4.1.1,5.1, 14.1 6.1.2,7.2.1,7.3.1, 8.1,9.1,9.8.1, 15.1.1 Contractor's Submittals Delays and Extensions of Time --. 3.10,3.11,3.12,4.2.7,5.2.1,5.2.3,9.2,9.3,9.8.2, 3.2,3.7.4,5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3.1,7.4,8.3,9.5.1,9.7, 9.8.3,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3 10.3.2, 10.4, 14.3.2, 15.1.6, 15.2.5 Contractor's Superintendent Digital Data Use and Transmission 3.9, 10.2.6 1.7 — Contractor's Supervision and Construction Disputes Procedures 6.3,7.3.9, 15.1, 15.2 1.2.2,3.3,3.4,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,6.1.3,6.2.4, Documents and Samples at the Site — 7.1.3,7.3.4,7.3.6, 8.2, 10, 12, 14, 15.1.4 3.11 Coordination and Correlation Drawings,Definition of 1.2,3.2.1,3.3.1,3.10,3.12.6,6.1.3,6.2.1 1.1.5 Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications Drawings and Specifications,Use and Ownership of 1.5,2.3.6,3.11 3.11 Copyrights Effective Date of Insurance 1.5,3.17 8.2.2 — Correction of Work Emergencies 2.5,3.7.3,9.4.2,9.8.2,9.8.3,9.9.1, 12.1.2, 12.2, 12.3, 10.4, 14.1.1.2, 15.1.5 15.1.3.1, 15.1.3.2, 15.2.1 Employees,Contractor's Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents 3.3.2,3.4.3,3.8.1, 3.9,3.18.2,4.2.3,4.2.6, 10.2, 1.2 10.3.3, 11.3, 14.1, 14.2.1.1 Cost,Definition of Equipment,Labor,or Materials 7.3.4 1.1.3, 1.1.6,3.4,3.5,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13,3.15.1, Costs 4.2.6,4.2.7,5.2.1,6.2.1,7.3.4,9.3.2, 9.3.3,9.5.1.3, 2.5,3.2.4,3.7.3,3.8.2,3.15.2,5.4.2,6.1.1, 6.2.3, 9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2 7.3.3.3,7.3.4,7.3.8,7.3.9,9.10.2, 10.3.2, 10.3.6, Execution and Progress of the Work 11.2, 12.1.2, 12.2.1, 12.2.4, 13.4, 14 1.1.3, 1.2.1, 1.2.2,2.3.4,2.3.6,3.1,3.3.1,3.4.1,3.7.1, Cutting and Patching 3.10.1,3.12,3.14,4.2,6.2.2,7.1.3,7.3.6, 8.2,9.5.1, 3.14,6.2.5 9.9.1, 10.2, 10.3, 12.1, 12.2, 14.2, 14.3.1, 15.1.4 Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate Extensions of Time Contractors 3.2.4,3.7.4,5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3,7.4,9.5.1,9.7, 10.3.2, 3.14.2,6.2.4, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.4, 12.2.4 10.4, 14.3, 15.1.6, 15.2.5 Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. —` Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA'Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be 5 prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (389ADA44) Failure of Payment INSURANCE AND BONDS 9.5.1.3,9.7,9.10.2, 13.5, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2 11 Faulty Work Insurance Companies,Consent to Partial Occupancy (See Defective or Nonconforming Work) 9.9.1 Final Completion and Final Payment Insured loss,Adjustment and Settlement of 4.2.1,4.2.9,9.8.2,9.10, 12.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 11.5 Financial Arrangements,Owner's Intent of the Contract Documents 2.2.1, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.4 1.2.1,4.2.7,4.2.12,4.2.13 GENERAL PROVISIONS Interest — 1 13.5 Governing Law Interpretation 13.1 1.1.8, 1.2.3, 1.4,4.1.1,5.1,6.1.2, 15.1.1 Guarantees(See Warranty) Interpretations,Written Hazardous Materials and Substances 4.2.11,4.2.12 10.2.4,10.3 Judgment on Final Award Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers 15.4.2 — 5.2.1 Labor and Materials,Equipment Indemnification 1.1.3, 1.1.6,3.4,3.5,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13,3.15.1, 3.17,3.18,9.6.8,9.10.2, 10.3.3, 11.3 5.2.1,6.2.1,7.3.4,9.3.2,9.3.3,9.5.1.3,9.10.2, 10.2.1, _ Information and Services Required of the Owner 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2 2.1.2,2.2,2.3,3.2.2,3.12.10.1,6.1.3,6.1.4,6.2.5, Labor Disputes 9.6.1,9.9.2,9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2, 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 8.3.1 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4, 15.1.4 Laws and Regulations — Initial Decision 1.5,2.3.2,3.2.3,3.2.4,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13,9.6.4, 15.2 9.9.1, 10.2.2, 13.1, 13.3.1, 13.4.2, 13.5, 14, 15.2.8, Initial Decision Maker,Definition of 15.4 1.1.8 Liens Initial Decision Maker,Decisions 2.1.2,9.3.1,9.3.3,9.6.8,9.10.2,9.10.4, 15.2.8 14.2.4, 15.1.4.2, 15.2.1, 15.2.2, 15.2.3, 15.2.4, 15.2.5 Limitations,Statutes of Initial Decision Maker,Extent of Authority 12.2.5, 15.1.2, 15.4.1.1 -- 14.2.4, 15.1.4.2, 15.2.1, 15.2.2, 15.2.3, 15.2.4, 15.2.5 Limitations of Liability Injury or Damage to Person or Property 3.2.2,3.5,3.12.10,3.12.10.1,3.17,3.18.1,4.2.6, 10.2.8, 10.4 4.2.7,6.2.2,9.4.2,9.6.4,9.6.7,9.6.8, 10.2.5, 10.3.3, Inspections 11.3, 12.2.5, 13.3.1 3.1.3,3.3.3,3.7.1,4.2.2,4.2.6,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.8.3, Limitations of Time 9.9.2,9.10.1, 12.2.1, 13.4 2.1.2,2.2,2.5,3.2.2,3.10,3.11,3.12.5,3.15.1,4.2.7, Instructions to Bidders 5.2,5.3,5.4.1,6.2.4,7.3,7.4,8.2,9.2,9.3.1,9.3.3, — 1.1.1 9.4.1,9.5,9.6,9.7,9.8,9.9,9.10, 12.2, 13.4, 14, 15, Instructions to the Contractor 15.1.2, 15.1.3, 15.1.5 3.2.4,3.3.1,3.8.1,5.2.1,7,8.2.2, 12, 13.4.2 Materials,Hazardous — Instruments of Service,Defmition of 10.2.4,10.3 1.1.7 Materials,Labor,Equipment and Insurance 1.1.3, 1.1.6,3.4.1,3.5,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13,3.15.1, 6.1.1,7.3.4,8.2.2,9.3.2,9.8.4,9.9.1,9.10.2, 10.2.5, 5.2.1,6.2.1,7.3.4,9.3.2,9.3.3,9.5.1.3,9.10.2, — 11 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2 Insurance,Notice of Cancellation or Expiration Means,Methods,Techniques,Sequences and 11.1.4,11.2.3 Procedures of Construction Insurance,Contractor's Liability 3.3.1,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,9.4.2 — 11.1 Mechanic's Lien Insurance,Effective Date of 2.1.2,9.3.1,9.3.3,9.6.8,9.10.2,9.10.4, 15.2.8 8.2.2, 14.4.2 Mediation — Insurance,Owner's Liability 8.3.1, 15.1.3.2, 15.2.1, 15.2.5, 15.2.6, 15.3, 15.4.1, 11.2 15.4.1.1 Insurance,Property Minor Changes in the Work _ 10.2.5, 11.2, 11.4, 11.5 1.1.1,3.4.2,3.12.8,4.2.8,7.1,7.4 Insurance,Stored Materials MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 9.3.2 13 Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 6 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. (389ADA44) User Notes: Modifications,Definition of Award Separate Contracts 1.1.1 6.1 Modifications to the Contract Owner's Right to Stop the Work 1.1.1, 1.1.2,2.5,3.11,4.1.2,4.2.1,5.2.3, 7, 8.3.1,9.7, 2.4 10.3.2 Owner's Right to Suspend the Work Mutual Responsibility 14.3 — 6.2 Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract Nonconforming Work,Acceptance of 14.2, 14.4 9.6.6,9.9.3, 12.3 Ownership and Use of Drawings,Specifications Nonconforming Work,Rejection and Correction of and Other Instruments of Service 2.4,2.5, 3.5,4.2.6,6.2.4,9.5.1,9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.4, 1.1.1, 1.1.6, 1.1.7, 1.5,2.3.6,3.2.2,3.11,3.17,4.2.12, 12.2 5.3 Notice Partial Occupancy or Use — 1.6, 1.6.1, 1.6.2,2.1.2,2.2.2.,2.2.3,2.2.4,2.5,3.2.4, 9.6.6,9.9 3.3.1,3.7.4,3.7.5,3.9.2,3.12.9,3.12.10,5.2.1,7.4, Patching,Cutting and 8.2.2 9.6.8,9.7,9.10.1, 10.2.8, 10.3.2, 11.5, 12.2.2.1, 3.14, 6.2.5 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 14.1, 14.2.2, 14.4.2, 15.1.3, 15.1.5, Patents 15.1.6, 15.4.1 3.17 Notice of Cancellation or Expiration of Insurance Payment,Applications for 11.1.4, 11.2.3 4.2.5,7.3.9,9.2,9.3,9.4,9.5, 9.6.3,9.7,9.8.5,9.10.1, — Notice of Claims 14.2.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 1.6.2,2.1.2,3.7.4,9.6.8, 10.2.8, 15.1.3, 15.1.5, Payment,Certificates for 15.1.6, 15.2.8, 15.3.2, 15.4.1 4.2.5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.4,9.5,9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7,9.10.1, Notice of Testing and Inspections 9.10.3, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 13.4.1, 13.4.2 Payment,Failure of Observations,Contractor's 9.5.1.3,9.7,9.10.2, 13.5, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2 3.2,3.7.4 Payment,Final — Occupancy 4.2.1,4.2.9,9.10, 12.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 2.3.1,9.6.6,9.8 Payment Bond,Performance Bond and Orders,Written 7.3.4.4,9.6.7,9.10.3, 11.1.2 1.1.1,2.4,3.9.2,7, 8.2.2, 11.5, 12.1, 12.2.2.1, 13.4.2, Payments,Progress — 14.3.1 9.3,9.6,9.8.5,9.10.3, 14.2.3, 15.1.4 OWNER PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 2 9 Owner,Definition of Payments to Subcontractors 2.1.1 5.4.2,9.5.1.3,9.6.2,9.6.3,9.6.4,9.6.7, 14.2.1.2 Owner,Evidence of Financial Arrangements PCB 2.2, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.4 10.3.1 Owner,Information and Services Required of the Performance Bond and Payment Bond 2.1.2,2.2,2.3,3.2.2,3.12.10,6.1.3,6.1.4,6.2.5, 7.3.4.4,9.6.7,9.10.3, 11.1.2 9.3.2,9.6.1,9.6.4,9.9.2,9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2, 13.4.1, Permits,Fees,Notices and Compliance with Laws 13.4.2, 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4, 15.1.4 2.3.1,3.7,3.13,7.3.4.4, 10.2.2 Owner's Authority PERSONS AND PROPERTY,PROTECTION 1.5,2.1.1,2.3.32.4,2.5,3.4.2,3.8.1,3.12.10,3.14.2, OF 4.1.2,4.2.4,4.2.9,5.2.1,5.2.4,5.4.1,6.1,6.3,7.2.1, 10 — 7.3.1, 8.2.2,8.3.1,9.3.2,9.5.1,9.6.4,9.9.1,9.10.2, Polychlorinated Biphenyl 10.3.2, 11.4, 11.5, 12.2.2, 12.3, 13.2.2, 14.3, 14.4, 10.3.1 15.2.7 Product Data,Definition of Owner's Insurance 3.12.2 11.2 Product Data and Samples,Shop Drawings Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 1.1.2,5.2,5.3,5.4,9.6.4,9.10.2, 14.2.2 Progress and Completion —` Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work 4.2.2,8.2,9.8,9.9.1, 14.1.4, 15.1.4 2.5, 14.2.2 Progress Payments Owner's Right to Clean Up 9.3,9.6,9.8.5,9.10.3, 14.2.3, 15.1.4 6.3 Project,Definition of Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to 1.1.4 Init. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. —' Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be 7 prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA44) Project Representatives Separate Contractors,Defmition of 4.2.10 6.1.1 Property Insurance Shop Drawings,Definition of 10.2.5, 11.2 3.12.1 Proposal Requirements Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples — 1.1.1 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY Site,Use of 10 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1 Regulations and Laws Site Inspections — 1.5,2.3.2,3.2.3,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13,9.6.4,9.9.1, 3.2.2,3.3.3,3.7.1,3.7.4,4.2,9.9.2,9.4.2,9.10.1, 13.4 10.2.2, 13.1, 13.3, 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 13.5, 14, 15.2.8, Site Visits,Architect's 15.4 3.7.4,4.2.2,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2,9.10.1, 13.4 — Rejection of Work Special Inspections and Testing 4.2.6, 12.2.1 4.2.6, 12.2.1, 13.4 Releases and Waivers of Liens Specifications,Definition of 9.3.1,9.10.2 1.1.6 — Representations Specifications 3.2.1,3.5,3.12.6,8.2.1,9.3.3,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.10.1 1.1.1,1.1.6, 1.2.2, 1.5,3.12.10,3.17,4.2.14 Representatives Statute of Limitations 2.1.1,3.1.1,3.9,4.1.1,4.2.10, 13.2.1 15.1.2, 15.4.1.1 Responsibility for Those Performing the Work Stopping the Work 3.3.2,3.18,4.2.2,4.2.3,5.3,6.1.3,6.2,6.3,9.5.1, 10 2.2.2,2.4,9.7, 10.3, 14.1 Retainage Stored Materials — 9.3.1,9.6.2,9.8.5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3 6.2.1,9.3.2, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4 Review of Contract Documents and Field Subcontractor,Definition of Conditions by Contractor 5.1.1 — 3.2,3.12.7,6.1.3 SUBCONTRACTORS Review of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and 5 Architect Subcontractors,Work by 3.10.1,3.10.2,3.11,3.12,4.2,5.2,6.1.3,9.2,9.8.2 1.2.2,3.3.2,3.12.1,3.18,4.2.3,5.2.3,5.3,5.4, — Review of Shop Drawings,Product Data and 9.3.1.2,9.6.7 Samples by Contractor Subcontractual Relations 3.12 5.3,5.4,9.3.1.2,9.6,9.10, 10.2.1, 14.1, 14.2.1 — Rights and Remedies Submittals 1.1.2,2.4,2.5,3.5,3.7.4,3.15.2,4.2.6,5.3,5.4,6.1, 3.10,3.11,3.12,4.2.7,5.2.1,5.2.3,7.3.4,9.2,9.3, 6.3,7.3.1,8.3,9.5.1,9.7, 10.2.5, 10.3, 12.2.1, 12.2.2, 9.8,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3 12.2.4, 13.3, 14, 15.4 Submittal Schedule -- Royalties,Patents and Copyrights 3.10.2,3.12.5,4.2.7 3.17 Subrogation,Waivers of Rules and Notices for Arbitration 6.1.1,11.3 15.4.1 Substances,Hazardous Safety of Persons and Property 10.3 10.2, 10.4 Substantial Completion Safety Precautions and Programs 4.2.9,8.1.1, 8.1.3,8.2.3,9.4.2,9.8,9.9.1,9.10.3, — 3.3.1,4.2.2,4.2.7,5.3,10.1, 10.2, 10.4 12.2, 15.1.2 Samples,Definition of Substantial Completion,Defmition of 3.12.3 9.8.1 — Samples,Shop Drawings,Product Data and Substitution of Subcontractors 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 5.2.3,5.2.4 Samples at the Site,Documents and Substitution of Architect 3.11 2.3.3 .— Schedule of Values Substitutions of Materials 9.2,9.3.1 3.4.2,3.5,7.3.8 Schedules,Construction Sub-subcontractor,Definition of 3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,6.1.3, 15.1.6.2 5.1.2 Separate Contracts and Contractors Subsurface Conditions 1.1.4,3.12.5,3.14.2,4.2.4,4.2.7,6,8.3.1, 12.1.2 3.7.4 Init. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 8 I Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. (3B9ADA44) User Notes: Successors and Assigns 2.1.2,2.2,2.5,3.2.2,3.10,3.11,3.12.5,3.15.1,4.2, 13.2 5.2,5.3,5.4,6.2.4,7.3,7.4,8.2,9.2,9.3.1,9.3.3, Superintendent 9.4.1,9.5,9.6,9.7,9.8,9.9,9.10, 12.2, 13.4, 14, 3.9, 10.2.6 15.1.2, 15.1.3, 15.4 Supervision and Construction Procedures Time Limits on Claims 1.2.2,3.3,3.4,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,6.1.3,6.2.4, 3.7.4, 10.2.8, 15.1.2, 15.1.3 — 7.1.3,7.3.4,8.2,8.3.1,9.4.2, 10, 12, 14, 15.1.4 Title to Work Suppliers 9.3.2,9.3.3 1.5,3.12.1,4.2.4,4.2.6,5.2.1,9.3,9.4.2,9.5.4,9.6, UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF 9.10.5, 14.2.1 WORK Surety 12 5.4.1.2,9.6.8,9.8.5,9.10.2,9.10.3, 11.1.2, 14.2.2, Uncovering of Work 15.2.7 12.1 — Surety,Consent of Unforeseen Conditions,Concealed or Unknown 9.8.5,9.10.2,9.10.3 3.7.4,8.3.1, 10.3 Surveys Unit Prices — 1.1.7,2.3.4 7.3.3.2,9.1.2 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience Use of Documents 14.3 1.1.1, 1.5,2.3.6,3.12.6,5.3 Suspension of the Work Use of Site — 3.7.5,5.4.2, 14.3 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1 Suspension or Termination of the Contract Values,Schedule of 5.4.1.1, 14 9.2,9.3.1 — Taxes Waiver of Claims by the Architect 3.6,3.8.2.1,7.3.4.4 13.3.2 Termination by the Contractor Waiver of Claims by the Contractor 14.1, 15.1.7 9.10.5, 13.3.2, 15.1.7 — Termination by the Owner for Cause Waiver of Claims by the Owner 5.4.1.1, 14.2, 15.1.7 9.9.3,9.10.3,9.10.4, 12.2.2.1, 13.3.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.7 Termination by the Owner for Convenience Waiver of Consequential Damages 14.4 14.2.4, 15.1.7 Termination of the Architect Waiver of Liens 2.3.3 9.3,9.10.2,9.10.4 Termination of the Contractor Employment Waivers of Subrogation — 14.2.2 6.1.1, 11.3 Warranty TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE 3.5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.8.4,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.4, 12.2.2, CONTRACT 15.1.2 14 Weather Delays Tests and Inspections 8.3, 15.1.6.2 3.1.3,3.3.3,3.7.1,4.2.2,4.2.6,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.8.3, Work,Definition of — 9.9.2,9.10.1, 10.3.2, 12.2.1,13.4 1.1.3 TIME Written Consent 8 1.5.2,3.4.2,3.7.4,3.12.8,3.14.2,4.1.2,9.3.2,9.10.3, Time,Delays and Extensions of 13.2, 13.3.2, 15.4.4.2 — 3.2.4,3.7.4,5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3.1,7.4,8.3,9.5.1,9.7, Written Interpretations 10.3.2, 10.4, 14.3.2, 15.1.6, 15.2.5 4.2.11,4.2.12 Time Limits Written Orders 1.1.1,2.4,3.9,7,8.2.2, 12.1, 12.2, 13.4.2, 14.3.1 Init. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document,or anycancr9 l be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Ordeminal penalties,and lr No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA44) ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS §1.1 Basic Definitions §1.1.1 The Contract Documents The Contract Documents are enumerated in the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor(hereinafter the Agreement)and consist of the Agreement,Conditions of the Contract (General and other Conditions),Drawings, Specifications,Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract,other documents listed in the Agreement,and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract.A Modification is(1)a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties,(2)a Change Order,(3)a Construction Change Directive,or(4)a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect.Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement,the Contract Documents do not include the advertisement or invitation to bid,Instructions to Bidders,sample forms, other information furnished by the Owner in anticipation of receiving bids or proposals,the Contractor's bid or proposal,or portions of Addenda relating to bidding or proposal requirements. _ §1.1.1.1 Supplemental Conditions and Revisions Herein Supplementary information and revisions specific to this Contract are identified by a vertical bar in the left margin. This document,as read with identified revisions,defines the fully enforceable Conditions of the Contract for Construction. §1.1.2 The Contract The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction.The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations,representations,or agreements,either written or oral.The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification.The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind(1)between the Contractor and the Architect or the Architect's consultants,(2)between the Owner and a Subcontractor or a Sub-subcontractor,(3)between the Owner and the Architect or the Architect's consultants,or(4)between any persons or entities other than the Owner and the Contractor.The Architect shall,however,be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Architect's duties. §1.1.3 The Work The term"Work"means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents,whether completed or partially completed,and includes all other labor,materials,equipment,and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations.The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. §1.1.4 The Project The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner and by Separate Contractors. §1.1.5 The Drawings The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design,location and dimensions of the Work,generally including plans,elevations,sections,details,schedules,and diagrams. §1.1.6 The Specifications The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment,systems,standards and workmanship for the Work,and performance of related services. §1.1.7 Instruments of Service Instruments of Service are representations,in any medium of expression now known or later developed,of the tangible and intangible creative work performed by the Architect and the Architect's consultants under their respective professional services agreements.Instruments of Service may include,without limitation,studies, surveys,models,sketches,drawings,specifications,and other similar materials. §1.1.8 Initial Decision Maker The Initial Decision Maker is the person identified in the Agreement to render initial decisions on Claims in accordance with Section 15.2.The Initial Decision Maker shall not show partiality to the Owner or Contractor and shall not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions rendered in good faith. Init. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 10 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. Vsmr (3B9ADA44) User Notes: §1.2 Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents §1.2.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary,and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all;performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated results. §1.2.1.1 The invalidity of any provision of the Contract Documents shall not invalidate the Contract or its remaining provisions. If it is determined that any provision of the Contract Documents violates any law,or is otherwise invalid or unenforceable,then that provision shall be revised to the extent necessary to make that provision legal and enforceable. In such case the Contract Documents shall be construed,to the fullest extent permitted by law,to give effect to the parties' intentions and purposes in executing the Contract. §1.2.1.2 In the event of conflicts or discrepancies among the Contract Documents,interpretations AN ill be based on the following priorities: .1 Modifications. .2 The Agreement. .3 Addenda,with those of later date having precedence over those of earlier date. .4 The General Conditions(including supplemental amendments)of the Contract for Construction. .5 Division 1 of the Specifications. .6 Drawings and Divisions 2-49 of the Specifications. .7 Other documents specifically enumerated in the Agreement as part of the Contract DoLuments. In the case of inconsistency between Drawings and Divisions 2-49 of the Specifications, or within or among the Contract Documents and not clarified by Addendum,the Architect will provide clarification in accordance with Sections 4.2.11,4.2.12,and 4.2.13. §1.2.2 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and articles,and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. §1.2.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents,words that have well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. §1.3 Capitalization Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those that are(1)specifically defined,(2)the titles of numbered articles,or(3)the titles of other documents published by the American Institute of Architects. §1.4 Interpretation In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as"all"and"any"and articles such as"the"and"an,"but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. §1.5 Ownership and Use of Drawings,Specifications,and Other Instruments of Service §1.5.1 The Architect and the Architect's consultants shall be deemed the authors and owners of their respective Instruments of Service,including the Drawings and Specifications,and retain all common law,statutory, and other reserved rights in their Instruments of Service,including copyrights. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub- subcontractors,and suppliers shall not own or claim a copyright in the Instruments of Service. Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with the Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's or Architect's consultants'reserved rights. §1.5.2 The Contractor,Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors,and suppliers are authorized to use and reproduce the Instruments of Service provided to them,subject to any protocols established pursuant to Sections 1.7 and 1.8,solely and exclusively for execution of the Work.All copies made under this authorization shall bear the copyright notice, if any, shown on the Instruments of Service. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors,and suppliers may not use the Instruments of Service on other projects or for additions to the Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Owner,Architect,and the Architect's consultants. Init. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlA® Document is pro ecteu oy U.S.Copyright Law and international Treaties. unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA44) §1.6 Notice §1.6.1 Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.6.2,where the Contract Documents require one party to notify or give notice to the other party,such notice shall be provided in writing to the designated representative of the party to whom the notice is addressed and shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person,by mail,by courier,or by electronic transmission if a method for electronic transmission is set forth in the Agreement. §1.6.2 Notice of Claims as provided in Section 15.1.3 shall be provided in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly served only if delivered to the designated representative of the party to whom the notice is addressed by certified or registered mail,or by courier providing proof of delivery. §1.7 Digital Data Use and Transmission The parties shall agree upon protocols governing the transmission and use of Instruments of Service or any other _ information or documentation in digital form.The parties will use AIA Document E203TM-2013,Building Information Modeling and Digital Data Exhibit,to establish the protocols for the development,use,transmission, and exchange of digital data. §1.8 Building Information Models Use and Reliance Any use of,or reliance on,all or a portion of a building information model without agreement to protocols governing the use of,and reliance on,the information contained in the model and without having those protocols set forth in AIA Document E203TM-2013,Building Information Modeling and Digital Data Exhibit,and the requisite AIA Document G202TM-2013,Project Building Information Modeling Protocol Form,shall be at the using or relying parry's sole risk and without liability to the other party and its contractors or consultants,the authors of,or contributors to,the building information model,and each of their agents and employees. ARTICLE 2 OWNER §2.1 General §2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number.The Owner shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Owner with respect to all matters requiring the Owner's approval or authorization. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.2.1,the Architect does not have such authority.The term"Owner"means the Owner or the Owner's authorized representative. §2.1.2 The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor,within fifteen days after receipt of a written request,information necessary and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate,give notice of,or enforce mechanic's lien rights. Such information shall include a correct statement of the record legal title to the property on which the Project is located, usually referred to as the site,and the Owner's interest therein. §2.2 Evidence of the Owner's Financial Arrangements §2.2.1 Prior to commencement of the Work and upon written request by the Contractor,the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that the Owner has made financial arrangements to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract.The Contractor shall have no obligation to commence the Work until the Owner provides such evidence.If commencement of the Work is delayed under this Section 2.2.1,the Contract Time shall be extended appropriately. §2.2.2 Following commencement of the Work and upon written request by the Contractor,the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that the Owner has made financial arrangements to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract only if(1)the Owner fails to make payments to the Contractor as the Contract Documents require;(2)the Contractor identifies in writing a reasonable concern regarding the Owner's ability to make payment when due;or(3)a change in the Work materially changes the Contract Sum.If the Owner fails to provide such evidence,as required,within fourteen days of the Contractor's request,the Contractor may immediately stop the Work and,in that event,shall notify the Owner that the Work has stopped.However,if the request is made because a change in the Work materially changes the Contract Sum under(3)above,the Contractor may immediately stop only that portion of the Work affected by the change until reasonable evidence is provided.If the Work is stopped under this Section 2.2.2,the Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable costs of shutdown,delay and start-up,plus interest as provided in the Contract Documents. Init. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 12 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. (389ADA44) User Notes: §2.2.3 After the Owner furnishes evidence of financial arrangements under this Section 2.2,the Owner shall not materially vary such financial arrangements without prior notice to the Contractor. §2.2.4 Where the Owner has designated information furnished under this Section 2.2 as"confidential,"the Contractor shall keep the information confidential and shall not disclose it to any other person.However,the Contractor may disclose"confidential"information,after seven(7)days'notice to the Owner,where disclosure is required by law,including a subpoena or other form of compulsory legal process issued by a court or governmental entity,or by court or arbitrator(s)order. The Contractor may also disclose"confidential"information to its employees,consultants,sureties, Subcontractors and their employees, Sub-subcontractors,and others who need to know the content of such information solely and exclusively for the Project and who agree to maintain the confidentiality of such information. §2.3 Information and Services Required of the Owner §2.3.1 Except for permits and fees that are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, including those required under Section 3.7.1,the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals,easements, assessments and charges required for construction,use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. §2.3.2 The Owner shall retain an architect lawfully licensed to practice architecture,or an entity lawfully practicing architecture, in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. That person or entity is identified as the Architect in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. §2.3.3 If the employment of the Architect terminates,the Owner shall employ a successor to whom the Contractor has no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the Architect. §2.3.4 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics,legal limitations and utility locations for the site of the Project,and a legal description of the site. The Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of information furnished by the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe performance of the Work. §2.3.5 The Owner shall furnish information or services required of the Owner by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness. The Owner shall also furnish any other information or services under the Owner's control and relevant to the Contractor's performance of the Work with reasonable promptness after receiving the Contractor's written request for such information or services. §2.3.6 . .The Owner shall furnish the Contract Documents to the Contractor in digital format.If the Contractor requires paper documents, the Contractor shall be responsible for the costs of producing such paper documents §2.4 Owner's Right to Stop the Work If the Contractor fails to correct Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Section 12.2 or repeatedly fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents,the Owner may issue a written order to the Contractor to stop the Work,or any portion thereof,until the cause for such order has been eliminated;however,the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity,except to the extent required by Section 6.1.3. §2.5 Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a ten-day period after receipt of notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness,the Owner may,without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such default or neglect. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Architect and the Architect may,pursuant to Section 9.5.1,withhold or nullify a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part,to the extent reasonably necessary to reimburse the Owner for the reasonable cost of correcting such deficiencies,including Owner's expenses and compensation for the Architect's additional services made necessary by such default,neglect,or failure. If current and future payments are not sufficient to cover such Init. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law an,international Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be 13 prosecuted to the maximum extent Possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA44) amounts,the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.If the Contractor disagrees with the actions of the Owner or the Architect,or the amounts claimed as costs to the Owner,the Contractor may file a Claim pursuant to — Article 15. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR §3.1 General §3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number.The Contractor shall be lawfully licensed,if required in the jurisdiction where the Project is located.The Contractor shall designate in writing a representative who shall have — express authority to bind the Contractor with respect to all matters under this Contract.The term"Contractor"means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative. §3.1.2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. §3.1.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of its obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect's administration of the Contract,or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons or entities other than the Contractor. §3.2 Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions by Contractor §3.2.1 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site, become generally familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed,and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents. §3.2.2 Because the Contract Documents are complementary,the Contractor shall,before starting each portion of the Work,carefully study and compare the various Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work,as well as the information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.3.4,shall take field measurements of any existing conditions related to that portion of the Work,and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it.These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating coordination and construction by the Contractor and are not for the purpose of discovering errors,omissions,or inconsistencies in the Contract Documents;however,the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect any errors,inconsistencies or omissions discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require.It is recognized that the Contractor's review is made in the Contractor's capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. — §3.2.3 The Contractor is not required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes,rules and regulations,or lawful orders of public authorities,but the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a — request for information in such form as the Architect may require. §3.2.4 If the Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved because of clarifications or instructions the Architect issues in response to the Contractor's notices or requests for information pursuant to Sections 3.2.2 or 3.2.3,the Contractor shall submit Claims as provided in Article 15.If the Contractor fails to perform the obligations of Sections 3.2.2 or 3.2.3,the Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to the Owner,subject to Section 15.1.7, as would have been avoided if the Contractor had performed such obligations.If the Contractor performs those — obligations,the Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damages resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents,for differences between field measurements or conditions and the Contract Documents,or for nonconformities of the Contract Documents to applicable laws,statutes, ordinances,codes,rules and regulations,and lawful orders of public authorities. §3.2.5 The Owner is entitled to reimbursement from the Contractor for amounts paid to the Architect for evaluating and responding to the Contractor's requests for information that are not prepared in accordance with the Contract Documents or where the requested information is available to the Contractor from a careful study and comparison of the Contract Documents,field conditions,other Owner-provided information,Contractor-prepared coordination drawings,or prior Project correspondence or documentation. Init. AIA Document A201T"—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 14 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. (3B9ADA44) User Notes: §3.3 Supervision and Construction Procedures §3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work,using the Contractor's best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for,and have control over,construction means,methods,techniques, sequences,and procedures,and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract.If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures,the Contractor shall evaluate the jobsite safety thereof and shall be solely responsible for the jobsite safety of such means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures.If the Contractor determines that such means, methods,techniques, sequences or procedures may not be safe,the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Owner and Architect, and shall propose alternative means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures. The Architect shall evaluate the proposed alternative solely for conformance with the design intent for the completed construction. Unless the Architect objects to the Contractor's proposed alternative,the Contractor shall perform the Work using its alternative means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures. §3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees,and other persons or entities performing portions o'the Work for,or on behalf of,the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors. §3.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. §3.4 Labor and Materials §3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall provide and pay or labor, materials,equipment,tools,construction equipment and machinery,water,heat,utilities,transportation,and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work,whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. §3.4.2 Except in the case of minor changes in the Work approved by the Architect in accordance with Section 3.12.8 or ordered by the Architect in accordance with Section 7.4,the Contractor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner,after evaluation by the Architect and in accordance with a Change Order or Construction Change Directive. §3.4.2.1 After the Contract has been executed,the Owner and Architect may consider requests for the substitution of products in place of those specified. The Owner and Architect may,but are not obligated to,consider only those substitution requests that are in full conformance with the conditions set forth in the General Requirements(Division 1 of the Specifications).By making requests for substitutions,the Contractor: 1. represents that it has personally investigated the proposed substitute product and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to the product specified; 1. represents that it will provide the same warranty for the substitution as it would have provided for the product specified; 2. certifies that the cost data presented is complete and includes all related costs for the substituted product and for Work that must be performed or changed as a result of the substitution,except for the Architect's redesign costs,and waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution that subsequently become apparent; 3. agrees that it shall,if the substitution is approved,coordinate the installation of the accepted substitute,making such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects: and 4. represents that the request includes a written representation identifying any potential effect the substitution may have on the Project's achievement of a Sustainable Measure or the Sustainable Objective. §3.4.2.2 The Owner shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Contractor for amounts paid to the Architect for reviewing the Contractor's proposed substitutions and making agreed-upon changes in the Drawings and Specifications resulting from such substitutions. §3.4.3 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Work.The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not properly skilled in tasks assigned to them. Init. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law arc.International I reaues. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be 15 prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA44) §3.5 Warranty §3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless the Contract Documents require or permit otherwise.The Contractor further warrants that the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents and will be free from defects,except for those inherent in the quality of the Work the Contract Documents require or permit. Work,materials,or equipment not conforming to these requirements may be considered defective.The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse,alterations to the Work not executed by the Contractor,improper or insufficient maintenance,improper operation,or normal wear and tear and normal usage.-If required by the Architect,the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. §3.5.2 All material,equipment,or other special warranties required by the Contract Documents shall be issued in the name of the Owner,or shall be transferable to the Owner,and shall commence in accordance with Section 9.8.4. §3.6 TaxesSales Tax NOT Included to go into effect This is a sales tax-free construction project. Bidders shall NOT include state sales taxes in their proposals. The Owner will issue a state sales tax exemption certificate for all materials purchased for the project and will issue the appropriate tax exemption certificates and authorization letters to the Contractors and all subcontractors performing work on the project. Tax exemption certificates are applicable only for the specific project for which the certificates are issued. The Contractors shall provide a listing to the Owner of all appropriate subcontractors which are qualified to use the tax exemption certificate. The Contractors and subcontractors may make copies of the tax exemption certificate and may provide a copy to each supplier providing construction material. Materials for this contract may then be purchased free from sales tax. Suppliers shall retain this certificate for at least three years. §3.7 Permits,Fees,Notices and Compliance with Laws §3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit as well as for other permits,fees,licenses,and inspections by government agencies necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work that are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and legally required at the time bids are received or negotiations concluded. §3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes, rules and regulations,and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work. §3.7.3 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes, rules and regulations,or lawful orders of public authorities,the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the costs attributable to correction. §3.7.4 Concealed or Unknown Conditions If the Contractor encounters conditions at the site that are(1)subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or(2)unknown physical conditions of an _ unusual nature that differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall promptly provide notice to the Owner and the Architect before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 14 days after first observance of the conditions.The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and,if the Architect determines that they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of,or time required for,performance of any part of the Work,will recommend that an equitable adjustment be made in the Contract Sum or Contract Time,or both.If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified,the Architect shall promptly notify the Owner and Contractor,stating the reasons.If either party disputes the Architect's determination or recommendation,that party may submit a Claim as provided in Article 15. §3.7.5 If,in the course of the Work,the Contractor encounters human remains or recognizes the existence of burial markers,archaeological sites or wetlands not indicated in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall immediately Init. AIA Document A201""—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 16 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. (3B9ADA44) User Notes: suspend any operations that would affect them and shall notify the Owner and Architect.Upon receipt of such notice,the Owner shall promptly take any action necessary to obtain governmental authorization required to resume the operations. The Contractor shall continue to suspend such operations until otherwise instructed by the Owner but shall continue with all other operations that do not affect those remains or features.Requests for adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time arising from the existence of such remains or features may be made as provided in Article 15. §3.8 Allowances §3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents.Items covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable objection. §3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, .1 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all required taxes,less applicable trade discounts; .2 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site,labor,installation costs,overhead,profit,and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum but not in the allowances; and .3 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances,the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall reflect(1)the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Section 3.8.2.1 and(2)changes in Contractor's costs under Section 3.8.2.2. §3.8.3 Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner with reasonable promptness. §3.9 Superintendent §3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor,and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. §3.9.2 The Contractor,as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall notify the Owner and Architect of the name and qualifications of a proposed superintendent. Within 14 days of receipt of the information, the Architect may notify the Contractor,stating whether the Owner or the Architect(1)has reasonable objection to the proposed superintendent or(2)requires additional time for review.Failure of the Architect to provide notice within the 14-day period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. §3.9.3 The Contractor shall not employ a proposed superintendent to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection.The Contractor shall not change the superintendent without the Owner's consent, which shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed. §3.10 Contractor's Construction and Submittal Schedules §3.10.1 The Contractor,promptly after being awarded the Contract,shall submit for the Owner's and Architect's information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work. The schedule shall contain detail appropriate for the Project,including(1)the date of commencement of the Work,interim schedule milestone dates,and the date of Substantial Completion; (2)an apportionment of the Work by construction activity;and(3)the time required for completion of each portion of the Work. The schedule shall provide for the orderly progression of the Work to completion and shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents. The schedule shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project. §3.10.2 The Contractor,promptly after being awarded the Contract and thereafter as necessary to maintain a current submittal schedule,shall submit a submittal schedule for the Architect's approval. -1: e A rchitect's a,sh 1 ,.nre„senably d 1 d 'thl. l,7 rr ______, ____,____ .._.�__.... review and use during administration of the Contract.The submittal schedule shall(1)be coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule,and(2)allow the Architect reasonable time to review submittals.If the Contractor fails to submit a submittal schedule,or fails to provide submittals in accordance with the approved-reviewed submittal schedule,the Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase in Contract Sum or extension of Contract Time based on the time required for review of submittals. Init. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 17 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will bi prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA44) §3.10.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent schedules submitted to the Owner and Architect. §3.11 Documents and Samples at the Site The Contractor shall make available,at the Project site,the Contract Documents,including Change Orders, Construction Change Directives,and other Modifications,in good order and marked currently to indicate field changes and selections made during construction,and the approved Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples,and similar required submittals.These shall be in electronic form or paper copy,available to the Architect and Owner, and delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work as a record of the Work as constructed. §3.12 Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples §3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings,diagrams,schedules,and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor,Sub-subcontractor,manufacturer,supplier,or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. §3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations,standard schedules,performance charts,instructions,brochures,diagrams, and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work. §3.12.3 Samples are physical examples that illustrate materials, equipment,or workmanship,and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. §3.12.4 Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples,and similar submittals are not Contract Documents.Their purpose is to demonstrate how the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents for those portions of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittals. Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Section 4.2.7. Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. Submittals that are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action. §3.12.5 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents,approve,and submit to the Architect,Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples,and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents,in accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Architect or,in the absence of an approved submittal schedule,with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of Separate Contractors. §3.12.6 By submitting Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples,and similar submittals,the Contractor represents to the Owner and Architect that the Contractor has(1)reviewed and approved them,(2)determined and verified materials,field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto,or will do so,and(3)checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. §3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittal and review of Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples,or similar submittals,until the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect. §3.12.8 The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples,or similar submittals,unless the Contractor has specifically notified the Architect of such deviation at the time of submittal and(1)the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation as a minor change in the Work,or(2)a Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued authorizing the deviation.The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples,or similar submittals,by the Architect's approval thereof. §3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention,in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples,or similar submittals,to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals.In the absence of such notice,the Architect's approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions. Init. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 18 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA44) §3.12.10 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services that constitute the practice of architecture or engineering unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless the Contractor needs to provide such services in order to carry out the Contractor's responsibilities for construction means,methods,techniques,sequences,and procedures. The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. §3.12.10.1 If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems,materials,or equipment are specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents,the Owner and the Architect will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. The Contractor shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy and accuracy of the performance and design criteria provided in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by an appropriately licensed design professional,whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings,calculations,specifications,certifications,Shop Drawings,and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings,and other submittals related to the Work,designed or certified by such professional,if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to the Architect. The Owner and the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy and accuracy of the services,certifications,and approvals performed or provided by such design professionals, provided the Owner and Architect have specified to the Contractor the performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy.Pursuant to this Section 3.12.10,the Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. §3.12.10.2 If the Contract Documents require the Contractor's design professional to certify that the Work has been performed in accordance with the design criteria,the Contractor shall furnish such certifications to the Architect at the time and in the form specified by the Architect. §3.12.11 The Architect's review of Contractor's submittals will be limited to examination of an initial submittal and one(1)resubmittal. The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for amounts paid to the Architect for evaluation of additional resubmittals. §3.13 Use of Site The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes, rules and regulations, lawful orders of public authorities,and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. §3.14 Cutting and Patching §3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting,fitting,or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly.All areas requiring cutting,fitting,or patching shall be restored to the condition existing prior to the cutting, fitting,or patching,unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents. §3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of the Owner or Separate Contractors by cutting,patching,or otherwise altering such construction,or by excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter construction by the Owner or a Separate Contractor except with written consent of the Owner and of the Separate Contractor. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold,from the Owner or a Separate Contractor,its consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. §3.15 Cleaning Up §3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials and rubbish caused by operations under the Contract.At completion of the Work,the Contractor shall remove waste materials,rubbish,the Contractor's tools, construction equipment,machinery,and surplus materials from and about the Project. §3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents,the Owner may do so and the Owner shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Contractor. Init. AIA Document A201 T"-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law ar international i reaties 19 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will h nrosecu+pd to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (389ADA44) §3.16 Access to Work The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect with access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever — located. §3.17 Royalties,Patents and Copyrights The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees.The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof,but shall not be responsible for defense or loss when a particular design,process,or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents,or where the copyright violations are contained in — Drawings,Specifications,or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect.However,if an infringement of a copyright or patent is discovered by,or made known to,the Contractor,the Contractor shall be responsible for the loss unless the information is promptly furnished to the Architect. §3.18 Indemnification §3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law,the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, Architect,Architect's consultants,and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims,damages, — losses,and expenses,including but not limited to attorneys' fees,arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work,provided that such claim,damage,loss,or expense is attributable to bodily injury,sickness,disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property(other than the Work itself),but only to the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,anyone directly or indirectly employed by them,or anyone for whose acts they may be liable,regardless of whether or not such claim,damage,loss,or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate,abridge,or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity that would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Section 3.18. §3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Section 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor,anyone directly or indirectly employed by them,or anyone for whose acts they may be liable,the indemnification obligation under Section 3.18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation,or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers'compensation acts, disability benefit acts,or other employee benefit acts. — ARTICLE 4 ARCHITECT §4.1 General §4.1.1 The Architect is the person or entity retained by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.3.2 and identified as such in the Agreement. §4.1.2 Duties,responsibilities,and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted,modified,or extended without written consent of the Owner,Contractor,and Architect. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. §4.2 Administration of the Contract §4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents and will be an Owner's representative during construction until the date the Architect issues the fmal Certificate for Payment. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract — Documents. §4.2.2 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction,or as otherwise agreed with the Owner,to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, and to determine in general if the Work observed is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work,when fully completed,will be in accordance with the Contract Documents.However,the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work.The Architect will not have control over,charge of,or responsibility for the construction means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures,or for the safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work,since these are solely the Contractor's rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents. §4.2.2.1 The Owner is entitled to reimbursement from the Contractor for amounts paid to the Architect for site visits made necessary by the fault of the Contractor or by defects and deficiencies in the Work. Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 20 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA44) §4.2.3 On the basis of the site visits,the Architect will keep the Owner reasonably informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed,and promptly report to the Owner(1)known deviations from the Contract Documents, (2)known deviations from the most recent construction schedule submitted by the Contractor, and(3)defects and deficiencies observed in the Work. The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have control over or charge of,and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of,the Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees,or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. §4.2.4 Communications The Owner and Contractor shall include the Architect in all communications that relate to or affect the Architect's services or professional responsibilities. The Owner shall promptly notify the Architect of the substance of any direct communications between the Owner and the Contractor otherwise relating to the Project. Communications by and with the Architect's consultants shall be through include the Architect. Communications by and with Subcontractors and suppliers shall beinclude the Contractor. Communications by and with Separate Contractors shall be through the Owner. The Contract Documents may specify other communication protocols. §4.2.5 Based on the Architect's evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment,the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts §4.2.6 The Architect has authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable,the Architect will have authority to require inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Sections 13.4.2 and 13.4.3,whether or not the Work is fabricated,installed or completed. However,neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, suppliers,their agents or employees,or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. §4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve,or take other appropriate action upon,the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings,Product Data,and Samples,but only for the limited purpose of checking fcr conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Architect's action will be taken in accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Architect or,in the absence of an approved submittal schedule,with reasonable promptness while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional judgment to permit adequate review.Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities,or for substantiating Instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems,all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents. The Architect's review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Sections 3.3, 3.5,and 3.12. The Architect's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or of any construction means,methods,techniques, sequences,or procedures. The Architect's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. §4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives,and may order minor changes in the Work as provided in Section 7.4. The Architect will investigate and make determinations and recommendations regarding concealed and unknown conditions as provided in Section 3.7.4. §4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion;issue Certificates of Substantial Completion pursuant to Section 9.8;receive and forward to the Owner, for the Owner's review and records,written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor pursuant to Section 9.10;and issue a final Certificate for Payment pursuant to Section 9.10. §4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree,the Architect will provide one or more Project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The Owner shall notify the Contractor of any change in the duties,responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Project representatives. §4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under,and requirements of,the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. Init. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and international Treaties. 21 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA44) §4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of,and reasonably inferable from,the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings.When making such interpretations and decisions,the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor,will not show partiality to either,and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions rendered in good faith. §4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents. §4.2.14 The Architect will review and respond to requests for information about the Contract Documents. The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness.If appropriate,the Architect will prepare and issue supplemental Drawings and Specifications in response to the requests for information. §4.2.14.1 Contractor's requests for information shall be prepared and submitted in accordance with Division 1 "General Requirements"sections on the standardized project form.Requirements for internet file sharing sites are also covered in Division 1 "General Requirements on applicable projects.Architect will return without action requests for information that do not conform to requirements of the Contract Documents ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS §5.1 Definitions §5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site.The term"Subcontractor"is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor.The term"Subcontractor" does not include a Separate Contractor or the subcontractors of a Separate Contractor. §5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site.The term"Sub-subcontractor"is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub- subcontractor. §5.2 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the Work §5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents,the Contractor,as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall notify the Owner and Architect of the persons or entities proposed for each principal portion of the Work,including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design.Within 14 days of receipt of the information,the Architect may notify the Contractor whether the Owner or the Architect(1)has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity or(2)requires additional time for review.Failure of the Architect to provide notice within the 14-day period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. §5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection.The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection. §5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor,the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection.If the proposed but rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of performing the Work,the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be increased or decreased by the difference,if any,occasioned by such change,and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor's Work.However,no increase in the Contract Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required. §5.2.4 The Contractor shall not substitute a Subcontractor,person,or entity for one previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such substitution. §5.2.5 MANUFACTURERS AND FABRICATORS §5.2.5.1 Not later than sixty(60)days after the date of commencement of the Work,the Contractor shall furnish in writing to the Owner,through the Architect,the names of persons or Init. AIA Document A201'"—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 22 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA44) entities proposed as manufacturers or fabricators for certain products, equipment and systems identified in the General Requirements(Division 1 of the Specifications)and,where applicable,the name of the installing Subcontractor. The Architect may reply in writing to the Contractor within 14 days stating 1)whether the Owner or the Architect has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity or 2)that the Architect requires additional time to review.Failure of the Owner or Architect to reply within the 14 day period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. §5.2.5.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposedperson or entity to whom the Owner or \rchitect has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection. §5.2.5.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor,the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection.If the proposed but rejected manufacturer or fabricator was reasonably capable of performing the Work,the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be increased or decreased by the difference,if any,occasioned by such change,and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued before commencement of the substitute manufacturer's or fabricator's Work. However,no increase in the Contract Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required. §5.2.5.4 The Contractor shall not substitute a person or entity previously selected if the Owner or A rchitect makes reasonable objection to such substitution. §5.3 Subcontractual Relations By appropriate written agreement,the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor,to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor,to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities,including the responsibility for safety of the Subcontractor's Work that the Contractor,by these Contract Documents,assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights,and shall allow to the Subcontractor,unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement,the benefit of all rights,remedies,and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor,by the Contract Documents,has against the Owner.Where appropriate,the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement,copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound, and,upon written request of the Subcontractor,identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement that may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors will similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub- subcontractors. §5.4 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts §5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner,provided that .1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Section 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements that the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor and Contractor; and .2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety,if any,obligated under bond relating to the Contract. When the Owner accepts the assignment of a subcontract agreement,the Owner assumes the Contractor's rights and obligations under the subcontract. §5.4.2 Upon such assignment,if the Work has been suspended for more than 30 days,the Subcontractor's compensation shall be equitably adjusted for increases in cost resulting from the suspension. §5.4.3 Upon assignment to the Owner under this Section 5.4,the Owner may further assign the subcontract to a successor contractor or other entity. If the Owner assigns the subcontract to a successor contractor or other entity, Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyrignt Law al•a international Treaties. 23 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA44) the Owner shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all of the successor contractor's obligations under the subcontract. ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS §6.1 Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to Award Separate Contracts §6.1.1 The term"Separate Contractor(s)"shall mean other contractors retained by the Owner under separate agreements.The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces,and with Separate Contractors retained under Conditions of the Contract substantially similar to those of this Contract,including those provisions of the Conditions of the Contract related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. §6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site,the term"Contractor"in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner-Contractor Agreement. §6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner's own forces and of each Separate Contractor with the Work of the Contractor,who shall cooperate with them.The Contractor shall participate with any Separate Contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules. The Contractor shall make any revisions to its construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement.The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor,Separate Contractors,and the Owner until subsequently revised. §6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,when the Owner performs construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces or with Separate Contractors,the Owner or its Separate Contractors shall have the same obligations and rights that the Contractor has under the Conditions of the Contract, including,without excluding others,those stated in Article 3,this Article 6,and Articles 10, 11,and 12. §6.2 Mutual Responsibility §6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and Separate Contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities,and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. §6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a Separate Contractor,the Contractor shall,prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly notify the Architect of apparent discrepancies or defects in the construction or operations by the Owner or Separate Contractor that would render it unsuitable for proper execution and results of the Contractor's Work. Failure of the Contractor to notify the Architect of apparent discrepancies or defects prior to proceeding with the Work shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or Separate Contractor's completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work.The Contractor shall not be responsible for discrepancies or defects in the construction or operations by the Owner or Separate Contractor that are not apparent. §6.2.3 The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for costs the Owner incurs that are payable to a Separate Contractor because of the Contractor's delays,improperly timed activities or defective construction.The Owner shall be responsible to the Contractor for costs the Contractor incurs because of a Separate Contractor's delays, improperly timed activities,damage to the Work or defective construction. §6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage that the Contractor wrongfully causes to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or Separate Contractor as provided in Section 10.2.5. §6.2.5 The Owner and each Separate Contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Section 3.14. §6.3 Owner's Right to Clean Up If a dispute arises among the Contractor,Separate Contractors,and the Owner as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish,the Owner may clean up and the Architect will allocate the cost among those responsible. Init. AIA Document A201TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved. IARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 24 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of tF A®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible unaer the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale.User Notes: (3B9ADA44) ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK §7.1 General §7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract,and without invalidating the Contract,by Change Order,Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work, subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. §7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor,and Architect.A Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed tc by the Contractor.An order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alone. §7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Docurr ents. The Contractor shall proceed promptly with changes in the Work,unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Construction Change Directive,or order for a minor change in the Work. &7.1.4 The combined overhead and profit included in the total cost to the Owner for a change in the Work shall be based on the following schedule: 7.1.4.1 For the Contractor,for Work performed by the Contractor's own forces,fifteen(15)percent of the cost. 47.1.4.2 For the Contractor,for Work performed by the Contractor's Subcontractors,five(5)percent of the amount due the Subcontractors. 47.1.4.3 For each Subcontractor involved,for Work performed by that Subcontractor's own forces,five(5) percent of the cost. 47.1.4.4 For each Subcontractor involved,for Work performed by the Subcontractor's Suhsubcontractors, five(5)percent of the amount due the Sub-subcontractor. 47.1.4.5 The maximum allowable mark-up shall be twenty-five(25)percent passed through to the Owner by the Contractor under any circumstances. 47.1.4.6 Cost to which overhead and profit is to be applied shall be determined in accordance with Section 7.3.7. 47.1.5 In order to facilitate checking of quotations for extras or credits,all proposals, except those so minor that their propriety can be seen by inspection,shall be accompanied by a complete itemization of costs including labor, materials and Subcontracts. Labor and materials shall be itemized in the manner prescribed above.Where major cost items are Subcontracts,they shall be itemized also. In no case will a change involving over$2,000 be approved without such itemization. §7.2 Change Orders §7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner,Contractor,and Architect stating their agreement upon all of the following: .1 The change in the Work; .2 The amount of the adjustment,if any,in the Contract Sum; and .3 The extent of the adjustment, if any,in the Contract Time. §7.3 Construction Change Directives §7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect,directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment,if any,in the Contract Sum or Contract Time,or both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive,without invalidating the Contract,order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions,deletions,or other revisions,the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. §7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. §7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum,the adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods: .1 Mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; Init. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law ar:i inzernationai treaties. 25 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the mazimum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No: 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA44) .2 Unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; .3 Cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or — percentage fee;or .4 As provided in Section 7.3.4. §7.3.4 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the Architect shall determine the adjustment on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change,including,in case of an increase in the Contract Sum,an amount for overhead and profit as set forth in the Agreement,or if no such amount is set forth in the Agreement,a reasonable amount.In -- such case,and also under Section 7.3.3.3,the Contractor shall keep and present,in such form as the Architect may prescribe,an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data.Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,costs for the purposes of this Section 7.3.4 shall be limited to the following: .1 Costs of labor,including applicable payroll taxes,fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, workers'compensation insurance,and other employee costs approved by the Architect; .2 Costs of materials,supplies,and equipment,including cost of transportation,whether incorporated or consumed; — .3 Rental costs of machinery and equipment,exclusive of hand tools,whether rented from the Contractor or others; .4 Costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance,permit fees,and sales,use,or similar taxes,directly related to the change;and .5 Costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to the change. §7.3.5 If the Contractor disagrees with the adjustment in the Contract Time,the Contractor may make a Claim in — accordance with applicable provisions of Article 15. §7.3.6 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive,the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method,if any, provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. §7.3.7 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the Contractor's agreement therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order. §7.3.8 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change that results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect.When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change,the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase,if any,with respect to that change. §7.3.9 Pending fmal determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to the Owner,the Contractor may request payment for Work completed under the Construction Change Directive in Applications for Payment. The Architect will make an interim determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those costs and certify for payment the amount that the Architect determines,in the Architect's professional judgment,to be reasonably justified.The Architect's interim determination of cost shall adjust the Contract Sum on the same basis as a Change Order,subject to the right of either party to disagree and assert a Claim in accordance with Article 15. §7.3.10 When the Owner and Contractor agree with a determination made by the Architect concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time,or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments,such agreement shall be effective immediately and the Architect will prepare a Change Order.Change Orders may be issued for all or any part of a Construction Change Directive. §7.4 Minor Changes in the Work The Architect may order minor changes in the Work that are consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents and do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Sum or an extension of the Contract Time.The Architect's order for minor changes shall be in writing.If the Contractor believes that the proposed minor change in the Work will affect the Contract Sum or Contract Time,the Contractor shall notify the Architect and shall not proceed to implement the change in the Work.If the Contractor performs the Work set forth in the Architect's order for a minor Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 26 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. (3B9ADA44) �- User Notes: change without prior notice to the Architect that such change will affect the Contract Sum or Contract Time,the Contractor waives any adjustment to the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time. ARTICLE 8 TIME §8.1 Definitions §8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided,Contract Time is the period of time,including authorized adjustments,allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. §8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement. §8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with section 9.8. §8.1.4 The term"day"as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. §8.2 Progress and Completion §8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract.By executir g the Agreement, the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. §8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly,except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing,commence the Work prior to the effective date of insurance required to be furnished by the Contractor and Owner. §8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. §8.3 Delays and Extensions of Time §8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by(1)an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect,of an employee of either,or of a Separate Contractor; (2)by changes ordered in the Work;(3)by labor disputes,fire,unusual delay in deliveries,unavoidable casualties,adverse weather conditions documented in accordance with Section 15.1.6.2, or other causes beyond the Contractor's control;(4)by delay authorized by the Owner pending mediation and binding dispute resolution;or(5)by other causes that the Contractor asserts,and the Architect determines,justify delay,then the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine. §8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 15. §8.3.3 This Section 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION §9.1 Contract Sum §9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and,including authorized adjustments,is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. §9.1.2 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon,and if quantities originally contemplated are materially changed so that application of such unit prices to the actual quantities causes substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor,the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. §9.2 Schedule of Values Where the Contract is based on a stipulated sum or Guaranteed Maximum Price,the Contractor shall submit a schedule of values to the Architect before the first Application for Payment,allocating the entire Contract Sum to the various portions of the Work. The schedule of values shall be prepared in the form,and supported by the data to substantiate its accuracy,required by the Architect. This schedule,unless objected to by the Architect,shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment.Any changes to the schedule of values shall be submitted to the Architect and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require,and unless objected to by the Architect,shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's subsequent Applications for Payment. Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law art.,:rtternationai 1 reares. 27 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (369ADA44) §9.3 Applications for Payment §9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment,the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment prepared in accordance with the schedule of values,if required under Section 9.2,for completed portions of the Work.The application shall be notarized,if required,and supported by all data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment that the Owner or Architect require,such as copies of requisitions,and releases and waivers of liens from Subcontractors and suppliers,and shall reflect retainage if provided for in the Contract Documents. The form of Application for Payment,duly notarized,shall be a current authorized edition of AIA Document G702TM--1992,Application and Certificate for Payment,supported by a current authorized edition of AIA Document G703TM-1992,Continuation Sheet. §9.3.1.1 As provided in Section 7.3.9,such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work that have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives,or by interim determinations of the Architect,but not yet included in Change Orders. §9.3.1.2 Applications for Payment shall not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for which the Contractor does not intend to pay a Subcontractor or supplier,unless such Work has been performed by others whom the Contractor intends to pay. 9.3.1.3 Payments will be made to the extent of the substantiated value of the work performed in the previous month less a retainage amount of five(5)percent of the value of the work performed. At Substantial Completion,95 percent of the contract amount shall be due and payable. — §9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work.If approved in advance by the Owner,payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing.Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest,and shall include the costs of applicable — insurance,storage,and transportation to the site,for such materials and equipment stored off the site. §9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment.The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall,to the best of the Contractor's knowledge,information,and belief,be free and clear of liens,claims, security interests,or encumbrances,in favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors,suppliers,or other persons or entities -� that provided labor,materials,and equipment relating to the Work. §9.4 Certificates for Payment §9.4.1 The Architect will,within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment,either(1) issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment in the full amount of the Application for Payment,with a copy to the Contractor;or(2)issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due,and notify the Contractor and Owner of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in part as — provided in Section 9.5.1;or(3)withhold certification of the entire Application for Payment,and notify the Contractor and Owner of the Architect's reason for withholding certification in whole as provided in Section 9.5.1. §9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the Architect's evaluation of the Work and the data in the Application for Payment,that,to the best of the Architect's knowledge,information,and belief,the Work has progressed to the point indicated,the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents,and that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified.The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion,to results of subsequent tests and inspections,to correction of minor deviations from the Contract Documents prior to completion,and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect.However,the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has(1) made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work;(2)reviewed construction means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures;(3)reviewed copies of requisitions received Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 28 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA44) from Subcontractors and suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor's right to payment; or(4)made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. §9.5 Decisions to Withhold Certification §9.5.1 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part,to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner,if in the Architect's opinion the representations to the Owner required by Section 9.4.2 cannot be made. If the Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application,the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as provided in Section 9.4.1.If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount,the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner. The Architect may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or,because of subsequently discovered evidence,may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued,to such extent as may be necessary in the Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which the Contractor is responsible,including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in Section 3.3.2,because of .1 defective Work not remedied; .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims,unless security acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractor; .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or suppliers for labor,materials or equipment; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; .5 damage to the Owner or a Separate Contractor; .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time,and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay;or .7 repeated failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. §9.5.2 When either party disputes the Architect's decision regarding a Certificate for Payment under Section 9.5.1, in whole or in part,that party may submit a Claim in accordance with Article 15. §9.5.3 When the reasons for withholding certification are removed,certification will be made for amounts previously withheld. §9.5.4 If the Architect withholds certification for payment under Section 9.5.1.3,the Owner may,at its sole option, issue joint checks to the Contractor and to any Subcontractor or supplier to whom the Contractor failed to make payment for Work properly performed or material or equipment suitably delivered.If the Owner makes payments by joint check,the Owner shall notify the Architect and the Contractor shall reflect such payment on its next Application for Payment. §9.6 Progress Payments §9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment,the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents,and shall so notify the Architect. §9.6.2 The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor,no later than seven days after receipt of payment from the Owner,the amount to which the Subcontractor is entitled,reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of the Subcontractor's portion of the Work. The Contractor shall,by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor,require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub-subcontractors in a similar manner. §9.6.3 The Architect will,on request,furnish to a Subcontractor,if practicable,information regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. §9.6.4 The Owner has the right to request written evidence from the Contractor that the Contractor has properly paid Subcontractors and suppliers amounts paid by the Owner to the Contractor for subcontracted Work. If the Contractor fails to furnish such evidence within seven days,the Owner shall have the right to contact Subcontractors and suppliers to ascertain whether they have been properly paid.Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay,or to see to the payment of money to,a Subcontractor or supplier,except as may otherwise be required by law. Init. AIA Document A201 T"—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and Internationa, i reaerus. 29 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the max;mum Pxtent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA44) §9.6.5 The Contractor's payments to suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Sections 9.6.2, 9.6.3 and 9.6.4. §9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment,a progress payment,or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. §9.6.7 Unless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment bond in the full penal sum of the Contract Sum, payments received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by Subcontractors or provided by suppliers shall be held by the Contractor for those Subcontractors or suppliers who performed Work or furnished materials,or both, under contract with the Contractor for which payment was made by the Owner.Nothing contained herein shall require money to be placed in a separate account and not commingled with money of the Contractor,create any fiduciary liability or tort liability on the part of the Contractor for breach of trust,or entitle any person or entity to an award of punitive damages against the Contractor for breach of the requirements of this provision. §9.6.8 Provided the Owner has fulfilled its payment obligations under the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall defend and indemnify the Owner from all loss,liability,damage or expense,including reasonable attorney's fees and litigation expenses,arising out of any lien claim or other claim for payment by any Subcontractor or supplier of any tier.Upon receipt of notice of a lien claim or other claim for payment,the Owner shall notify the Contractor.If approved by the applicable court,when required,the Contractor may substitute a surety bond for the property against which the lien or other claim for payment has been asserted. §9.7 Failure of Payment If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment,through no fault of the Contractor,within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the Contract Documents,the amount certified by the Architect or awarded by binding dispute resolution,then the Contractor may,upon seven additional days'notice to the Owner and Architect,stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received.The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable costs of shutdown,delay and start- up,plus interest as provided for in the Contract Documents. §9.8 Substantial Completion §9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. §9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work,or a portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately,is substantially complete,the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment.Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. §9.8.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor's list,the Architect will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete.If the Architect's inspection discloses any item,whether or not included on the Contractor's list,which is not sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its intended use,the Contractor shall,before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion,complete or correct such item upon notification by the Architect.In such case,the Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion. §9.8.3.1 The Architect will perform no more than one(1)inspection to determine whether the Work or a designated portion thereof has attained Substantial Completion in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Owner is entitled to reimbursement from the Contractor for amounts paid to the Architect for any additional inspections. §9.8.4 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete,the Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion that shall establish the date of Substantial Completion;establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security,maintenance,heat,utilities,damage to the Work and insurance;and fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 30 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA44) Certificate. Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. §9.8.5 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in the Certificate.Upon such acceptance, and consent of surety if any,the Owner shall make payment of retainage applying to the Work or designated portion thereof. Such payment shall be adjusted for Work that is incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. §9.9 Partial Occupancy or Use §9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor,provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Project. Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete,provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments,retainage,if any,security, maintenance,heat,utilities,damage to the Work and insurance,and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete,the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Section 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld.The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or,if no agreement is reached,by decision of the Architect. §9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use,the Owner,Contractor, and Architect shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work. §9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon,partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. §9.10 Final Completion and Final Payment §9.10.1 Upon receipt of the Contractor's notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment,the Architect will promptly make such inspection.When the Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed,the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief,and on the basis of the Architect's on-site visits and inspections,the Work has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in the final Certificate is due and payable. The Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions listed in Section 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to final payment have been fulfilled. §9.10.1.1 The Architect will perform no more than one(1)inspection to determine whether the Work or a designated portion thereof has attained Final Completion in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Owner is entitled to reimbursement from the Contractor for amounts paid to the Architect for any additional inspections. §9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect(1)an affidavit that payrolls,bills for materials and equipment,and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might be responsible or encumbered(less amounts withheld by Owner)have been paid or otherwise satisfied,(2)a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect,(3)a written statement that the Contractor knows of no reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents,(4)consent of surety,if any,to final payment, (5)documentation of any special warranties,such as manufacturers'warranties or specific Subcontractor warranties,and(6)if required by the Owner,other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations,such as receipts and releases and waivers of liens,claims, security interests,or encumbrances arising out of the Contract,to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner. If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner,the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien,claim,security interest,or encumbrance.If a lien,claim,security interest,or encumbrance remains unsatisfied after payments are made,the Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved. .ARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 31 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA8 Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent eossible under the law This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA44) Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging the lien, claim,security interest,or encumbrance,including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees. — §9.10.3 If,after Substantial Completion of the Work,final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion,and the Architect so confirms,the Owner shall,upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect,and without terminating the Contract,make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed,corrected,and accepted.If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract Documents,and if bonds have been furnished,the written consent of the surety to payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims. §9.10.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from .1 liens,Claims,security interests,or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled; .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; — .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents;or .4 audits performed by the Owner,if permitted by the Contract Documents,after final payment. §9.10.5 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor,a Subcontractor,or a supplier,shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of fmal Application for Payment. ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY §10.1 Safety Precautions and Programs The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating,maintaining,and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract. §10.2 Safety of Persons and Property §10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of,and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage,injury,or loss to .1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein,whether in storage on or off the site, under care,custody,or control of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,or a Sub-subcontractor;and .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto,such as trees,shrubs,lawns,walks,pavements,roadways, structures,and utilities not designated for removal,relocation,or replacement in the course of construction. — §10.2.2 The Contractor shall comply with,and give notices required by applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes, rules and regulations,and lawful orders of public authorities,bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from damage,injury,or loss. §10.2.3 The Contractor shall implement,erect,and maintain,as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract,reasonable safeguards for safety and protection,including posting danger signs and other warnings _ against hazards;promulgating safety regulations;and notifying the owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities of the safeguards. §10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment,or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work,the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. §10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss(other than damage or loss insured under property insurance required by the Contract Documents)to property referred to in Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor,a Subcontractor,a Sub-subcontractor,or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them,or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3.The Contractor may make a Claim for the cost to remedy the damage or loss to the extent such damage or loss is attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 32 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA44) indirectly employed by either of them,or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable,and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.18. §10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Architect. §10.2.7 The Contractor shall not permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to cause damage or create an unsafe condition. §10.2.8 Injury or Damage to Person or Property If either party suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party,or of others for whose acts such party is legally responsible,notice of the injury or damage,whether or not insured,shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after discovery.The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter. §10.3 Hazardous Materials and Substances §10.3.1 The Contractor is responsible for compliance with any requirements included in the Contract Documents regarding hazardous materials or substances. If the Contractor encounters a hazardous material or substance not addressed in the Contract Documents and if reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death to persons resulting from a material or substance,including but not limited to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl(PCB), encountered on the site by the Contractor,the Contractor shall,upon recognizing the condition,immediately stop Work in the affected area and notify the Owner and Architect of the condition. §10.3.2 Upon receipt of the Contractor's notice,the Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or absence of the material or substance reported by the Contractor and,in the event such material or substance is found to be present,to cause it to be rendered harmless.Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents,the Owner shall furnish in writing to the Contractor and Architect the names and qualifications of persons or entities who are to perform tests verifying the presence or absence of the material or substance or who are to perform the task of removal or safe containment of the material or substance. The Contractor and the Architect will promptly reply to the Owner in writing stating whether or not either has reasonable objection to the persons or entities proposed by the Owner. If either the Contractor or Architect has an objection to a person or entity proposed by the Owner,the Owner shall propose another to whom the Contractor and the Architect have no reasonable objection. When the material or substance has been rendered harmless,Work in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of the Owner and Contractor.By Change Order,the Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable additional costs of shutdown,delay,and start-up. §10.3.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law,the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Subcontractors,Architect,Architect's consultants,and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims,damages,losses,and expenses,including but not limited to attorneys' fees,arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact the material or substance presents the risk of bodily injury or death as described in Section 10.3.1 and has not been rendered harmless,provided that such claim,damage,loss,or expense is attributable to bodily injury,sickness,disease or death,or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself),except to the extent that such damage,loss,or expense is due to the fault or negligence of the party seeking indemnity. §10.3.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under this Section 10.3 for hazardous materials or substances the Contractor brings to the site unless such materials or substances are required by the Contract Documents. The Owner shall be responsible for hazardous materials or substances required by the Contract Documents,except to the extent of the Contractor's fault or negligence in the use and handling of such materials or substances. §10.3.5 The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the cost and expense the Owner incurs(1)for remediation of hazardous materials or substances the Contractor brings to the site and negligently handles,or(2)where the Contractor fails to perform its obligations under Section 10.3.1,except to the extent that the cost and expense are due to the Owner's fault or negligence. Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 33 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will b prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA44) §10.3.6 If,without negligence on the part of the Contractor,the Contractor is held liable by a government agency for the cost of remediation of a hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing Work as required by the Contract Documents,the Owner shall reimburse the Contractor for all cost and expense thereby incurred. §10.4 Emergencies In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property,the Contractor shall act,at the Contractor's discretion,to prevent threatened damage,injury,or loss.Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Article 15 and Article 7. ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS §11.1 Contractor's Insurance and Bonds §11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain insurance of the types and limits of liability,containing the endorsements,and subject to the terms and conditions,as described in the Agreement or elsewhere in the Contract Documents.The Contractor shall purchase and maintain the required insurance from an insurance company or insurance companies lawfully authorized to issue insurance in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. The Owner,Architect, and Architect's consultants shall be named as additional insureds under the Contractor's commercial general liability policy or as otherwise described in the Contract Documents. §11.1.2 The Contractor shall provide surety bonds of the types,for such penal sums,and subject to such terms and conditions as required by the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain the required bonds from a company or companies lawfully authorized to issue surety bonds in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. §11.1.3 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract,the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall authorize a copy to be furnished. §11.1.4 Notice of Cancellation or Expiration of Contractor's Required Insurance.Within three(3)business days of the date the Contractor becomes aware of an impending or actual cancellation or expiration of any insurance required by the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall provide notice to the Owner of such impending or actual cancellation or expiration.Upon receipt of notice from the Contractor,the Owner shall,unless the lapse in coverage arises from an act or omission of the Owner,have the right to stop the Work until the lapse in coverage has been cured by the procurement of replacement coverage by the Contractor.The furnishing of notice by the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of any contractual obligation to provide any required coverage. §11.1.5 Insurance and Bond Supplements to the Contract. Reference Section 00 7211 Contractor Insurance Requirements. §11.2 Owner's Insurance §11.2.1 The Owner shall purchase and maintain insurance of the types and limits of liability,containing the endorsements,and subject to the terms and conditions,as described in the Agreement or elsewhere in the Contract Documents. The Owner shall purchase and maintain the required insurance from an insurance company or insurance companies lawfully authorized to issue insurance in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. §11.2.2 Failure to Purchase Required Property Insurance.If the Owner fails to purchase and maintain the required property insurance,with all of the coverages and in the amounts described in the Agreement or elsewhere in the Contract Documents,the Owner shall inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the Work.Upon receipt of notice from the Owner,the Contractor may delay commencement of the Work and may obtain insurance that will protect the interests of the Contractor,Subcontractors,and Sub-Subcontractors in the Work.When the failure to provide coverage has been cured or resolved,the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be equitably adjusted. In the event the Owner fails to procure coverage,the Owner waives all rights against the Contractor, Subcontractors,and Sub-subcontractors to the extent the loss to the Owner would have been covered by the insurance to have been procured by the Owner. The cost of the insurance shall be charged to the Owner by a Change Order.If the Owner does not provide written notice,and the Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to purchase or maintain the required insurance,the Owner shall reimburse the Contractor for all reasonable costs and damages attributable thereto. AIA Document A201 TM —2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 34 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA44) §11.2.3 Notice of Cancellation or Expiration of Owner's Required Property Insurance.Within three(3)business days of the date the Owner becomes aware of an impending or actual cancellation or expiration of any property insurance required by the Contract Documents,the Owner shall provide notice to the Contractor of such impending or actual cancellation or expiration.Unless the lapse in coverage arises from an act or omission of the Contractor: (1)the Contractor,upon receipt of notice from the Owner,shall have the right to stop the Work until the lapse in coverage has been cured by the procurement of replacement coverage by either the Owner or the Contractor, (2)the Contract Time and Contract Sum shall be equitably adjusted;and(3)the Owner waives all rights against the Contractor, Subcontractors,and Sub-subcontractors to the extent any loss to the Owner would have been covered by the insurance had it not expired or been cancelled.If the Contractor purchases replacement coverage,the cost of the insurance shall be charged to the Owner by an appropriate Change Order. The furnishing of notice by the Owner shall not relieve the Owner of any contractual obligation to provide required insurance. §11.3 Waivers of Subrogation §11.3.1 The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against(1)each other and any of their subcontractors, sub- subcontractors, agents,and employees,each of the other; (2)the Architect and Architect's consultants; and(3) Separate Contractors,if any,and any of their subcontractors,sub-subcontractors,agents,and employees,for damages caused by fire,or other causes of loss,to the extent those losses are covered by property insurance required by the Agreement or other property insurance applicable to the Project,except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance.The Owner or Contractor,as appropriate,shall require similar written waivers in favor of the individuals and entities identified above from the Architect,Architect's consultants, Separate Contractors, subcontractors,and sub-subcontractors. The policies of insurance purchased and maintained by each person or entity agreeing to waive claims pursuant to this section 11.3.1 shall not prohibit this waiver of subrogation. This waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity(1)even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification,contractual or otherwise,(2)even though that person or entity did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly,or(3)whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the damaged property. §11.3.2 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties,real or personal or both,at or adjacent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project,or if after final payment property insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Project during the construction period,to the extent permissible by such policies,the Owner waives all rights in accordance with the terms of Section 11.3.1 for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss covered by this separate property insurance. §11.4 Loss of Use,Business Interruption,and Delay in Completion Insurance The Owner,at the Owner's option,may purchase and maintain insurance that will protect the Owncr against loss of use of the Owner's property,or the inability to conduct normal operations, due to fire or other causes of loss. The Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor and Architect for loss of use of the Owner's property,due to fire or other hazards however caused. §11.5 Adjustment and Settlement of Insured Loss §11.5.1 A loss insured under the property insurance required by the Agreement shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds,as their interests may appear,subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Section 11.5.2. The Owner shall pay the Architect and Contractor their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Owner,and by appropriate agreements the Architect and Contractor shall make payments to their consultants and Subcontractors in similar manner. §11.5.2 Prior to settlement of an insured loss,the Owner shall notify the Contractor of the terms of the proposed settlement as well as the proposed allocation of the insurance proceeds. The Contractor shall have 14 days from receipt of notice to object to the proposed settlement or allocation of the proceeds.If the Contractor does not object, the Owner shall settle the loss and the Contractor shall be bound by the settlement and allocation.L pon receipt,the Owner shall deposit the insurance proceeds in a separate account and make the appropriate distributions.Thereafter, if no other agreement is made or the Owner does not terminate the Contract for convenience,the Owner and Contractor shall execute a Change Order for reconstruction of the damaged or destroyed Work in the amount allocated for that purpose.If the Contractor timely objects to either the terms of the proposed settlement or the allocation of the proceeds,the Owner may proceed to settle the insured loss,and any dispute between the Owner and Init. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 35 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA44) Contractor arising out of the settlement or allocation of the proceeds shall be resolved pursuant to Article 15. Pending resolution of any dispute,the Owner may issue a Construction Change Directive for the reconstruction of the damaged or destroyed Work. ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK §12.1 Uncovering of Work §12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents,it must,if requested in writing by the Architect,be uncovered for the Architect's examination and be replaced at the Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Time. — §12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered that the Architect has not specifically requested to examine prior to its being covered,the Architect may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor.If such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment to the Contract Sum and Contract Time as may be appropriate.If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents,the costs of uncovering the Work,and the cost of correction,shall be at the Contractor's expense. §12.2 Correction of Work §12.2.1 Before Substantial Completion The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents,discovered before Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated,installed or completed.Costs of correcting such rejected Work,including additional testing and inspections,the cost of uncovering and replacement,and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, shall be at the Contractor's expense. §12.2.2 After Substantial Completion §12.2.2.1 In addition to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.5,if,within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for commencement of warranties established under Section 9.9.1,or by terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of notice from the Owner to do so,unless the Owner has previously given the _ Contractor a written acceptance of such condition.The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition.During the one-year period for correction of Work,if the Owner fails to notify the Contractor and give the Contractor an opportunity to make the correction,the Owner waives the rights to require correction by the Contractor and to make a claim for breach of warranty.If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time during that period after receipt of notice from the Owner or Architect,the Owner may correct it in accordance with Section 2.5. §12.2.2.2 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual completion of that portion of the Work. §12.2.2.3 The one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performed by the Contractor pursuant to this Section 12.2. §12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work that are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. §12.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction of the Owner or Separate Contractors,whether completed or partially completed,caused by the Contractor's correction or removal of Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. §12.2.5 Nothing contained in this Section 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations the Contractor has under the Contract Documents.Establishment of the one-year period for correction of Work as described in Section 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work,and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced,nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contractor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. AIA Document A2017,"—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 36 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA44) §12.3 Acceptance of Nonconforming Work If the Owner prefers to accept Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents,the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction,in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS §13.1 Governing Law The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located,excluding that jurisdiction's choice of law rules. A ct sh 1 1 .. C ♦' 1 G it §13.2 Successors and Assigns §13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves,their partners, successors,assigns, and legal representatives to covenants, agreements,and obligations contained in the Contract Documents.Except as provided in Section 13.2.2,neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other.If either party attempts to make an assignment without such consent,that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. §13.2.2 The Owner may,without consent of the Contractor,assign the Contract to a lender providing construction financing for the Project,if the lender assumes the Owner's rights and obligations under the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate the assignment. §13.3 Rights and Remedies §13.3.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties,obligations,rights,and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. §13.3.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner,Architect,or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract,nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder,except as may be specifically agreed upon in writing. §13.4 Tests and Inspections §13.4.1 Tests,inspections,and approvals of portions of the Work shall be made as required by the('ontract Documents and by applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes,rules,and regulations or lawful orders of public authorities.Unless otherwise provided,the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests,inspections,and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner,or with the appropriate public authority,and shall bear all related costs of tests,inspections,and approvals. The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests,inspections,or approvals that do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded. The Owner shall directly arrange and pay for tests. inspections,or approvals where building codes or applicable laws or regulations so require. §13.4.2 If the Architect,Owner,or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional testing,inspection,or approval not included under Section 13.4.1,the Architect will,upon written authorization from the Owner,instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing,inspection, or approval,by an entity acceptable to the Owner,and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. Such costs,except as provided in Section 13.4.3,shall be at the Owner's expense. §13.4.3 If procedures for testing,inspection, or approval under Sections 13.4.1 and 13.4.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents,all costs made necessary by such failure,including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses, shall be at the Contractor's expense. §13.4.4 Required certificates of testing,inspection,or approval shall,unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents,be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect. Init. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,197,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyrignt Law at a internattonai i realer. 37 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be nrnc-.r!ed to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA44) §13.4.5 If the Architect is to observe tests,inspections,or approvals required by the Contract Documents,the Architect will do so promptly and,where practicable,at the normal place of testing. §13.4.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the Work. §13.5 Interest Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate — the parties agree upon in writing or,in the absence thereof,at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT §14.1 Termination by the Contractor §14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,a Sub-subcontractor,their agents or employees,or any -- other persons or entities performing portions of the Work,for any of the following reasons: .1 Issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction that requires all Work to be stopped; .2 An act of government,such as a declaration of national emergency,that requires all Work to be stopped; .3 Because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in Section 9.4.1,or because the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents;or .4 The Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence as required by Section 2.2. §14.1.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if,through no act or fault of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,a Sub-subcontractor,their agents or employees,or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work, repeated suspensions,delays,or interruptions of the entire Work by the Owner as described in Section 14.3, constitute in the aggregate more than 100 percent of the total number of days scheduled for completion,or 120 days in any 365-day period,whichever is less. §14.1.3 If one of the reasons described in Section 14.1.1 or 14.1.2 exists,the Contractor may,upon seven days' notice to the Owner and Architect,terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed, as well as reasonable overhead and profit on Work not executed,and costs incurred by reason of such termination. §14.1.4 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,a Sub-subcontractor,or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work because the Owner has repeatedly failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to the progress of the Work,the Contractor may,upon seven additional days'notice to the Owner and the Architect,terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Section 14.1.3. §14.2 Termination by the Owner for Cause §14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor .1 repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; .2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors or suppliers in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors or s iersISuppliers; — .3 repeatedly disregards applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes,rules and regulations,or lawful orders of a public authority;or .4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents. §14.2.2 When any of the reasons described in Section 14.2.1 exist,and upon certification by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify such action,the Owner may,without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety,if any,seven days'notice,terminate employment of the Contractor and may,subject to any prior rights of the surety: AIA Document A201 T"'-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The ... Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 38 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA44) .1 Exclude the Contractor from the site and take possession of all materials,equipment, ;tools,and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor; .2 Accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Section 5.4; and .3 Finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient.Upon written request of the Contractor,the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the Work. §14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Section 14.2.1,the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished. §14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of fmishing the Work,including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby,and other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived,such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner,as the case may be, shall be certified by the Initial Decision Maker,upon application,and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. §14.3 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience §14.3.1 The Owner may,without cause,order the Contractor in writing to suspend,delay or interrupt the Work,in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. §14.3.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and time caused by suspension,delay,or interruption under Section 14.3.1.Adjustment of the Contract Sum shall include profit.No adjustment shall be made to the extent .1 that performance is,was, or would have been,so suspended,delayed,or interrupted,by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible; or .2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract. §14.4 Termination by the Owner for Convenience §14.4.1 The Owner may, at any time,terminate the Contract for the Owner's convenience and without cause. §14.4.2 Upon receipt of notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner's convenience,the Contractor shall .1 cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice; .2 take actions necessary,or that the Owner may direct,for the protection and preservati in of the Work; and .3 except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination stared in the notice, terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase orders and enter into no further subcontracts and purchase orders. §14.4.3 In case of such termination for the Owner's convenience,the Owner shall pay the Contractor for Work properly executed;costs incurred by reason of the termination,including costs attributable to termination of Subcontracts;and the termination fee,if any, set forth in the Agreement. ARTICLE 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES §15.1 Claims §15.1.1 Definition A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking,as a matter of right,payment of money,a change in the Contract Time,or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term"Claim"also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. This Section 15.1.1 does not require the Owner to file a Claim in order to impose liquidated damages in accordance with the Contract Documents. §15.1.2 Time Limits on Claims The Owner and Contractor shall commence all Claims and causes of action against the other and arising out of or related to the Contract,whether in contract,tort,breach of warranty or otherwise,in accordance with the requirements of the binding dispute resolution method selected in the Agreement and within the period specified by Init. AIA Document A201 T'"—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 39 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maxlmvm extent possible under the law This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA44) applicable law,but in any case not more than 10 years after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work.The Owner and Contractor waive all Claims and causes of action not commenced in accordance with this Section 15.1.2. — §15.1.3 Notice of Claims §15.1.3.1 Claims by either the Owner or Contractor,where the condition giving rise to the Claim is first discovered prior to expiration of the period for correction of the Work set forth in Section 12.2.2,shall be initiated by notice to — the other party and to the Initial Decision Maker with a copy sent to the Architect,if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker.Claims by either party under this Section 15.1.3.1 shall be initiated within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition — giving rise to the Claim,whichever is later. §15.1.3.2 Claims by either the Owner or Contractor,where the condition giving rise to the Claim is first discovered after expiration of the period for correction of the Work set forth in Section 12.2.2,shall be initiated by notice to the — other party.In such event,no decision by the Initial Decision Maker is required. §15.1.4 Continuing Contract Performance — §15.1.4.1 Pending fmal resolution of a Claim,except as otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Section 9.7 and Article 14,the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. §15.1.4.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted in accordance with the Initial Decision Maker's decision,subject to the right of either party to proceed in accordance with this Article 15.The Architect will issue Certificates for Payment in accordance with the decision of the Initial Decision Maker. §15.1.5 Claims for Additional Cost If the Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum,notice as provided in Section 15.1.3 shall be given before proceeding to execute the portion of the Work that is the subject of the Claim.Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property arising under Section 10.4. §15.1.6 Claims for Additional Time §15.1.6.1 If the Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Time,notice as provided in Section 15.1.3 shall be given.The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work.In the case of a continuing delay,only one Claim is necessary. §15.1.6.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time,such Claim shall be documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time,could not have been reasonably anticipated,and had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction. 15.1.6.3 Claims for increase in the Contract Time shall set forth in detail the circumstances that form the basis for the Claim,the date upon which each cause of delay began to affect the progress of the Work,the date upon which each cause of delay ceased to affect the progress of the Work,and the number of days' increase in the Contract Time claimed as a consequence of each such cause of delay.The Contractor shall provide such supporting documentation as the Owner may require including,where appropriate,a revised construction schedule indicating all the activities affected by the circumstances forming the basis of the Claim. §15.1.6.4 The Contractor shall not be entitled to a separate increase in the Contract Time for each one of the number of causes of delay which may have concurrent or interrelated effects on the progress of the Work,or for concurrent delays due to the fault of the Contractor. §15.1.7 Waiver of Claims for Consequential Damages The Contractor and Owner waive Claims against each other for consequential damages arising out of or relating to this Contract.This mutual waiver includes .1 damages incurred by the Owner for rental expenses,for losses of use,income,profit,financing, business and reputation,and for loss of management or employee productivity or of the services of such persons;and — AIA Document A201 T"'—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The .r Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 40 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA44) — .2 damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the compensation of personnel stationed there,for losses of financing,business and reputation,and for loss of profit, except anticipated profit arising directly from the Work. This mutual waiver is applicable,without limitation,to all consequential damages due to either parry's termination in accordance with Article 14.Nothing contained in this Section 15.1.7 shall be deemed to preclude assessment of liquidated damages,when applicable,in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. §15.2 Initial Decision §15.2.1 Claims,excluding those where the condition giving rise to the Claim is first discovered after expiration of the period for correction of the Work set forth in Section 12.2.2 or arising under Sections 10.3, 10.4,and 11.5,shall be referred to the Initial Decision Maker for initial decision.The Architect will serve as the Initial Decision Maker, unless otherwise indicated in the Agreement.Except for those Claims excluded by this Section 15.2.1,an initial decision shall be required as a condition precedent to mediation of any Claim. If an initial decision has not been rendered within 30 days after the Claim has been referred to the Initial Decision Maker,the party asserting the Claim may demand mediation and binding dispute resolution without a decision having been rendered.Unless the Initial Decision Maker and all affected parties agree,the Initial Decision Maker will not decide disputes between the Contractor and persons or entities other than the Owner. §15.2.2 The Initial Decision Maker will review Claims and within ten days of the receipt of a Claim take one or more of the following actions: (1)request additional supporting data from the claimant or a response with supporting data from the other party,(2)reject the Claim in whole or in part,(3)approve the Claim, (4)suggest a compromise, or(5) advise the parties that the Initial Decision Maker is unable to resolve the Claim if the Initial Decision Maker lacks sufficient information to evaluate the merits of the Claim or if the Initial Decision Maker concludes that,in the Initial Decision Maker's sole discretion,it would be inappropriate for the Initial Decision Maker to resolve the Claim. §15.2.3 In evaluating Claims,the Initial Decision Maker may,but shall not be obligated to,consult with or seek information from either party or from persons with special knowledge or expertise who may assist the Initial Decision Maker in rendering a decision. The Initial Decision Maker may request the Owner to authorize retention of such persons at the Owner's expense. §15.2.4 If the Initial Decision Maker requests a party to provide a response to a Claim or to furnish additional supporting data,such party shall respond,within ten days after receipt of the request,and shall either(1)provide a response on the requested supporting data,(2)advise the Initial Decision Maker when the response or supporting data will be furnished,or(3)advise the Initial Decision Maker that no supporting data will be furnished.Upert Within ten days of receipt of the response or supporting data,if any,the Initial Decision Maker will either reject or approve the Claim in whole or in part. §15.2.5 The Initial Decision Maker will render an initial decision approving or rejecting the Claim, or indicating that the Initial Decision Maker is unable to resolve the Claim. This initial decision shall(1)be in writing; (2)state the reasons therefor;and(3)notify the parties and the Architect,if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker,of any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both.The initial decision shall be final and binding on the parties but subject to mediation and,if the parties fail to resolve their dispute through mediation,to binding dispute resolution. §15.2.6 Either party may file for mediation of an initial decision at any time, subject to the terms of Section 15.2.6.1. §15.2.6.1 Either party may,within 30 days from the date of receipt of an initial decision,demand in writing that the other party file for mediation.If such a demand is made and the party receiving the demand fails to file for mediation within 30 days after receipt thereof,then both parties waive their rights to mediate or pursue binding dispute resolution proceedings with respect to the initial decision. §15.2.7 In the event of a Claim against the Contractor,the Owner may,but is not obligated to,notify the surety, if any,of the nature and amount of the Claim. If the Claim relates to a possibility of a Contractor's default,the Owner may,but is not obligated to,notify the surety and request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy. Init. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and international treaties. 41 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIM'Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties.and will be nrnsecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA44) §15.2.8 If a Claim relates to or is the subject of a mechanic's lien,the party asserting such Claim may proceed in accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines. §15.3 Meet and Confer §15.3.1 Any claim, dispute or other matter in question arising out of or related this Agreement shall be subject to a meet and confer session as a condition precedent to mediation. §15.3.2 A meet and confer session may be requested by the Owner,Contractor or Architect.Members of the Owner and Contractor's management,with decision making authority to bind their party with respect to the Claim,dispute or other matter in question,shall be in attendance with the Architect as witness. The meet and confer session shall take place within thirty(30)days after being requested,unless all parties agree otherwise. §15.3.3 If the parties reach a mutually acceptable resolution,then they shall prepare appropriate documentation memorializing the resolution. If the parties cannot reach a mutually acceptable resolution,they shall proceed to mediation in accordance with Section 15.4. §15.4 Mediation §15.3.1 15.4.1 Claims,disputes,or other matters in controversy arising out of or related to the Contract,except those waived as provided for in Sections 9.10.4,9.10.5,and 15.1.7,shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to binding dispute resolution. §15.3.2 15.4.2 The parties shall endeavor to resolve their Claims by mediation which,unless the parties mutually agree otherwise,shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Construction Industry Mediation Procedures in effect on the date of the Agreement.A request for mediation shall be made in writing,delivered to the other party to the Contract,and filed with the person or entity administering the mediation. The request may be made concurrently with the filing of binding dispute resolution proceedings but,in such event, mediation shall proceed in advance of binding dispute resolution proceedings,which shall be stayed pending mediation for a period of 60 days from the date of filing,unless stayed for a longer period by agreement of the parties or court order.If an arbitration is stayed pursuant to this Section 15.3.2,the parties may nonetheless proceed to the selection of the arbitrator(s)and agree upon a schedule for later proceedings. §15.3.315.4.3 Either party may,within 30 days from the date that mediation has been concluded without resolution of the dispute or 60 days after mediation has been demanded without resolution of the dispute,demand in writing that the other party file for binding dispute resolution. If such a demand is made and the party receiving the demand fails to file for binding dispute resolution within 60 days after receipt thereof,then both parties waive their rights to binding dispute resolution proceedings with respect to the initial decision. §45415.4.4 The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally.The mediation shall be held in the place where the Project is located,unless another location is mutually agreed upon.Agreements reached in mediation shall be enforceable as settlement agreements in any court having jurisdiction thereof. pon where the Project is located,unless another location is mutually agreed upon.A demand for arbitration shall be legal or equitable proceedings based on the Claim. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 42 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA44) aceer-Elance-wit-h-applicable-lairi--awf court Lavin._:.risaicti_-`hereof. duly-eensented-te-by-pafties-to-the-Agfeement,snall--be-spesificolly-enfor-seabloonclefopplicable4ain-any-conft having: is,lictio„thereof . . . e similar procedural rules and methods for sele_+:, -b+.._+ . . . consent, • as those of the Owner and Contractor under this Agreement. Init. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 43 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA44) Certification of Document's Authenticity AIA® Document D401 TM — 2003 I,Michael Broshar, hereby certify,to the best of my knowledge,information and belief,that I created the attached final document simultaneously with this certification 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No. 2193223387 from AIA Contract Documents software and that in preparing the attached final document I made no changes to the original text of AIA®Document A201TM-2017,General Conditions of the Contract for Construction,as published by the AIA in its software,other than changes shown in the attached final document by underscoring added text and striking over deleted text. (Signed) (Title) (Dated) INNIS r.. AIA Document D401 TM—2003.Copyright©1992 and 2003 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA®Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 10:57:08 ET on 10/04/2019 under Order No.2193223387 which expires on 06/26/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA44) GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA Department of Engineering SECTION A - Definitions of Terms SECTION B - Scope of work SECTION C - Control of Materials and Work SECTION D - Procedure and Progress SECTION E - Measurements and Payments SECTION F - Legal Relations and Responsibility SECTION A - DEFINITIONS OF TERMS 1. CITY. The City of Waterloo, Iowa, which is the Party of the First Part of the accompanying contract, acting through its authorized representative. 2. COUNCIL. The duly elected Council of the City of Waterloo, Iowa. 3. ENGINEER. The City Engineer of Waterloo, Iowa, or his authorized representative. 4. INSPECTOR. The authorized representative of the Engineer, assigned to the detailed inspection of the work or materials therefor and to such other duties as may be delegated to him in these specifications. 5. CONTRACTOR. The Party of the Second Part in the accompanying contract for the improvement covered by these specifications, or his authorized representative. 6. SUBCONTRACTOR. Any person, firm, or corporation who has, with the approval of the Council, contracted with the Contractor to execute and perform in his stead all or any part of the contract. 7. BIDDER. Any individual, firm, or corporation submitting a proposal for all or a part of the work provided for in these specifications. 8. PROPOSAL GUARANTEE. The security designed in the Notice of Bidders or Proposal to be furnished by the bidder as a guarantee of good faith tc enter into a contract and furnish an acceptable bond for the work contemplated if it be awarded him. 9. SURETY. The corporate body bound with and for the Contractor for the acceptable performance of the contract. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 73 11 City of Waterloo GENERAL SPECS INVISION#16021 1 of 18 10. PROPOSAL. The written Proposal, submitted by the bidder in the prescribed manner and on the standard form, for the improvements covered by these specifications. 11. SPECIFICATIONS. The documents that set forth the manner in which the proposed work is to be accomplished which have been prepared by the Engineer and approved by the City Council, official copies of which are now on file with the City Clerk. 12. SPECIAL PROVISIONS. Clauses or memoranda not contained herein, applying to the contract of which these specifications are a part, which change or supplement these specifications. 13. CONTRACT. The agreement entered into between the City and the Contractor, setting forth the terms under which the work covered by the plans and specifications is to be performed. The contract includes all conditions, definitions, and instructions set forth in the official publications relating to the work, the official contract and specifications, the Proposal, official plans, and all supplemental agreements entered into by the parties to the contract. 14. NOTICE TO BIDDERS. The notice called attention of bidders to the time and place for receiving bids, containing a brief description of the work, and briefly setting forth the requirements and conditions for submission of Proposals. 15. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS. The clauses setting forth in detail the information relative to the proposed work and requirements for the submission of Proposals. 16. PLANS. The plans for the improvement covered by the specifications and approved by the Council, official copies of which are on file with the City Clerk. 17. CONTRACT BOND. The bond executed by the Contractor and his surety in favor of the City of Waterloo, Iowa, guaranteeing the complete execution of the contract in accordance with the plans and specifications, the payment of all debts pertaining to the work, and maintenance of the work as provided by law or by the specifications. 18. CONTRACT PERIOD. The period from the specified date for beginning the work to the specified date of completion, both dates inclusive. The contract period may be extended by the Council, as provided in these specifications, in which event the contract period includes the new date of completion. 19. OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS. The official publications are the formal resolutions and notices relative to the proposed improvement that are required by law to be published in a prescribed manner and that have actually been published in accordance with the statutes relating thereto. Attention is directed to the fact that these official publications are by statute vested with all of the force and effect of contract obligations. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 73 11 City of Waterloo GENERAL SPECS INVISION #16021 2 of 18 20. A.S.T.M. Abbreviation for American Society for Testing Materials. 21. WORK. The term "Work" of the Contractor and Subcontractor includes labor or materials or both, equipment, transportation, or other facilities necessary to complete the contract. 22. TIME. All time limits stated in the contract documents are of the essence in the contract. SECTION B - SCOPE OF WORK 1. CORRELATION AND INTENT OF DOCUMENTS. The Contract documents are complementary, and what is called for by any one shall be as binding as if called for by all. The intention of the documents is to include all labor, materials, equipment, and transportation necessary for the proper execution of the work. Materials or work described in words which, so applied, have a well-known technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standard. 2. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. Unless otherwise provided in the contract documents, the engineer shall furnish to the Contractor, free of charge, all copies of drawings and specifications reasonably necessary for the execution of the work. The Contractor shall keep one (1) copy of all drawings and specifications on the work available to the Engineer and to his representatives. 3. CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature, character and location of the work, the conformance to the ground, the character, quality, and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of the equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, the general and local conditions, and all other matters which can, in any way, affect the work under this contract. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the City, either before or after the execution of the Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. 4. REPORTING ERRORS AND DISCREPANCIES. If the Contractor, in the course of the work, finds any discrepancies between the plans and the physical conditions of the locality, or any errors of omission in plans or in the layout as given by said stakes and instructions, it shall be his duty to inform the Engineer immediately, in writing, and the Engineer shall promptly correct the same. 5. ALTERATION OR CORRECTION OF PLANS. The plans are made up from surveys that are presumably correct and represent the foreseen construction requirements. Any modification of the plans which may be required by the exigencies of Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 73 11 City of Waterloo GENERAL SPECS INVISION#16021 3 of 18 the construction or any corrections made necessary because of errors in the original surveys, will be made by the Engineer. Should corrections or modifications of the plans or specifications require a different quality or class of work than that upon which the unit prices in the Proposal are based, or if the modifications or corrections are required in parts of the work partially completed and such modifications result in an increased cost to the Contractor, the amount to be paid for work resulting from such changes shall be agreed upon in writing at the time the changes are ordered and before the work is begun by the Contractor. No allowance will be made for anticipated profits on work not performed. 6. CHANGES IN THE WORK. The City, without invalidating the contract, may order extra work or make changes by altering, adding to, or deducting from the work, the contract sum being adjusted by agreement or arbitration before such changed work is undertaken. All such work shall be executed under the conditions of the original contract, except that any claim for extension of time caused thereby shall be adjusted at the time of ordering such change. 7. INCREASED OR DECREASED QUANTITIES. The right is reserved without impairing the contract, to order the performance of such work of a class not contemplated in the Proposal or to increase or decrease the quantities as may be considered necessary to complete fully and satisfactorily the work included in the contract. However, when the work is completed without change in the plans, and the measured quantity of any item of work varies by more than twenty percent (20%) from the estimated quantity specified in the contract, an adjustment in price may be made for such item of work by agreement between the Engineer and the Contractor, subject to the approval of the City Council. Either party to the contract may request such an adjustment. 8. LANDS AND RIGHT OF WAY. The City shall provide the lands upon which the work under this contract is to be done, except that the Contractor shall provide land required for the erection of temporary construction facilities and storage of his material, together with the right of access to same. 9. CITY WATER. The Contractor shall be allowed to use City Water but before any water is used, he shall make application to the Waterloo Water Works for a temporary water connection from a fire hydrant or by some other connection method. Water usage will be charged at the rate for temporary water service. The rules, regulations, and water rates are available at the Waterloo Water Works offices at 325 Sycamore Street or their telephone number is 319-232-6280. 10. RIGHTS OF VARIOUS INTERESTS. Whenever work being done by the City's forces or by other Contractors is contiguous to work covered by this contract, the respective rights of the various interests involved shall be established by the Engineer to secure the completion of the various portions of the work in general harmony. 11. CLOSING STREETS TO TRAFFIC. The Engineer shall be the judge of how many streets or parts of streets it is necessary for the Contractor to close at any time Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 73 11 City of Waterloo GENERAL SPECS INVISION#16021 4 of 18 and may refuse to permit the closing of additional streets until such of the work is finished and opened to traffic as he may direct. 12. OBSTRUCTION OF STREETS. The work is to be carried on in such manner as to obstruct the streets, highways, and alleys as little as possible. The Contractor shall carry on the different parts of the work so as to complete the whole, as nearly as practicable, at the same time. In doing the work, the Contractor shall follow the directions of the Engineer as to the place or places where work shall be started or be carried on and the direction in which it shall be done. 13. SHANTIES AND BUILDINGS. Shanties or other buildings shall not be erected in or upon any street, highway, or alley without permission of the Engineer. If such permission be granted, it may be upon any reasonable terms prescribed by the person or body granting such permission. 14. SANITARY CONVENIENCES. The Contractor shall furnish the necessary sanitary conveniences, properly secluded, for the laborers on the work, ar d these shall be maintained in a manner that will be inoffensive to the public. 15. CLEANING UP. The Contractor shall, as directed by the Engineer, remove from the City's property and from all public and private property, at his owr expense, all temporary structures, rubbish, and waste materials resulting from his operations before work can be considered completed. The Contractor shall also renew or replace any and all fences, sidewalks, or other property damaged or disturbed by his work. 16. OMISSION OF PARTS OF GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS. Parts of the General Specifications deemed not to apply to some particular work may be omitted by special reference in other parts of the contract documents. SECTION C - CONTROL OF MATERIALS AND WORK 1 . SUPERVISION AND INSPECTION. The Engineer shall have supervision of the construction provided for in this Contract and shall decide any and all questions which may arise as to the quality and acceptability of materials furnished, work performed, manner of performance, rate of progress on the work, and all questions regarding the acceptable fulfillment of the terms of the Contract. Materials and construction work shall, at all times, be subject to the inspection of the Engineer or his representatives. The Contractor shall be held strictly to the true intent of these specifications as regards the quality of materials, workmanship, and the diligent prosecution of the work. The Engineer and his representatives shall, at all times, have access to the work wherever it is in preparation of progress, and the Contractor shall provide proper facilities for such access and for inspection. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 73 11 City of Waterloo GENERAL SPECS INVISION #16021 5 of 18 If the specifications, the Engineer's instructions, law ordinances, or any public authority require any work and/or materials to be especially tested or approved, the Contractor shall give the Engineer timely notice of readiness for inspection. If the inspection is to be made by authority other than the Engineer, the Contractor shall notify the engineer of the date fixed for inspection. Inspections by the Engineer will be promptly made and, where practicable, at the source of supply. If any work should be covered up without the approval or consent of the Engineer, it must, if required by the Engineer, be uncovered for examination at the Contractor's expense. Re-examination of questioned work may be ordered by the Engineer, and, if so ordered, the work must be uncovered by the Contractor. If such work be found in accordance with the Contract, the City shall pay the cost of re-examination and replacement. If such work be found not in accordance with the Contract, the Contractor shall pay such cost unless he shall show that the defect in the work was caused by • another Contractor, and, in that event, the City shall pay the cost. 2. AUTHORITIES AND DUTIES OF INSPECTORS. Inspectors may be stationed on the work to report to the Engineer as to the progress of the work and the manner in which it is being performed; also, to report whenever it appears that materials furnished and work performed by the Contractor fail to fulfill the requirements of the specifications and Contract, and to direct the attention of the Contractor to such failure or infringement; but such inspection shall not relieve the Contractor from any obligations to furnish acceptable materials or to provide completed construction that is satisfactory in every particular. In case of any dispute arising between the Inspector and the Contractor as to materials furnished or the manner of performing the work, the Inspector shall have the authority to reject materials or suspend the work until the question at issue can be referred to and decided by the Engineer. Inspectors are not authorized to revoke, alter, enlarge, relax, or release any requirements of these specifications. The Inspector shall, in no case, act as foreman or perform other duties for the Contractor, or interfere with the management of the work by the latter. 3. STATUS OF THE ENGINEER. The Engineer shall have general supervision and direction of the work. He has authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to insure the proper execution of the Contract. He shall also have authority to reject any work and/or materials which do not conform to the specifications, to direct the application of forces to any portion of the work as, in his judgment, is required, and to order the force increased or diminished, and to decide questions which arise in the execution of the work. 4. ENGINEER'S DECISIONS. The Engineer shall, within a reasonable time, make decisions on all claims of the Contractor and on all other matters relating to the execution and progress of the work or the interpretation of the contract documents. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 73 11 City of Waterloo GENERAL SPECS INVISION #16021 6 of 18 All such decisions of the Engineer shall be final except as to the e'ement of time and financial consideration involved, which, if no agreement in regard thereto is reached, shall be subject to arbitration. 5. STAKES AND INSTRUCTIONS. The Contractor shall provide reasonable and necessary opportunities and facilities for setting stakes and making measurements. The Contractor shall not furnish stakes or men to set them. He shall not proceed until he has received from the Engineer such stakes and instructions as may be necessary to the progress of the work. The Contractor shall carefully preserve bench marks, reference points, and stakes, and in case of willful or careless destruction, he shall be charged with the resulting extra expense and shall be responsible for any mistakes that may be caused, by their loss or disturbance. 6. SUPERINTENDENCE. The Contractor shall keep on his work during its progress a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to the Engineer. The Superintendent shall not be changed except with the consent of the Engineer, unless the Superintendent proves to be unsatisfactory to the Contractor and ceases to be in his employ. The Superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence, and all directions given to him shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Important decisions shall be confirmed in writing to the Contractor. Other directions shall be so confirmed on written request in each case. The Contractor shall give efficient supervision to the work using his best skill and attention. He shall carefully study and compare all drawings, specifications, and other instructions, and shall report at once to the Engineer any error, inconsistency, or omission which he may discover. 7. REMOVAL OF UNAUTHORIZED WORK. Work done without lines and grade being give, work done beyond lines shown on the plans or as given, except as herein provided, or any extra or additional work done without authority, will be considered as unauthorized and at the expense of the Contractor and will not be paid for under the provisions of the Contract. Work so done may be ordered removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. 8. REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE MATERIALS OR WORK. The Contractor shall promptly remove from the premises all materials condemned by the engineer as failing to conform to the Contract; whether incorporated in the work or not, and the Contractor shall promptly replace and re-execute his own work in accordance with the contract and without expense to the City, and shall bear the expense of making good all work of other Contractors destroyed or damaged by such removal or replacement. If the Contractor does not remove such condemned work and materials within a reasonable time, fixed by written notice, the City may remove them and may store the Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 73 11 City of Waterloo GENERAL SPECS INVISION #16021 7 of 18 material at the expense of the Contractor. If the Contractor does not pay the expense of such removal within a reasonable time thereafter, the City may, upon ten (10) days' written notice, sell such materials at auction or at private sale and shall account for the net proceeds thereof, after deducting all the costs and expense that should have been borne by the Contractor; or, if the net proceeds of such sale are insufficient to pay the expenses of removal, the City may deduct the balance from any amounts due the Contractor. 9. MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, APPLIANCES, AND FACILITIES. Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, labor, water, tools, equipment, light, power, transportation, and other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work. Materials shall be of the quality specified for each particular part of the work. Whenever, in construction of the work or in the manufacture of any article of appliance necessary for the construction or operation of the work, it is necessary to use any material that is not fully specified in these specifications, it shall be of good quality and shall meet with the approval of the Engineer. Any appliance that is necessary for the construction or operation of the work and is commonly recognized as a part of the work, shall be furnished by the Contractor as part of the work, whether or not it is specifically called for in the plans and specifications, and such appliance shall be of good quality and standard make and shall meet with the approval of the Engineer. 10. MATERIAL SAMPLES. Before the contract is awarded, the bidder may be required to furnish a statement of the origin, composition, and manufacture of any and all materials proposed for use in the performance of the Contract, together with samples of the material. These samples will be considered as representative and typical of the material to be obtained from any particular source. 11. CHARACTER OF WORKMEN AND EQUIPMENT. The Contractor shall employ competent and efficient workmen for every kind of work. Any person employed on the work who shall refuse or neglect to obey the directions of the engineer or Inspector, or who shall be deemed incompetent or disorderly, or who shall commit trespass upon public or private property in the vicinity of the work, shall be dismissed when the Engineer so orders, and shall not be re-employed unless express permission be given by the Engineer. The Contractor shall, at all times, enforce discipline and good order among his employees. The methods, equipment, and appliances used on the work, and the labor employed, shall be such as will produce a satisfactory quality of work and shall be adequate to complete the contract within the specified time limit. 12. HIRING CITY EMPLOYEES. The Contractor shall not employ and hire any of the City's employees without the permission of the Engineer. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 73 11 City of Waterloo GENERAL SPECS INVISION #16021 8 of 18 13. LABOR. Local labor shall be given preferences so far as practicable. 14. THE CITY'S RIGHT TO DO WORK. If the Contractor should neglect to prosecute the work properly or fail to perform any provision of this Contract, the City of Waterloo, after three (3) days' written notice to the Contractor may, without prejudice to any other remedy he may have, make good such deficiencies and may deduct the cost thereof from the payment then or thereafter due the Contractor, provided, however, that the Engineer shall approve both such action and the amount charged to the Contractor. SECTION D - PROCEDURE AND PROGRESS 1. ORDER OF COMPLETION - USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS. The Contractor shall complete any portion or portions of the work in such order or time as the Engineer may require. The City shall have the right to take possession of an use completed or partially completed portion of the work at any time, but such taking possession and use shall not be deemed an acceptance of work so taken or used, or any part thereof. If such prior use increases the cost of or delays the work, the Contractor shall be entitled to such extra compensation or extension of time, or both, as the Engineer may determine. 2. WEATHER. During stormy or inclement weather, all work shall be suspended, except such as can be done in an acceptable manner. Permission to work during freezing, stormy, or inclement weather shall in no way be construed as a release of the Contractor's responsibility regarding the quality of the finished work at such time. 3. SUNDAYS AND LEGAL HOLIDAYS. Except for such work as may be required to properly maintain or protect completed or partially completed construction or to maintain lights and barricades, no work will be permitted on Sundays or egal holidays without specific permission of the Engineer. 4. DELAYS AND EXTENSION OF TIME. If the Contractor be delayed in the completion of the work by an act of neglect of the City, or its employees; or by any other Contractor employed by the City; or by changes ordered in the work; or by strikes, lockouts, fire, unusual delays in transportation, unavoidable casualties, or any cause beyond the Contractor's control; or by delay authorized by the Engineer pending arbitration; or by any cause which the Engineer shall decide justifies the delay, then the time of completion shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Engineer may decide will compensate for such delay. No such extension shall be made for delay occurring more than thirty (30) days before claim therefor is made in writing to the Engineer. In the case of a continuing cause of delay, only one claim is necessary. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 73 11 City of Waterloo GENERAL SPECS INVISION #16021 9 of 18 This article does not exclude the recovery of damages for delay by either party under provisions in the contract documents. 5. TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF WORK. The Engineer shall have authority to suspend the work, wholly or in part, for such period or periods of time as he may deem necessary, due to unsuitable weather or such other conditions as are considered unfavorable for the suitable prosecution of the work, or for such time as is necessary due to the failure to the Contractor to carry out orders given or to perform any or all provisions of the Contract. 6. NOTICES - HOW SERVED. Any notice to be given by the City to the Contractor under this contract shall be deemed to be served if the same be delivered to the man in charge of any office used by the Contractor or his foreman or agent at or near the work, or deposited in the post office, postpaid, addressed to the Contractor at his last known place of business. 7. PROGRESS OF WORK. The progress of the work shall be such that, at the expiration of one-fourth (1/4) of the contract period, one-eighth (1/8) of the work shall be completed; at the expiration of one-half(1/2) of the contract period, three-eighths (3/8) of the work shall be completed; at the expiration of three-fourths (3/4) of the contract period, the work shall be three-fourths (3/4) completed, and the whole work shall be completed at the expiration of the contract period. If, at any time the above schedule is not being maintained, the Council may give written notice to the Contractor and his sureties that the specifications are not being complied with. Such notice shall state what action on the part of the Contractor is required to bring the work within the requirements of the specifications. If the Contractor fails, within ten (10) days, to proceed as directed in the said notice, then the Council shall have authority to annul this contract without process or action at law and take over the prosecution and completion of the work, as provided under the article covering City's right to terminate contract. 8. CITY'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE CONTRACT. If the Contractor should be adjudged a bankrupt; or if he should make a general assignment for the benefit of this creditor; or if a Receiver should be appointed on account of his insolvency; or if he should persistently or repeatedly refuse or should fail, except in cases for which extension of time is provided, to supply enough skilled workmen or proper materials; or if he should fail to make prompt payment to Subcontractors or for materials or labor; or if he should persistently disregard laws, ordinances, or the instructions of the Engineer; or if he should otherwise be guilty of a substantial violation of any provision of the contract, then the City, upon the certificate of the Engineer that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may, without prejudice to any other rights or remedy, and after giving the Contractor seven (7) days' written notice, terminate the employment of the Contractor and take possession of the premises and of all materials, tools and appliances thereon and finish the work by whatever method he may deem expedient. In such cases, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the work is finished. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 73 11 City of Waterloo GENERAL SPECS INVISION #16021 10 of 18 If the unpaid balance of the contract price shall exceed the expenses of finishing the work, including compensation for additional managerial and administration services, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such expense shall exceed such unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the City. The expense incurred by the City as herein provided and the damage incurred through the Contractor's default shall be certified by the Engineer. 9. REMOVAL OF EQUIPMENT. In the case of annulment of this contract before completion, from any cause whatsoever, the Contractor, if notified to do so by the City; shall promptly remove any part or all of his equipment and supplies from the property of the City, failing which, the City shall have the right to remove such equipment and supplies at the expense of the Contractor. SECTION E - MEASUREMENTS AND PAYMENT 1. STANDARD OF MEASUREMENT. All work completed under the contract shall be measured by the Engineer according to the United States standarci measures. 2. SCOPE OF PAYMENTS. The Engineer's measurements of quantities shall be the basis for final payment for the work performed under this Contract. After the work is completed, the Engineer will make measurements and computations of the number of units of each of the various items of work completed, and the Contractor will be paid for the actual amount of work performed at the rates specified in his Proposal. Before final settlement is made, the Council may require the Contractor to submit a list of all persons furnishing labor or materials, with evidence that such persons have been paid in full. Payment shall be made in the manner set forth in official publications and Council Proceedings relative thereto. 3. PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK. Such extra work as may have been ordered by the Engineer and performed by the Contractor shall be compensated for as provided herein. If work is to be done or materials are to be furnished by the Contractor which cannot properly be classified under unit prices included in the Proposal, the Contractor shall be paid therefor the actual reasonable cost of the labor and materials entering permanently in such work, plus fifteen percent (15%) of the cost thereof. In computing the labor cost on such extra work, the following items shall be included: (a) Actual payroll expenditures for labor at the current rate therefor, and cost of materials. (b) Pay of foreman and timekeepers for actual time required on the extra work. (c) Liability insurance, prorated, for the extra work. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 73 11 City of Waterloo GENERAL SPECS INVISION #16021 11 of 18 Labor cost items on extra work shall be furnished in duplicate by the Contractor to the Inspector daily. The Inspector shall check the items, and if he finds them to be correct, he shall so certify on the statement of cost, returning one copy to the Contractor and filing one copy with the Engineer. The Engineer shall determine the cost of materials entering into extra work from the materials and receipted freight bills for the same. For any special machine, power tools, or equipment, including fuel and lubricants, but not including small hand tools, which may be deemed necessary or desirable to use, the Contractor shall be allowed a reasonable rental thereon, to be agreed upon in writing by the Engineer before such work is begun, and to which sum no percentage is to be added. The item of cost shall not include repairs or replacement of equipment or overhead expenses of any character. The fifteen percent (15%) allowed is considered to cover the use of hand tools and all overhead expenses except liability insurance. In no case will a claim for extra compensation be allowed unless the work upon which the claim is based has been ordered in writing, except as provided hereinafter. 4. CLAIMS FOR EXTRA COST. If the Contractor claims that any instructions, by drawings or otherwise, involved extra cost under this contract, he shall give the Engineer written notice thereof within ten (10) days after completion of the work. No such claim shall be valid unless so made. 5. CLAIMS FOR EXTRA COMPENSATION. If the Contractor deems that extra compensation is due him for work and/or materials that he considered is not clearly covered in the items for which he submitted unit prices in his bid and that were not ordered in writing by the Engineer as an extra s heretofore provided, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, in writing, of his intention to make claim for extra compensation for work and/or material before starting construction. If such written notification is not given or the Engineer is not afforded proper facilities by the Contractor for keeping strict account of actual cost as defined herein, then the Contractor hereby agrees to waive the claim for extra compensation. Such notice to the engineer and the fact that the Engineer has kept account of cost as aforesaid, shall not in any way be construed as proving the validity of the claim, which must be passed upon by the Council. In the event that the Council finds the claim to be just, it shall be allowed and paid for as extra work as provided herein. 6. COMPLETION REPORT AND OBJECTIONS THERETO. Within ten (10) days after the full completion of the work to be done under this contract, the Engineer shall make a written statement of all the work done by the Contractor hereunder, stating the quantity of each item as found by him and including a statement of all credits for extra work and all credits or debits for changes, alterations, omissions, and defects, and shall forthwith deliver a copy of such statement to the Contractor. The Contractor shall Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 73 11 City of Waterloo GENERAL SPECS INVISION #16021 12 of 18 compare such statement with his own records and shall then, in writing, either approve such statement or point out any claimed errors or omissions. If any of such claims are found correct, the Engineer shall, within ten (10) days, prepare a new statement, a copy of which shall in like manner be delivered unto the Contractor. The Engineer will not file a formal completion report with the City until the Contractor has approved the same. If the figures of the Engineer and the Contractor cannot be reconciled, or there is a difference of opinion regarding some item or items, then such difference of opinion shall be submitted to arbitration as hereinafter provided, and the decision of the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final, and the Engineer shall, within a period of five (5) days, file his completion report. Before action by the City Council upon such completion report, the Contractor shall also file a written statement of any claims he may have against the City, other than those shown by such completion report, growing out of this contract or the work done hereunder. The City shall retain ten percent (10%) of the amount due the Contactor on the completion report for a period of thirty (30) days. If no claims are filed against the Contractor within thirty (30) days, the final ten percent (10%) shall then be paid to the Contractor. 7. WAIVER. By the execution of this contract ,the Contractor agrees that any objections he may have to the statement of the amount of work done hereunder included by the Engineer in this completion report, and any claims of the Contractor against the City growing out of this contract and the work done hereunder which are not stated in writing in the manner and within the time provided in Article 6, Section E hereof, shall be waived, and no such claim shall thereafter be asserted against the City. SECTION F - LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES 1. LAWS RELATING TO WORK. The Contractor is presumed to be familiar with all laws, ordinances, and regulations which may, in any manner, affect those engaged or employed upon the work or the materials or equipment used in or upon the work, and shall conduct the work so as not to conflict with such laws, ordinances, and regulations. 2. PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY. The Contractor for any part of the improvement shall be held responsible for the care of materials and of partially completed and completed work until final acceptance of the same by the Council. He will be required to make good at his own expense any damage which the work may sustain from any cause prior to the filing of the engineer's certificate of completion. He shall take all risk from floods and casualties of every description and make no charge for delay due to such cause. He may, however, be allowed a reasonable extension of time on account of such delays. He shall correct or make good at his own expense all damages to adjacent property due to the acts or negligence of his employees of the prosecution of his work, and save the City harmless therefor. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 73 11 City of Waterloo GENERAL SPECS INVISION #16021 13 of 18 The Contractor shall be held liable and responsible for all damages done to water, sewer, drain, or other underground pipes and structures, and to sidewalks and private property. 3. RESPONSIBILITY FOR ACCIDENTS. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for all damages sustained by persons or property due to the carrying on of his work until final acceptance thereof, or until released by the Engineer in writing. 4. LIABILITY INSURANCE. The Contractor shall carry liability insurance which shall save the City harmless and protect the public and any person from injury sustained by the reason of the prosecution of the work or the handling or storing of materials therefor, and said Contractor shall also carry liability insurance which shall meet the requirements of the Iowa Worker's Compensation Law. Before work shall be started on this contract, the Contractor shall furnish the City Clerk with proper affidavit or Affidavits executed by representatives of duly qualified insurance companies, evidencing that said insurance company or companies have issued liability insurance policies, effective during the life of the contract, or for a period of a least ten (10) days following the filing of written notice of cancellation, protecting the public and any person from injuries or damages sustained by reason of carrying on the work involved in the Contract. The affidavit shall specifically evidence the following forms of insurance protection: (a) Public liability insurance covering all operations performed by persons directly employed by the Contractor. (b) Public liability insurance covering all operations performed by any Subcontractor to whom a portion of the work may have been assigned. (c) Public liability insurance covering all work upon the project performed by any independent Contractor working under the direction of either the principal Contractor or a Subcontractor. (d) Motor vehicle bodily injury liability insurance and property damage liability insurance on all motor vehicles employed on the work, whether owned by the Contractor or by other persons, firms, or corporations. (e) The minimum protection shall be as follows: Comprehensive General Liability Insurance General Aggregate Limit $ 5,000,000.00 Products—Completed Operations Aggregate Limit $ 5,000,000.00 Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 73 11 City of Waterloo GENERAL SPECS INVISION#16021 14 of 18 Each Occurrence Limit $ 5 ,000,000.00 Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance $ 1,000,000.00 The Contractor shall have the City of Waterloo, Iowa, named as an "Additional Named Insured". A certificate, or a policy if requested, shall be filed with the Owner. All certificates and/or policies of insurance furnished by the Contractor to be filed with the City Clerk shall include the name and address of the agency issuing the same. It shall also be required that the City Clerk be notified by registered mail of the cancellation or expiration of the above insurance. 5. BARRICADES AND SIGNS. The Contractor shall, at his own expense and without further or other order, provide, erect, and maintain, at all times during the progress and suspension of the work and until completion and final acceptance thereof, suitable and requisite barricades, signs, or other adequate protection, as required by the latest edition of the "Iowa Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways" and shall provide, keep, and maintain such barricades, signs, etc., as may be required or as may be ordered by the City Engineer, to insure the safety of the public as well as those engaged on the work. All barricading plans shall be approved by the City Engineer. 6. ROYALTIES AND PATENTS. The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. He shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent rights and shall save the City harmless from loss on account thereof, except that the City shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular process or the product of a particular manufacturer is specified. 7. PERMITS AND REGULATIONS. Permits and licenses of a temporary nature for the prosecution of the work shall be secured and paid for by the Contractor. Permits, license, and easements for permanent changes in existing faciFities shall be secured and paid for by the City. 8. CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES. Any claim for damages arising under this Contract shall be made in writing to the party liable within a reasonable time of the first observance of such damage and no later than the time of final payment, except as expressly stipulated otherwise in the case of faulty work or materials, and shall be adjusted by agreement or arbitration. The Contractor shall be held for the payment of all just claims against him arising out of the prosecution of this contract, and his bond will not be released until such claims are paid for dismissed. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 73 11 City of Waterloo GENERAL SPECS INVISION #16021 15 of 18 9. ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT. The Contractor shall not sell or assign the contract or sublet any portion of the work provided for therein without the written consent of the City Council. 10. SUBCONTRACTORS. The Contractor shall, as soon as practicable after the signature of the contract, notify the Engineer in writing of the names of the Subcontractors proposed for the work and shall not employ any that the Engineer may, within a reasonable time, object to as incompetent or unfit. The Contractor agrees that he is as fully responsible to the City for the acts and omission of his Subcontractors and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them as he is for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by him. Nothing contained in the contract documents shall create any contractual relation between any Subcontractor and the City. 11. ARBITRATION. All questions subject to arbitration under this Contract shall be submitted to arbitration at the choice of either party to the dispute. The Contractor shall not cause a delay of the work during any arbitration proceedings, except by agreement with the Engineer. The demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the Engineer, in the case of an appeal from his decision, within ten (10) days of its receipt, and in any other case, within a reasonable time after cause thereof, and in no case later than the time of final payment, except as otherwise expressly stipulated in the contract. If the Engineer fails to make a decision within a reasonable time, an appeal to arbitration may be taken as if his decision had been rendered against the part appealing. No one shall be nominated or act as an arbitrator who is in any way financially interested in the contract or in the business affairs of either the City or the Contractor. The general procedure shall conform to the laws of the State of Iowa. Unless otherwise provided by such laws, the parties may agree upon one arbitrator; otherwise, there shall be three--one named in writing by each party to this contract to the other party, and the third chosen by these two arbitrators, or, if they fail to select a third within ten (10) days, then he shall be chosen by the Comptroller of the State of Iowa. Should either party refuse or neglect to supply the arbitrators with any papers or information demanded in writing, the arbitrators are empowered by both parties to proceed ex parte. If there be one arbitrator, his decision shall be binding; if three, the decision of any two shall be binding. Such decision shall be a condition precedent to any right of legal action, and, wherever permitted by law, it may be filed in Court to carry it into effect. The arbitrators, if they deem that the case demands it, are authorized to award to the party whose contention is sustained such sums as they shall deem proper for the Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 73 11 City of Waterloo GENERAL SPECS INVISION #16021 16 of 18 time, expense, and trouble incident to the appeal, and, if the appeal was taken without reasonable cause, damages for delay, the arbitrators shall fix their own compensation unless otherwise provided by agreement, and shall assess the costs and charges of the arbitration upon either or both parties. The award of the arbitrators must be in writing, and it shall not be open to objections on account of the form of proceeding or the award, unless otherwise provided by the laws of Iowa. In the event of such laws providing on any matter covered by this article otherwise than as hereinbefore specified, the method of procedure throughout and the legal effect of the award shall be wholly in accordance with the laws of the State of Iowa, it being intended hereby to lay down a principle of action to be followed, leaving its local application to be adopted to the legal requirements of the place in which the work is to be done. 12. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS. The Contractor shall, at the time of execution and delivery of this contract and before the taking effect of same, furnish and deliver to the City written bonds of indemnity to the amount required by law in form and substance, and with surety thereon satisfactory and acceptable to the City, to insure the faithful performance and payment by the Contractor of all the covenants and agreements on the part of the Contractor contained in this contract. These bonds shall remain in force and effect for the full amount of the Contract. 13. PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS. In carrying out any of the provisions of the Contract or in exercising any power or authority granted him thereby, there shall be no liability upon the Engineer or his authorized assistants, either personally or as an official of the City, it being understood that in such matters he acts as the agent and representative of the City. 14. JURISDICTION. Any action in Court against the Contractor or sureties on his bond because of damages to property or individuals by said Contractor or his workmen, or because of the violation of any provisions of the specifications. or on account of the failure of said Contractor to comply fully with these provisions, shall be brought in the District Court of the State of Iowa in and for Black Hawk County. 15. TERMINATION OF RESPONSIBILITY. The Contract shall be considered as completed and the Contractor released from further obligations except as to the requirements of his bond, after the work has been completed and finally accepted and final estimates have been allowed and the completion report of the engineer has been filed and approved by the Council. 16. CITY'S LEGAL RIGHTS. The City shall not be precluded by any measurements, estimate, or certificate made, either before or after the completion and acceptance of the work and payment therefor, from showing the true amount and character of the work performed and materials furnished by the Contractor, or from Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 73 11 City of Waterloo GENERAL SPECS INVISION #16021 17 of 18 showing that any such measurement, estimate, or certificate is untrue or incorrectly made, or the work or materials do not, in fact, conform to the Contract. The City shall not be precluded, notwithstanding any such measurements, estimate, or certificate and payment in accordance therewith, from recovering from the Contractor and his surety such damages as it may sustain by reason of his failure to comply with the terms of the Contract. Neither the acceptance by the City or any of its representatives, nor any payment for or acceptance of the whole or any part of the work, nor any extension of time, nor any possession taken by the City, shall operate as a waiver on any portion of the contract or of any power herein reserved, or any right to damages herein provided. A waiver of any breach of the contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 00 73 11 City of Waterloo GENERAL SPECS INVISION#16021 18 of 18 SECTION 01 10 00 SUMMARY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 PROJECT A. Project Name: 16021 Five Sullivan Brothers Kitchen Improvements B. Owner's Name: City of Waterloo. C. Design Professional's Name: INVISION. D. The Project consists of the construction of the removal of areas of concrete flooring in the Kitchen and Warewashing areas of the Basement Level of the convention center. Existing sewer and domestic water systems in that area will be removed and replaced. 1.02 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION A. Contract Type: A single prime contract based on a Stipulated Price as described in Document 00 72 00- General Conditions. B. Final Completion: January 15th, 2020. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERATIONS WORK A. Scope of demolition and removal work is indicated on drawings. B. Contractor shall remove and deliver the following to Owner prior to start of work: 1. Existing Dock Leveler and Controler Equipment. 1.04 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. Owner intends to continue to occupy adjacent portions of the existing building during the entire construction period. B. Owner intends to occupy the Project upon Substantial Completion. C. Cooperate with Owner to minimize conflict and to facilitate Owner's operations. D. Schedule the Work to accommodate Owner occupancy. 1.05 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES A. Construction Operations: Limited to areas noted on Drawings. 1. Locate and conduct construction activities in ways that will limit disturbance to site B. Arrange use of site and premises to allow: 1. Owner occupancy. 2. Work by Others. 3. Work by Owner. 4. Use of site and premises by the public. C. Provide access to and from site as required by law and by Owner: 1. Emergency Building Exits During Construction: Keep all exits required by code open during construction period; provide temporary exit signs if exit routes are temporarily altered. 2. Do not obstruct roadways, sidewalks, or other public ways without permit. D. Time Restrictions: None. Coordinate with the Owner; normal working hours. E. Utility Outages and Shutdown: 1. Do not disrupt or shut down life safety systems, including but not limited to fire spr nklers and fire alarm system,without 7 days notice to Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Prevent accidental disruption of utility services to other facilities. F. This is a tobacco free project as required by the State of Iowa Law. Use of tobacco is strictly prohibited. General Contractor shall coordinate enforcement efforts. G. Clothing worn by workers shall be professional or plain in nature. Any worker wearing c othing considered to be inappropriate by the Owner or Architect will be asked to change clothir g or be removed from site. 1.06 WORK SEQUENCE A. Coordinate work of the various Sections of the Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of construction elements,with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B. Verify that characteristics of elements of interrelated operating equipment are compatible; coordinate work of various Sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 01 10 00 City of Waterloo SUMMARY INVISION#16021 1 of 2 C. Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts,and conduits, as closely as practicable; make runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations,for maintenance, and for repairs. D. Execute cutting and patching to integrate elements of Work, uncover ill-timed, defective, and non-conforming Work, provide openings for penetrations of existing surfaces, and provide samples for testing if required. Seal penetrations through floors,walls, and roof. PART 2 PRODUCTS-NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION -NOT USED END OF SECTION Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 01 10 00 City of Waterloo SUMMARY INVISION#16021 2 of 2 SECTION 01 20 00 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of applications for progress payments. B. Documentation of changes in Contract Sum and Contract Time. C. Change procedures. D. Procedures for preparation and submittal of application for final payment. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 00 72 00-General Conditions:Additional requirements for progress payments, final payment, changes in the Work. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Use Schedule of Values Form: AIA G703, edition stipulated in the Agreement. B. Electronic media printout including equivalent information will be considered in lieu of standard form specified; submit draft to Design Professional for approval. C. Forms filled out by hand will not be accepted. D. Submit Schedule of Values in duplicate within 15 days after date of Owner-Contractor Agreement. E. Format: Utilize the Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number and title of the specification section. Identify General Conditions with a separate line item.. F. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders,with each Application For Payment. 1.04 APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated in the Agreement. B. Use Form AIA G702 and Form AIA G703, edition stipulated in the Agreement. C. Electronic media printout including equivalent information will be considered in lieu of standard form specified; submit sample to Design Professional for approval. D. Forms filled out by hand will not be accepted. E. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer. F. Use data from approved Schedule of Values. Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of work performed and for stored products. G. List each authorized Change Order as a separate line item, listing Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of work. H. Submit one electronic and three hard-copies of each Application for Payment. I. Include the following with the application: 1. Transmittal letter as specified for submittals in Section 01 30 00. 2. Partial release of liens from major subcontractors and vendors. 3. Certificates attesting to insurance of off-site stored products included in payment application. J. When Design Professional requires substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar amounts in question. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Show application number and date, and line item by number and description. 1.05 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES A. For minor changes not involving an adjustment to the Contract Sum or Contract Time, Design Professional will issue instructions directly to Contractor. B. For other required changes, Design Professional will issue a document signed by Owner instructing Contractor to proceed with the change,for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. The document will describe the required changes and will designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. 2. Promptly execute the change. C. For changes for which advance pricing is desired, Design Professional will issue a document that includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised drawings and specifications, a change in Contract Time for executing the change with a stipulation of any overtime work Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 01 20 00 City of Waterloo PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES INVISION#16021 1 of 2 required and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. Contractor shall prepare and submit a fixed price quotation within 15 days. D. Contractor may propose a change by submitting a request for change to Design Professional, describing the proposed change and its full effect on the work,with a statement describing the reason for the change, and the effect on the Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation. Document any requested substitutions in accordance with Section 01 60 00. E. Computation of Change in Contract Amount: As specified in the Agreement and Conditions of the Contract. 1. For change requested by Design Professional for work falling under a fixed price contract,the amount will be based on Contractor's price quotation. 2. For change ordered by Design Professional without a quotation from Contractor,the amount will be determined by Design Professional based on the Contractor's substantiation of costs as specified for Time and Material work. F. Substantiation of Costs: Provide full information required for evaluation. 1. On request, provide the following data: a. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment. b. Taxes, insurance, and bonds. c. Overhead and profit. d. Justification for any change in Contract Time. e. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented. 2. Support each claim for additional costs with additional information: a. Origin and date of claim. b. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. c. Time records and wage rates paid. d. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts,similarly documented. G. Execution of Change Orders: Design Professional will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in the Conditions of the Contract. H. After execution of Change Order, promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum. I. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revise sub-schedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit. J. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents. 1.06 APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT A. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified for progress payments, identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments,and sum remaining due. B. Application for Final Payment will not be considered until the following have been accomplished: 1. All closeout procedures specified in Section 01 70 00. PART 2 PRODUCTS-NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION -NOT USED END OF SECTION Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 01 20 00 City of Waterloo PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES INVISION#16021 2 of 2 SECTION 01 30 00 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Electronic document submittal service. B. Release of CAD/BIM files C. Preconstruction meeting. D. Progress meetings. E. Construction progress schedule. F. Coordination drawings. G. Submittals for review, information, and project closeout. H. Number of copies of submittals. I. Requests for Information (RFI)procedures. J. Submittal procedures. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 60 00-Product Requirements: General product requirements. B. Section 01 70 00-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Additional coordination requirements. C. Section 01 78 00-Closeout Submittals: Project record documents; operation and maintenance data; warranties and bonds. 1.03 PROJECT COORDINATOR A. Project Coordinator: General Contractor. B. Cooperate with the Project Coordinator in allocation of mobilization areas of site;for field offices and sheds,for construction access,traffic, and parking facilities. C. During construction, coordinate use of site and facilities through the Project Coordinator D. Comply with Project Coordinator's procedures for intra-project communications; submittals, reports and records, schedules, coordination drawings, and recommendations; and resolution of ambiguities and conflicts. E. Comply with instructions of the Project Coordinator for use of temporary utilities and construction facilities. Responsibility for providing temporary utilities and construction facilities is identified in Section 01 50 00-Temporary Facilities and Controls. F. Coordinate field engineering and layout work under instructions of the Project Coordinator. G. Make the following types of submittals to Design Professional through the Project Coordinator: 1. Requests for Information. 2. Requests for substitution. 3. Shop drawings, product data, and samples. 4. Test and inspection reports. 5. Design data. 6. Manufacturer's instructions and field reports. 7. Applications for payment and change order requests. 8. Progress schedules. 9. Coordination drawings. 10. Correction Punch List and Final Correction Punch List for Substantial Completion. 11. Closeout submittals. PART 2 PRODUCTS-NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 ELECTRONIC DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL SERVICE A. All documents transmitted for purposes of administration of the contract are to be in electronic(PDF, MS Word,or MS Excel)format, as appropriate to the document, and transmitted via an Internet-based submittal service that receives, logs and stores documents, provides electronic stamping and signatures, and notifies addressees via email. 1. The web-based software will provide status logs, reports, searching and automated notifications. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 01 30 00 City of Waterloo ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS INVISION#16021 1 of 6 2. Besides submittals for review, information, and closeout,this procedure applies to Requests for Information (RFIs), progress documentation, contract modification documents(e.g. supplementary instructions, change proposals, change orders), applications for payment,field reports and meeting minutes, Contractor's correction punchlist, and any other document any participant wishes to make part of the project record. 3. Contractor and Design Professional are required to use this service. 4. It is Contractor's responsibility to submit documents in allowable format. 5. Subcontractors, suppliers, and Design Professional's consultants will be permitted to use the service at no extra charge. 6. Users of the service need an email address, internet access, and PDF review software that includes ability to mark up and apply electronic stamps(such as Adobe Acrobat,www.adobe.com, or Bluebeam PDF Revu, www.bluebeam.com), unless such software capability is provided by the service provider. 7. Paper document transmittals will not be reviewed; emailed electronic documents will not be reviewed. 8. All other specified submittal and document transmission procedures apply, except that electronic document requirements do not apply to samples or color selection charts,which shall be delivered by mail or courier. B. Submittal Service: The selected service is: 1. Newforma Project Cloud: www.newformaprojectcloud.com; 800-303-4650; projectcloud@newforma.com C. Reference Guide:A"Quick Start Guide for External Users"is available at: http://help.newforma.com/newforma_info_Exchange_eleventh_edition/desktop/External_User_Quick_Ref erence_Guide.pdf 3.02 RELEASE OF CAD/BIM FILES A. Contractors may request plans for their use/benefit for assistance in preparing submittals or for use in construction. 1. Standard charge is$100 per sheet, payable directly to the Architect,for Architect's cost in developing CAD files. 2. The Revit model will be provided at no charge. 3. If CAD files, contractor shall identify specific sheets to be produced as files. 4. A signed release form is required. 3.03 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Attendance Required: 1. Owner. 2. Design Professional. 3. Contractor. 4. Major subcontractors. B. Agenda: 1. Execution of Owner-Contractor Agreement. 2. Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates. 3. Distribution of Contract Documents. 4. Submission of list of subcontractors, list of products, schedule of values, and progress schedule. 5. Designation of personnel representing the parties to Contract,the Owner's Representative and Design Professional. 6. Procedures and processing of field decisions,submittals, substitutions,applications for payments, proposal request, Change Orders, and Contract closeout procedures. 7. Scheduling. 8. Pre-installation meetings required C. The Design Professional will record minutes and distribute copies within seven (7)days after meeting to participants. Design Professional, Owner, participants and those affected by decisions made will be copied electronically with a PDF document. 3.04 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the work at minimum monthly intervals. B. Make arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants, preside at meetings. C. Attendance Required: 1. Contractor. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 01 30 00 City of Waterloo ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS INVISION#16021 2 of 6 2. Owner. 3. Design Professional. 4. Contractor's superintendent. 5. Major subcontractors. 6. Major Suppliers. 7. Additional consultants, subcontractors, suppliers and product representatives as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. D. Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meetings. 2. Review of work progress. 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems that impede, or will impede, planned progress. 5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. 6. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. 7. Maintenance of progress schedule. 8. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 9. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 10. Coordination of projected progress. 11. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 12. Scheduling of upcoming pre-installation meetings. 13. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. 14. Other business relating to work. E. Design Professional will record minutes and distribute copies within five (5)days after meeting to participants,with copies to Design Professional, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 1. Minutes will be distributed through Web based project management software system 3.05 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE A. Submit schedule at Pre-Construction Meeting. B. Submit updated schedule at each Progress meeting. 3.06 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Provide information required by Project Coordinator for preparation of coordination drawings. B. Review drawings prior to submission to Design Professional. 3.07 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFI) A. Definition: A request seeking one of the following: 1. An interpretation, amplification, or clarification of some requirement of Contract Documents arising from inability to determine from them the exact material, process, or system to be installed; or when the elements of construction are required to occupy the same space (interference); or when an item of work is described differently at more than one place in the Contract Documents. 2. A resolution to an issue which has arisen due to field conditions and affects design intent. B. Whenever possible, request clarifications at the next appropriate project progress meeting, with response entered into meeting minutes, rendering unnecessary the issuance of a formal RFI. C. Preparation: Prepare an RFI immediately upon discovery of a need for interpretation of the Contract Documents. Failure to submit a RFI in a timely manner is not a legitimate cause for claiming additional costs or delays in execution of the work. 1. Prepare a separate RFI for each specific item. a. Review, coordinate, and comment on requests originating with subcontractors and/or materials suppliers. b. Do not forward requests which solely require internal coordination between :subcontractors. 2. Prepare using software provided by the Electronic Document Submittal Service. 3. Combine RFI and its attachments into a single electronic file. D. Reason for the RFI: Prior to initiation of an RFI,carefully study all Contract Documents to confirm that information sufficient for their interpretation is definitely not included. 1. Unacceptable Uses for RFIs: Do not use RFIs to request the following:: a. Approval of submittals(use procedures specified elsewhere in this section). b. Approval of substitutions (see Section-01 60 00-Product Requirements) Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 01 30 00 City of Waterloo ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS INVISION#16021 3 of 6 c. Changes that entail change in Contract Time and Contract Sum (comply with provisions of the Conditions of the Contract). d. Different methods of performing work than those indicated in the Contract Drawings and Specifications (comply with provisions of the Conditions of the Contract). 2. Improper RFIs: Requests not prepared in compliance with requirements of this section, and/or missing key information required to render an actionable response. They will be returned without a response,with an explanatory notation. 3. Frivolous RFIs: Requests regarding information that is clearly indicated on, or reasonably inferable from, the Contract Documents,with no additional input required to clarify the question. They will be returned without a response,with an explanatory notation. a. The Owner reserves the right to assess the Contractor for the costs (on time-and-materials basis)incurred by the Design Professional, and any of its consultants, due to processing of such RFIs. E. Content: Include identifiers necessary for tracking the status of each RFI, and information necessary to provide an actionable response. 1. Official Project name and number, and any additional required identifiers established in Contract Documents. 2. Owner's, Design Professional's, and Contractor's names. 3. Discrete and consecutive RFI number,and descriptive subject/title. 4. Issue date, and requested reply date. 5. Reference to particular Contract Document(s)requiring additional information/interpretation. Identify pertinent drawing and detail number and/or specification section number,title,and paragraph(s). 6. Annotations: Field dimensions and/or description of conditions which have engendered the request. 7. Contractor's suggested resolution: A written and/or a graphic solution,to scale, is required in cases where clarification of coordination issues is involved,for example; routing, clearances,and/or specific locations of work shown diagrammatically in Contract Documents. If applicable, state the likely impact of the suggested resolution on Contract Time or the Contract Sum. F. Attachments: Include sketches, coordination drawings, descriptions, photos, submittals, and other information necessary to substantiate the reason for the request. G. Review Time: Design Professional will respond and return RFIs to Contractor within seven calendar days of receipt. For the purpose of establishing the start of the mandated response period, RFIs received after 12:00 noon will be considered as having been received on the following regular working day. 1. Response period may be shortened or lengthened for specific items, subject to mutual agreement, and recorded in a timely manner in progress meeting minutes. H. Responses: Content of answered RFIs will not constitute in any manner a directive or authorization to perform extra work or delay the project. If the response is likely to lead to a change to Contract Sum or Contract Time,the Architect will issue a formal change document. 1. Response may include a request for additional information, in which case the original RFI will be deemed as having been answered, and an amended one is to be issued forthwith. Identify the amended RFI with an R suffix to the original number. 2. Do not extend applicability of a response to specific item to encompass other similar conditions, unless specifically so noted in the response. 3. Upon receipt of a response, promptly review and distribute it to all affected parties, and update the RFI Log. 4. Notify Design Professional within seven calendar days if an additional or corrected response is required by submitting an amended version of the original RFI, identified as specified above. 3.08 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Submit to Design Professional for review a schedule for submittals in tabular format. 1. Coordinate with Contractor's construction schedule and schedule of values. 2. Format schedule to allow tracking of status of submittals throughout duration of construction. 3.09 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review: 1. Product data. 2. Shop drawings. 3. Samples for selection. 4. Samples for verification. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 01 30 00 City of Waterloo ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS INVISION#16021 4 of 6 B. Submit to Design Professional for review for the limited purpose of checking for complia ice with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. C. Samples will be reviewed for aesthetic, color,or finish selection. D. After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article below and for record documents purposes described in Section 01 78 00-Closeout Submittal; 3.10 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for information: 1. Design data. 2. Certificates. 3. Test reports. 4. Inspection reports. 5. Manufacturer's instructions. 6. Manufacturer's field reports. 7. Other types indicated. B. Submit for Design Professional's knowledge as contract administrator or for Owner. 3.11 SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Submit Correction Punch List for Substantial Completion. B. Submit Final Correction Punch List for Substantial Completion. C. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them at project closeout In compliance with requirements of Section 01 78 00-Closeout Submittals: 1. Project record documents. 2. Operation and maintenance data. 3. Warranties. 4. Bonds. 5. Other types as indicated. D. Submit for Owner's benefit during and after project completion. 3.12 NUMBER OF COPIES OF SUBMITTALS A. Electronic Documents: Submit one electronic copy in PDF format; an electronically-ma-ked up file will be returned. Create PDFs at native size and right-side up; illegible files will be rejected. 1. Transmit to Architect/Engineer via email to General Contractor or via Electronic Document Submittal Service. B. Extra Copies at Project Closeout: See Section 01 78 00. C. Samples: Submit the number specified in individual specification sections; one of which will be retained by Design Professional. 1. After review, produce duplicates. 2. Retained samples will not be returned to Contractor unless specifically so stated. 3.13 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. General Requirements: 1. Use a single transmittal for related items. 2. Submit separate packages of submittals for review and submittals for information. when included in the same specification section. 3. Transmit using approved form. a. Use form generated by Electronic Document Submittal Service software. 4. Identify: Project; Contractor; subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number;and specification section number and article/paragraph, as appropriate on each copy. 5. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval,verification of products required,field dimensions, adjacent construction work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the work and Contract Documents. 6. Deliver each submittal on date noted in submittal schedule, unless an earlier date has been agreed to by all affected parties, and is of the benefit to the project. a. Upload submittals in electronic form to Electronic Document Submittal Service website. 7. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of related items. a. For each submittal for review,allow 15 days excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 01 30 00 City of Waterloo ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS INVISION#16021 5 of 6 b. For sequential reviews involving Design Professional's consultants, Owner, or another affected party, allow an additional 7 days. 8. Identify variations from Contract Documents and product or system limitations that may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed work. 9. Provide space for Contractor and Design Professional review stamps. 10. When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission. 11. Distribute reviewed submittals. Instruct parties to promptly report inability to comply with requirements. 12. Incomplete submittals will not be reviewed, unless they are partial submittals for distinct portion(s) of the work,and have received prior approval for their use. 13. Submittals not requested will be recognized, and will be returned"Not Reviewed", B. Product Data Procedures: 1. Submit only information required by individual specification sections. 2. Collect required information into a single submittal. 3. Submit concurrently with related shop drawing submittal. 4. Do not submit(Material)Safety Data Sheets for materials or products. C. Shop Drawing Procedures: 1. Prepare accurate, drawn-to-scale, original shop drawing documentation by interpreting the Contract Documents and coordinating related work. 2. Do not reproduce the Contract Documents to create shop drawings. 3. Generic, non-project-specific information submitted as shop drawings do not meet the requirements for shop drawings. D. Samples Procedures: 1. Transmit related items together as single package. 2. Identify each item to allow review for applicability in relation to shop drawings showing installation locations. 3. Include with transmittal high-resolution image files of samples to facilitate electronic review and approval. Provide separate submittal page for each item image. 3.14 SUBMITTAL REVIEW A. Submittals for Review: Design Professional will review each submittal, and approve, or take other appropriate action. B. Submittals for Information: Design Professional will acknowledge receipt and review. See below for actions to be taken. C. Design Professional's actions will be reflected by marking each returned submittal using virtual stamp on electronic submittals. 1. Notations may be made directly on submitted items and/or listed on appended Submittal Review cover sheet. D. Design Professional's actions on items submitted for review: 1. Authorizing purchasing,fabrication, delivery, and installation: a. Reviewed. b. Corrections Noted. c. Submit Specific Item(s). d. Revise and Resubmit. e. Rejected. f. Information Only. END OF SECTION Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 01 30 00 City of Waterloo ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS INVISION#16021 6 of 6 SECTION 01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Submittals. B. References and standards. C. Control of installation. D. Mock-ups. E. Tolerances. F. Manufacturers'field services. G. Defect Assessment. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 30 00-Administrative Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Section 01 60 00-Product Requirements: Requirements for material and product quality. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00-Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. B. Design Data: Submit for Design Professional's knowledge as contract administrator for the limited purpose of assessing compliance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents, or for Owner's information. C. Test Reports: After each test/inspection, promptly submit two copies of report to Desigr Professional and to Contractor. D. Certificates: When specified in individual specification sections, submit certification by the manufacturer and Contractor or installation/application subcontractor to Design Professional, in quantities specified for Product Data. 1. Indicate material or product complies with or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. E. Manufacturer's Instructions: When specified in individual specification sections,submit printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing,for the Owner's information. Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and special environmental criteria required for application or installation. 1.04 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS A. For products and workmanship specified by reference to a document or documents not ncluded in the Project Manual, also referred to as reference standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B. Comply with reference standard of date of issue current on date of Contract Documents except where a specific date is established by applicable code. C. Obtain copies of standards where required by product specification sections. D. Maintain copy at project site during submittals, planning, and progress of the specific wc:rk, until Substantial Completion. E. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Design Professional before proceeding. F. Neither the contractual relationships, duties, or responsibilities of the parties in Contract nor those of Design Professional shall be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. 1.05 TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCIES AND SERVICES A. Owner will employ and pay for services of an independent testing agency to perform specified testing. B. Employment of agency in no way relieves Contractor of obligation to perform Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 01 40 00 City of Waterloo QUALITY REQUIREMENTS INVISION#16021 1 of 4 PART 2 PRODUCTS-NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship,to produce work of specified quality. B. Comply with manufacturers'instructions, including each step in sequence. C. Should manufacturers'instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Design Professional before proceeding. D. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the work except where more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E. Have work performed by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality. F. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings or as instructed by the manufacturer. G. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion, and disfigurement. 3.02 TOLERANCES A. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate. B. Comply with manufacturers'tolerances. Should manufacturers'tolerances conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Design Professional before proceeding. C. Adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in place. 3.03 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. Testing Agency Duties: 1. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Design Professional and Contractor in performance of services. 2. Perform specified sampling and testing of products in accordance with specified standards. 3. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. 4. Promptly notify Design Professional and Contractor of observed irregularities or non-compliance of Work or products. 5. Perform additional tests and inspections required by Design Professional. 6. Submit reports of all tests/inspections specified. B. Limits on Testing/Inspection Agency Authority: 1. Agency may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Agency may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. Agency may not assume any duties of Contractor. 4. Agency has no authority to stop the Work. C. Contractor Responsibilities: 1. Deliver to agency at designated location, adequate samples of materials proposed to be used that require testing, along with proposed mix designs. 2. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work and to manufacturers' facilities. 3. Provide incidental labor and facilities: a. To provide access to Work to be tested/inspected. b. To obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of Products to be tested/inspected. c. To facilitate tests/inspections. d. To provide storage and curing of test samples.4. Notify Design Professional and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring testing/inspection services. 5. Employ services of an independent qualified testing laboratory and pay for additional samples, tests,and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. 6. Arrange with Owner's agency and pay for additional samples,tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. D. Re-testing required because of non-compliance with specified requirements shall be performed by the same agency on instructions by Design Professional. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen P1mb Improvements 01 40 00 City of Waterloo QUALITY REQUIREMENTS INVISION#16021 2 of 4 E. Re-testing required because of non-compliance with specified requirements shall be pai.II for by Contractor. 3.04 MANUFACTURERS'FIELD SERVICES A. When specified in individual specification sections, require material or product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment,test, adjust, and balance equipment as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary. B. Report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers'written instructions. 3.05 DEFECT ASSESSMENT A. Replace Work or portions of the Work not complying with specified requirements. B. If, in the opinion of Design Professional, it is not practical to remove and replace the work, Design Professional will direct an appropriate remedy or adjust payment. END OF SECTION Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 01 40 00 City of Waterloo QUALITY REQUIREMENTS INVISION#16021 3 of 4 THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 01 40 00 City of Waterloo QUALITY REQUIREMENTS INVISION#16021 4 of 4 SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary utilities. B. Temporary telecommunications services. C. Temporary sanitary facilities. D. Temporary Controls: Barriers, enclosures, and fencing. E. Security requirements. F. Vehicular access and parking. G. Waste removal facilities and services. H. Project identification sign. I. Field offices. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM E84-Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials;2018. B. ASTM E90-Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Tra ismission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements; 2009 (Reapproved 2016). 1.03 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Owner will provide the following: 1. Water supply, consisting of connection to existing facilities. B. Provide and pay for all electrical power and lighting required for construction purposes. Owner will provide reimbursement for energy. C. Electrical contractor to provide temporary electrical service and temporary electrical panel. 1.04 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide, in a sanitary condition, chemical type portable toilet facilities for use by contractor personnel outside in the existing building.Toilets and toilet location shall be subject to approval the Owner's Representative. B. Maintain daily in clean and sanitary condition. 1.05 BARRIERS A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas,to prevent access to areas that could be hazardous to workers or the public,to allow for owner's use of site and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations and demolition. B. Provide barricades and covered walkways required by governing authorities for public rights-of-way and for public access to existing building. C. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic, stored materials,site, and structures from damage 1.06 INTERIOR ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary partitions as indicated to separate work areas from Owner-occupied areas, to prevent penetration of dust and moisture into Owner-occupied areas, and to prevent damage to existing materials and equipment. B. Construction: Framing and reinforced polyethylene sheet materials with closed joints and sealed edges at intersections with existing surfaces: 1.07 VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING A. Comply with regulations relating to use of streets and sidewalks, access to emergency facilities, and access for emergency vehicles. B. Coordinate access and haul routes with governing authorities and Owner. C. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants,free of obstructions. 1.08 WASTE REMOVAL A. Provide waste removal facilities and services as required to maintain the site in clean and orderly condition. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 01 50 00 City of Waterloo TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS INVISION#16021 1 of 2 B. Provide containers with lids. Remove trash from site periodically. C. If materials to be recycled or re-used on the project must be stored on-site, provide suitable non-combustible containers; locate containers holding flammable material outside the structure unless otherwise approved by the authorities having jurisdiction. 1.09 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES,AND CONTROLS A. Remove temporary utilities, equipment,facilities, materials, prior to Date of Substantial Completion inspection. B. Remove underground installations to a minimum depth of 2 feet. Grade site as indicated. C. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. PART 2 PRODUCTS-NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION -NOT USED END OF SECTION Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 01 50 00 City of Waterloo TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS INVISION#16021 2 of 2 SECTION 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. General product requirements. B. Re-use of existing products. C. Transportation, handling, storage and protection. D. Product option requirements. E. Substitution limitations. F. Procedures for Owner-supplied products. G. Maintenance materials, including extra materials, spare parts, tools, and software. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 40 00-Quality Requirements: Product quality monitoring. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 16 CFR 260.13-Guides for the Use of Environmental Marketing Claims; Federal Trade Commission; Recycled Content; Current Edition. B. NFPA 70-National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having J.�risdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard published data. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers'standard data to provide information specific to this Project. B. Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for this Project; indicate utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances. C. Sample Submittals: Illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the product, wits integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work. 1. For selection from standard finishes, submit samples of the full range of the manufacturer's standard colors,textures, and patterns. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EXISTING PRODUCTS A. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises unless specifically required or permitted by the Contract Documents. B. Unforeseen historic items encountered remain the property of the Owner; notify Owner promptly upon discovery; protect, remove, handle, and store as directed by Owner. C. Existing materials and equipment indicated to be removed, but not to be re-used, relocated, reinstalled, delivered to the Owner, or otherwise indicated as to remain the property of the Owner, ecome the property of the Contractor; remove from site. D. Specific Products to be Reused: The reuse of certain materials and equipment already existing on the project site is required. 1. See Section 01 10 00 for list of items required to be salvaged for reuse and relocation. 2.02 NEW PRODUCTS A. Provide new products unless specifically required or permitted by the Contract Documents. B. Use of products having any of the following characteristics is not permitted: 1. Made of wood from newly cut old growth timber. C. Where other criteria are met, Contractor shall give preference to products that: 1. Are extracted, harvested, and/or manufactured closer to the location of the project. 2. Have longer documented life span under normal use. 3. Result in less construction waste. See Section 01 74 19 Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 01 60 00 City of Waterloo PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS INVISION#16021 1 of 4 2.03 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product meeting those standards or description. B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Use a product of one of the manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed. C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named. D. "Similar and equivalent to"indicates an example product that meets specifications. This example is not considered a'named'product. E. "Basis of Design"indicates applicable characteristics of named product were used to design systems. "Similar and equal to"is implied unless otherwise indicated. When provision for substitution is stated, submit a request for any manufacturer or product not named. F. "Approved Equal"with a provision for substitutions: Contractor may submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named. The example is considered a'named'product. The allowance for substitutions does not warrant that a substitution is known or exists. 2.04 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials, spare parts, tools, and software of types and in quantities specified in individual specification sections. B. Deliver to Project site; obtain receipt prior to final payment. C. Record delivery date and time in Contractor As-Built Document Set. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES A. Instructions to Bidders specify time restrictions for submitting requests for substitutions during the bidding period. Comply with requirements specified in this section. B. Substitutions of products, materials, equipment, or methods of construction will not be considered except in the following instances: 1. The specified item cannot be provided within the Contract time (substitutions will not be considered if this is the result of the Contractor's failure to pursue the work in a timely manner). 2. The requested substitution offers the Owner a substantial savings in cost,time, or energy conservation. 3. The specified item cannot be installed due to incompatibility with other materials,failure to comply with applicable codes, etc C. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. D. A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter: 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. 5. Will reimburse the Owner and Architect/Engineer for review or redesign services associated with re-approval by authorities. E. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals,without separate written request,or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. F. Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1. Submit one electronic copy of request for substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. 2. Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer. 3. The Architect/Engineer will notify Trade Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request. 4. Identify product by Contractor Specification Section and article numbers. Provide manufacturer's name and address,trade name of product, and model or catalog number. List fabricators and suppliers as appropriate. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 01 60 00 City of Waterloo PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS INVISION#16021 2 of 4 5. Attach product data as specified in Section 01 30 00-Submittals. 6. List similar projects using product,dates of installation, and names and phone numbers of Architect and Owner. 7. Give itemized comparison of proposed substitution with specified product, listing c;uality and performance variations, and reference to Specification Section and article number. 8. Give cost data comparing proposed substitution with specified product, and amount of net change to Contract price. 9. List nearest availability of maintenance services and replacement materials. 10. State effect of substitution on construction schedule, and changes required in other work or products. G. Acceptance of a substitute manufacturer does not waive or alter any specified product requirement. 3.02 OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS A. See Section 01 10 00-Summary for identification of Owner-supplied products. 3.03 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Package products for shipment in manner to prevent damage;for equipment, package 'o avoid loss of factory calibration. B. If special precautions are required, attach instructions prominently and legibly on outsice of packaging. C. Coordinate schedule of product delivery to designated prepared areas in order to minimize site storage time and potential damage to stored materials. D. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. E. Transport materials in covered trucks to prevent contamination of product and littering cf surrounding areas. F. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. G. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage, and to minimize handling. H. Arrange for the return of packing materials, such as wood pallets,where economically feasible. 3.04 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Designate receiving/storage areas for incoming products so that they are delivered according to installation schedule and placed convenient to work area in order to minimize waste due to excessive materials handling and misapplication. B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers'instructions. C. Store with seals and labels intact and legible. D. Store sensitive products in weathertight, climate-controlled enclosures in an environment favorable to product. E. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. F. Protect products from damage or deterioration due to construction operations,weather precipitation, humidity,temperature, sunlight and ultraviolet light, dirt, dust, and other contaminants. G. Comply with manufacturer's warranty conditions, if any. H. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products. I. Prevent contact with material that may cause corrosion, discoloration, or staining. J. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. K. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verity products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. END OF SECTION Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 01 60 00 City of Waterloo PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS INVISION#16021 3 of 4 THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 01 60 00 City of Waterloo PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS INVISION#16021 4 of 4 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for the following project: PROJECT TITLE PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE SPEC. SECTION SPEC.TITLE PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED I YEM Proposed Substitution: Attach complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. Submit, with request, all necessary samples and substantiating data to prove equal quality and pertprmance to that which is specified. Clearly mark manufacturer's literature to indicate equality in performance. Substitutions of the materials and equipment described in the Contract Documents will be considered during the bidding period upon receipt or a written request to the Architect for approval up to seven (7)days before receipt of bids. Verbal or written requests without the completed Substitution Request Form will not be considered. CERTIFICATION OF EQUAL PERFORMANCE AND ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITY FOR EQUAL PERFORMANCE The undersigned states that the function, appearance, and quality are equivalent or superior to the specified item. Submitted by: Signature Firm Address Telephone Email Date Signature shall be by person having authority to legally bind his firm to the above terms. Failure to F rovide legally binding signature will result in retraction of approval. Fill in Blanks Below: A. Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings? Yes No If yes,clearly indicate changes: B. Will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? Yes No If no,fully explain: Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 01 60 01 City of Waterloo SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM INVISION#16021 1 of 2 C. What effect does substitution have on other Contracts or other trades? D. What effect does substitution have on construction schedule? E. Manufacturer's warranties of the proposed and specified items are: Same Different(Explain on Attachment) F. Reason for Request: G. Itemized comparison of specified item(s)with the proposed substitution. List significant variations: H. Accurate cost data comparing proposed substitution with product specified: I. Designation of maintenance services and sources: (ATTACH ADDITIONAL SHEETS IF REQUIRED) For Use by Design Professional: Recommended Recommended as Noted Not Recommended Received Too Late Signed By Date For Use by Owner's Representative or Owner: Approved Approved as Noted Not Approved Approved Too Late Signed By Date Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 01 60 01 City of Waterloo SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM INVISION#16021 2 of 2 SECTION 01 70 00 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Examination, preparation, and general installation procedures. B. Pre-installation meetings. C. Cutting and patching. D. Cleaning and protection. E. Closeout procedures, including Contractor's Correction Punch List, except payment procedures. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 10 00-Summary: Limitations on working in existing building; continued occupancy;work sequence; identification of salvaged and relocated materials. B. Section 01 30 00-Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures, Electronic document submittal service. C. Section 01 40 00-Quality Requirements: Testing and inspection procedures. D. Section 01 50 00-Temporary Facilities and Controls: Temporary interior partitions. E. Section 01 78 00-Closeout Submittals: Project record documents,operation and maintenance data, warranties . F. Section 02 41 00-Demolition: Demolition of whole structures and parts thereof; site utility demolition. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NFPA 241 -Standard for Safeguarding Construction,Alteration, and Demolition Operations;2013. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00-Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of capped and active utilities. 1.05 COORDINATION A. See Section 01 10 00 for occupancy-related requirements. B. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project Man ual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. C. Notify affected utility companies and comply with their requirements. D. Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of new operating equipment are corrpatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsitilities for installing, connecting to,and placing in service, such equipment. E. Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrica work that are indicated diagrammatically on drawings. Follow routing indicated for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations,for maintenance, and for repairs. F. In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. G. Coordinate completion and clean-up of work of separate sections. H. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defectit.e work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's activities. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PATCHING MATERIALS A. New Materials: As specified in product sections; match existing products and work for patching and extending work. B. Type and Quality of Existing Products: Determine by inspecting and testing products where necessary, referring to existing work as a standard. C. Product Substitution: For any proposed change in materials, submit request for substitution described in Section 01 60 00-Product Requirements. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 01 70 00 City of Waterloo EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS INVISION#16021 1 of 4 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work. Start of work means acceptance of existing conditions. B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new work being applied or attached. C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections. D. Take field measurements before confirming product orders or beginning fabrication,to minimize waste due to over-ordering or misfabrication. E. Verify that utility services are available,of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations. F. Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering existing work, assess conditions affecting performance of work. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance. B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance. C. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to applying any new material or substance in contact or bond. 3.03 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. When required in individual specification sections, convene a preinstallation meeting at the site prior to commencing work of the section. B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting, or affected by,work of the specific section. C. Notify Design Professional five (5)days in advance of meeting date. D. Prepare agenda and preside at meeting: 1. Review conditions of examination, preparation and installation procedures. 2. Review coordination with related work. E. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants,with two copies to Design Professional, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 3.04 LAYING OUT THE WORK A. Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting work. B. Promptly notify Design Professional of any discrepancies discovered. C. Contractor shall locate and protect survey control and reference points. D. Utilize recognized engineering survey practices. E. Establish elevations, lines and levels. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means: F. Periodically verify layouts by same means. G. Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. 3.05 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. In addition to compliance with regulatory requirements, conduct construction operations in compliance with NFPA 241, including applicable recommendations in Appendix A. B. Install products as specified in individual sections, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations,and so as to avoid waste due to necessity for replacement. C. Make vertical elements plumb and horizontal elements level, unless otherwise indicated. D. Install equipment and fittings plumb and level, neatly aligned with adjacent vertical and horizontal lines, unless otherwise indicated. E. Make consistent texture on surfaces, with seamless transitions, unless otherwise indicated. F. Make neat transitions between different surfaces, maintaining texture and appearance. 3.06 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Whenever possible, execute the work by methods that avoid cutting or patching. B. Perform whatever cutting and patching is necessary to: Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 01 70 00 City of Waterloo EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS INVISION#16021 2 of 4 1. Complete the work. 2. Fit products together to integrate with other work. 3. Provide openings for penetration of mechanical,electrical, and other services. 4. Match work that has been cut to adjacent work. 5. Repair areas adjacent to cuts to required condition. 6. Repair new work damaged by subsequent work. 7. Remove samples of installed work for testing when requested. 8. Remove and replace defective and non-complying work. C. Execute work by methods that avoid damage to other work and that will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. In existing work, minimize damage and restore to original condition. D. Employ skilled and experienced installer to perform cutting for weather exposed and moisture resistant elements, and sight exposed surfaces. E. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval. F. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. G. Fit work tightly to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. H. Patching: 1. Finish patched surfaces to match finish that existed prior to patching. On continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit. 2. Match color,texture, and appearance. 3. Repair patched surfaces that are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other imperfections due to patching work. If defects are due to condition of substrate, repair substrate prior to repairing finish. 3.07 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. C. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and trash/rubbish from site weekly and dispose off-site; do not burn or bury. 3.08 PROTECTION OF EXISTING AND INSTALLED WORK A. Protect installed work from damage by construction operations. B. Provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. C. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage. D. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections,jambs, sills, and soffits of openings. E. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt,wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials. F. Protect work from spilled liquids. If work is exposed to spilled liquids, immediately remove protective coverings, dry out work, and replace protective coverings. G. Remove protective coverings when no longer needed; reuse or recycle coverings if possible. 3.09 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to Substantial Completion. 1. Clean areas to be occupied by Owner prior to final completion before Owner occupancy. B. Use cleaning materials that are nonhazardous. C. Clean interior and exterior glass, surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces, vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. D. Remove all labels that are not permanent. Do not paint or otherwise cover fire test labels or nameplates on mechanical and electrical equipment. E. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate to the surface and material being cleaned. F. Replace filters of operating equipment. G. Remove waste, surplus materials,trash/rubbish, and construction facilities from the site;dispose of in legal manner; do not burn or bury. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 01 70 00 City of Waterloo EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS INVISION#16021 3 of 4 H. Clean Owner-occupied areas of work. 3.10 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Make submittals that are required by governing or other authorities. 1. Provide copies to Design Professional and Owner. B. Accompany Contractor and/or Owner on preliminary inspection to determine items to be listed for completion or correction in the Contractor's Correction Punch List for Contractor's Notice of Substantial Completion. C. Notify Design Professional when work is considered ready for Design Professional's Substantial Completion inspection. D. Submit written certification containing Contractor's Correction Punch List,that Contract Documents have been reviewed,work has been inspected, and that work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Design Professional's Substantial Completion inspection. E. Conduct Substantial Completion inspection and create Final Correction Punch List containing Design Professional's and Contractor's comprehensive list of items identified to be completed or corrected and submit to Design Professional. F. Correct items of work listed in Final Correction Punch List and comply with requirements for access to Owner-occupied areas. G. Notify Design Professional when work is considered finally complete and ready for Design Professional's Substantial Completion final inspection. H. Complete items of work determined by Design Professional listed in executed Certificate of Substantial Completion. 3.11 MAINTENANCE A. Maintenance Period: As indicated in specification sections or, if not indicated, not less than one year from the Date of Substantial Completion or the length of the specified warranty,whichever is longer. B. Examine system components at a frequency consistent with reliable operation. Clean, adjust, and lubricate as required. C. Include systematic examination, adjustment, and lubrication of components. Repair or replace parts whenever required. Use parts produced by the manufacturer of the original component. END OF SECTION Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 01 70 00 City of Waterloo EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS INVISION#16021 4 of 4 SECTION 01 78 00 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Project Record Documents. B. Operation and Maintenance Data. C. Warranties and bonds. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 30 00-Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures, shop drawing:,, product data, and samples. B. Section 01 70 00-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Contract closeout procedures. C. Individual Product Sections: Specific requirements for operation and maintenance data D. Individual Product Sections: Warranties required for specific products or Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Submit documents to Design Professional after Substantial Completion but before final Application for Payment. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Submit two copies of preliminary draft or proposed formats and outlines of contents before start of Work. Design Professional will review draft and return one copy with comments. 2. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated by Owner, submit completed documents within ten days after acceptance. 3. Submit one copy of completed documents 15 days prior to final inspection. This copy will be reviewed and returned after final inspection,with Design Professional comments. Revise content of all document sets as required prior to final submission. 4. Submit two sets of revised final documents in final form within 10 days after final inspection. C. Warranties and Bonds: 1. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with Owner's permission, submit documents within 10 days after acceptance. 2. Make other submittals within 10 days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final Application for Payment. 3. For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial Completion, submit within 10 days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the beginning of the warranty period. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain on site one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. 5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. 6. Manufacturer's instruction for assembly, installation, and adjusting. B. Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by Owner. C. Store record documents separate from documents used for construction. D. Record information concurrent with construction progress. E. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each product section description of actual products installed, including the following: 1. Manufacturer's name and product model and number. 2. Product substitutions or alternates utilized. 3. Changes made by Addenda and modifications. F. Record Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including: 1. Measured depths of foundations in relation to finish first floor datum. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 01 78 00 City of Waterloo CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS INVISION#16021 1 of 4 2. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 3. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work. 4. Field changes of dimension and detail. 5. Details not on original Contract drawings. 3.02 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Source Data: For each product or system, list names, addresses and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts. B. Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts, and data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information. C. Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems, to show control and flow diagrams. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings. D. Typed Text: As required to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. For Each Product,Applied Material, and Finish: B. Instructions for Care and Maintenance: Manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents and methods, precautions against detrimental cleaning agents and methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. C. Where additional instructions are required, beyond the manufacturer's standard printed instructions, have instructions prepared by personnel experienced in the operation and maintenance of the specific products. 3.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. For Each Item of Equipment and Each System: 1. Description of unit or system, and component parts. 2. Identify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. 3. Include performance curves,with engineering data and tests. 4. Complete nomenclature and model number of replaceable parts. B. Where additional instructions are required, beyond the manufacturer's standard printed instructions, have instructions prepared by personnel experienced in the operation and maintenance of the specific products. C. Operating Procedures: Include start-up, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions and sequences. Include regulation, control,stopping, shut-down, and emergency instructions. Include summer,winter, and any special operating instructions. D. Maintenance Requirements: Include routine procedures and guide for preventative maintenance and trouble shooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting, balancing, and checking instructions. E. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required. F. Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions. G. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer. H. Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required for maintenance. I. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual product specification sections. 3.05 ASSEMBLY OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Assemble operation and maintenance data into durable manuals for Owner's personnel use,with data arranged in the same sequence as, and identified by,the specification sections. B. Binders: Commercial quality, 8-1/2 by 11 inch three D side ring binders with durable plastic covers; 2 inch maximum ring size. When multiple binders are used, correlate data into related consistent groupings. C. Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS; identify title of Project; identify subject matter of contents. D. Project Directory: Title and address of Project; names, addresses,and telephone numbers of Design Professional, Consultants, Contractor and subcontractors, with names of responsible parties. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 01 78 00 City of Waterloo CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS INVISION#16021 2 of 4 E. Tables of Contents: List every item separated by a divider, using the same identificatior as on the divider tab;where multiple volumes are required,include all volumes Tables of Contents in eacl volume,with the current volume clearly identified. F. Dividers: Provide tabbed dividers for each separate product and system; identify the coitents on the divider tab; immediately following the divider tab include a description of product and major component parts of equipment. 3.06 WARRANTIES AND BONDS A. Obtain warranties and bonds, executed in duplicate by responsible Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers,within 10 days after completion of the applicable item of work. Except fcr items put into use with Owner's permission, leave date of beginning of time of warranty until Date of Sibstantial completion is determined. B. Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized. C. Retain warranties and bonds until time specified for submittal. END OF SECTION Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 01 78 00 City of Waterloo CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS INVISION#16021 3 of 4 THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 01 78 00 City of Waterloo CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS INVISION#16021 4 of 4 SECTION 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Concrete formwork. B. Floors and slabs on grade. C. Concrete foundations and anchor bolts for pre-engineered building. D. Concrete reinforcement. E. Joint devices associated with concrete work. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 21 00-Thermal Insulation: Rigid insulation at foundation wall perimeters and underneath slabs on grade. B. Section 07 92 00-Joint Sealants: Products and installation for sealants and joint fillers for saw cut joints and isolation joints in slabs. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ACI 117-Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials; 2010 (Reapproved 2015). B. ACI 211.1 -Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete; 1991 (Reapproved 2009). C. ACI 301 -Specifications for Structural Concrete; 2016. D. ACI 302.1 R-Guide to Concrete Floor and Slab Construction; 2015. E. ACI 304R-Guide for Measuring, Mixing,Transporting, and Placing Concrete; 2000 (Reapproved 2009). F. ACI 305R-Guide to Hot Weather Concreting; 2010. G. ACI 306R-Guide to Cold Weather Concreting; 2016. H. ACI 308R-Guide to External Curing of Concrete; 2016. I. ACI 318-Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary; 2014 ;Errata 2017). J. ACI 347R-Guide to Formwork for Concrete; 2014. K. ASTM A615/A615M-Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2016. L. ASTM A1064/A1064M-Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed,for Concrete; 2017. M. ASTM C1602/C1602M-Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of Hydraulic Cement Concrete; 2012. N. ASTM C33/C33M-Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates; 2016,with Editorial Revision (2016). O. ASTM C94/C94M-Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete; 2017a. P. ASTM C109/C109M-Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2-in. or(50-mm)Cube Specimens);2016a. Q. ASTM C143/C143M-Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete; 2015a. R. ASTM C150/C150M-Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2018. S. ASTM C171 -Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete; 2016. T. ASTM C173/C173M-Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete oy the Volumetric Method; 2016. U. ASTM C260/C260M-Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete; 2010a (Reapproved 2016). V. ASTM C309-Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete; 2011. W. ASTM C330/C330M-Standard Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete; 2017a. X. ASTM C494/C494M-Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete; 2C17. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 03 30 00 City of Waterloo CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE INVISION#16021 1 of 10 Y. ASTM C618-Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete;2015. Z. ASTM C685/C685M-Standard Specification for Concrete Made by Volumetric Batching and Continuous Mixing; 2014. AA. ASTM C881/C881M-Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete;2015. AB. ASTM C1059/C1059M-Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to Hardened Concrete; 2013. AC. ASTM C1107/C1107M-Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout(Nonshrink); 2014a. AD. ASTM C1240-Standard Specification for Silica Fume Used in Cementitious Mixtures; 2015. AE. ASTM C1315-Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds Having Special Properties for Curing and Sealing Concrete;2011. AF. ASTM D1752-Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber Cork and Recycled PVC Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction;2004a (Reapproved 2013). AG. ASTM E1155-Standard Test Method for Determining F(F)Floor Flatness and F(L)Floor Levelness Numbers; 2014. AH. ASTM E1643-Standard Practice for Selection, Design, Installation and Inspection of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs;2011 (Reapproved 2017). Al. ASTM E1745-Standard Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs; 2017. AJ. NSF 61 -Drinking Water System Components- Health Effects;2017. AK. NSF 372-Drinking Water System Components-Lead Content;2016. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Placing drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and placement. Include bar sizes, lengths, material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, bar arrangement, splices and laps, mechanical connections, tie spacing, hoop spacing and supports for concrete reinforcement. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work of this section in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318. 1. Maintain one copy of each document on site. B. Follow recommendations of ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather. C. Follow recommendations of ACI 306R when concreting during cold weather. D. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C94/C94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. E. Owner will preform concrete slump testing. F. Owner's Testing/Inspection agency shall view installation of formwork and reinforcement, but prior to placement of concrete. Unsatisfactory installation shall result in reinstallation/repair in accordance with manufacturer's instructions at no additional cost to Owner. G. Owner's testing agency will preform concrete compression testing. H. Architect/Owner shall be notified and allowed to view installation of underslab vapor retarder after installation of formwork and reinforcement, but prior to placement of concrete. Unsatisfactory installation shall result in reinstallation/repair in accordance with manufacturer's instructions at no additional cost to Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FORMWORK A. Formwork Design and Construction: Comply with guidelines of ACI 347R to provide formwork that will produce concrete complying with tolerances of ACI 117. B. Form Materials: Contractor's choice of standard products with sufficient strength to withstand hydrostatic head without distortion in excess of permitted tolerances. 1. Form Facing for Exposed Finish Concrete: Contractor's choice of materials that will provide smooth, stain-free final appearance. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 03 30 00 City of Waterloo CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE INVISION#16021 2 of 10 2.02 REINFORCEMENT MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60 (60,000 psi). 1. Type: Deformed billet-steel bars. 2. Finish: Unfinished, unless otherwise indicated. B. Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement(WWR): Galvanized, plain type,ASTM A1064/A1064M. 1. Form: Flat sheets or coiled rolls. 2. WWR Style: As indicated on drawings. C. Reinforcement Accessories: 1. Tie Wire: Annealed, minimum 16 gage, 0.0508 inch. 2. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for adequate support of reinforcement during concrete placement. 3. Provide stainless steel, galvanized, plastic, or plastic coated steel components fo placement within 1-1/2 inches of weathering surfaces. 2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C150/C150M,Type III-High Early Strength Portland type. 1. Acquire cement for entire project from same source. B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33/C33M. 1. Acquire aggregates for entire project from same source. C. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C. D. Calcined Pozzolan: ASTM C618, Class N. E. Silica Fume: ASTM C1240, proportioned in accordance with ACI 211.1. F. Water: ASTM C1602/C1602M; clean, potable, and not detrimental to concrete. 2.04 ADMIXTURES A. Do not use chemicals that will result in soluble chloride ions in excess of 0.1 percent by weight of cement. B. Air Entrainment Admixture: ASTM C260/C260M. 1. Products: "MB-VR"manufactured by BASF; "Air Mix"manufactured by Euclid Chemical Company; "Darex Series" manufactured by W. R. Grace and Co; or approved equivalent. C. High Range Water Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type G. 1. Products: "Glenium Series"manufactured by BASF; "Eucon 537"manufactured by Euclid Chemical Company; "Daracem Series" manufactured by W. R. Grace and Co; or approved equivalent. D. High Range Water Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type F. 1. Products: "Rheobuild 1000"manufactured by BASF; "Eucon 37"manufactured by Euclid Chemical Company; "Daracem Series"manufactured by W. R. Grace and Co; or approved equivalent. E. Water Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type C or Type E. 1. Products: "Pozzolith NC 534"manufactured by BASF; "Accelguard 80"manufactured by Euclid Chemical Company; "Daraset Series"manufactured by W. R. Grace and Co; or approved equivalent. F. Water Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type A. 1. Products: "Pozzolith Series"manufactured by BASF; "Eucon Series"manufactured by Euclid Chemical Company; "WRDA Hycol"manufactured by W. R. Grace and Co; or approved equivalent. G. Calcium chloride is not permitted. 2.05 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Underslab Vapor Retarder: Sheet material complying with ASTM E1745, Class A; stated by manufacturer as suitable for installation in contact with soil or granular fill under concrete slabs. The use of single ply polyethylene is prohibited. 1. Installation: Comply with ASTM E1643. 2. Accessory Products: Vapor retarder manufacturer's recommended tape, adhesive, mastic, prefabricated boots, etc.,for sealing seams and penetrations. 3. Manufacturers: a. Fortifiber Building Systems Group; Moistop Ultra 15: www.fortifiber.com. b. Stego Industries, LLC; 15 mil Class A: www.stegoindustries.com. c. W. R. Meadows, Inc; PERMINATOR Class A- 15 mils: www.wrmeadows.com. B. Non-Shrink Cementitious Grout: Premixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate,cement, water reducing and plasticizing agents. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 03 30 00 City of Waterloo CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE INVISION#16021 3 of 10 1. Minimum Compressive Strength at 48 Hours,ASTM C109/C109M: 2,000 pounds per square inch. 2. Minimum Compressive Strength at 28 Days,ASTM C109/C109M: 7,000 pounds per square inch. 2.06 BONDING AND JOINTING PRODUCTS A. Latex Bonding Agent: Non-redispersable acrylic latex, complying with ASTM C1059/C1059M,Type II. B. Epoxy Bonding System: 1. Complying with ASTM C881/C881M and of Type required for specific application. C. Waterstops: Bentonite and butyl rubber,complying with NSF 61 and NSF 372. 1. Product: Carlisle, MiraSTOP; CETCO Volclay Waterstop-RX; Greenstreak, Swellstop; Henry Company, Hydro-Flex;or approved equivalent. D. Slab Isolation Joint Filler: 1/2 inch thick, height equal to slab thickness,with removable top section that will form 1/2 inch deep sealant pocket after removal. 2.07 CURING MATERIALS A. Moisture-Retaining Sheet: ASTM C171. 1. Curing paper, regular. 2. Polyethylene film,white opaque, minimum nominal thickness of 4 mil, 0.004 inch. 3. White-burlap-polyethylene sheet,weighing not less than 3.8 ounces per square yard. B. Liquid Curing Compound: ASTM C309, Type 1, clear or translucent. 1. Curing compound is acceptable only for exterior slabs. C. Concrete Sealer: Clear,waterborne; oil,water, and stain repellant; odorless;colorless;that penetrates and seals concrete surfaces. 1. Product: a. Prosoco Consolideck"Concrete Protector". 2.08 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A. Proportioning Normal Weight Concrete: Comply with ACI 211.1 recommendations. B. Concrete Strength: Establish required average strength for each type of concrete on the basis of field experience or trial mixtures, as specified in ACI 301. 1. For trial mixtures method, employ independent testing agency acceptable to Design Professional for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. C. Admixtures: Add acceptable admixtures as recommended in ACI 211.1 and at rates recommended or required by manufacturer. D. Normal Weight Concrete: 1. Refer to Structural Drawings for concrete strengths and properties. 2. Fly Ash Content: Maximum 15 percent of cementitious materials by weight. 3. Calcined Pozzolan Content: Maximum 10 percent of cementitious materials by weight. 4. Water-Cement Ratio: Maximum 45 percent by weight. 5. Total Air Content: 6 percent, determined in accordance with ASTM C173/C173M. 6. Maximum Slump: 3 inches. 7. Maximum Aggregate Size: 5/8 inch. 8. Maximum Aggregate Size: Maximum aggregate size not to exceed 1/5 of the narrowest dimension between the sides of the forms, one-third of the depth of slabs, nor three-quarters of the minimum clear spacing between individual reinforcing bars or prestressing tendons. Comply with requirements of ACI 318. 2.09 MIXING A. On Project Site: Mix in drum type batch mixer, complying with ASTM C685/C685M. Mix each batch not less than 1-1/2 minutes and not more than 5 minutes. B. Transit Mixers: Comply with ASTM C94/C94M. C. Adding Water: If concrete arrives on-site with slump less than suitable for placement, do not add water that exceeds the maximum water-cement ratio or exceeds the maximum permissible slump. D. Do not add water to mix on site beyond that amount indicated on approved mix design. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines, levels, and dimensions before proceeding with work of this section. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 03 30 00 City of Waterloo CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE INVISION#16021 4 of 10 3.02 PREPARATION A. Formwork: Comply with requirements of ACI 301. Design and fabricate forms to suppc-t all applied loads until concrete is cured,and for easy removal without damage to concrete. B. Coordinate placement of embedded items with erection of concrete formwork and placement of form accessories. C. Where new concrete is to be bonded to previously placed concrete, prepare existing su-face by cleaning and applying bonding agent in according to bonding agent manufacturer's instructions. 1. Use epoxy bonding system for bonding to damp surfaces,for structural load-bearing applications, and where curing under humid conditions is required. 2. Use latex bonding agent only for non-load-bearing applications. D. In locations where new concrete is doweled to existing work, drill holes in existing concrete, insert steel dowels and pack solid with non-shrink grout. E. Interior Slabs on Grade: Install vapor retarder under interior slabs on grade. Lap joints minimum 6 inches. Seal joints, seams and penetrations watertight with manufacturer's recommended products and follow manufacturer's written instructions. Repair damaged vapor retarder before covering. 3.03 INSTALLING REINFORCEMENT AND OTHER EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Comply with requirements of ACI 301. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale and accurately position, support, and secure in place to achieve not less than minimum concrete cover=age required for protection. B. Install welded wire reinforcement in maximum possible lengths, and offset end laps in both directions. Splice laps with tie wire. 3.04 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304R. B. Place concrete for floor slabs in accordance with ACI 302.1 R. C. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. D. Ensure reinforcement, inserts,waterstops, embedded parts, and formed construction jc int devices will not be disturbed during concrete placement. E. Place concrete continuously without construction (cold)joints wherever possible;where construction joints are necessary, before next placement prepare joint surface by removing laitance and exposing the sand and sound surface mortar, by sandblasting or high-pressure water jetting. F. Finish floors level and flat, unless otherwise indicated, within the tolerances specified below. 3.05 SLAB JOINTING A. Locate joints as indicated on drawings. B. Anchor joint fillers and devices to prevent movement during concrete placement. C. Isolation Joints: Use preformed joint filler with removable top section for joint sealant, t:atal height equal to thickness of slab, set flush with top of slab. 3.06 FORMWORK A. Design, erect, shore, brace and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301,to support vertical, lateral, static, dynamic loads and construction loads that might be applied, until concrete structure can support such loads. B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment elevation and position indicated,within tolerance limits of ACI 117. C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual, as follows: 1. Class A, 1/8 inch for smooth-formed finished surfaces ("Architectural" and exposed to view). 2. Class C, 1/2 inch for rough-formed finished surfaces(concealed from view). D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. E. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. 1. Seal form joints and penetrations at form ties with form joint tape or form joint sealant to prevent cement paste leakage. 2. Do not use dented or rust-stained steel form-facing material on surfaces exposec in the finished work. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 03 30 00 City of Waterloo CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE INVISION#16021 5 of 10 F. Set edge forms, bulkheads and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds. G. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. H. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips,wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. I. Verify that forms are clean and free of rust before applying release agent. J. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required,to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. K. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement. 3.07 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS A. General: Formwork,for sides of beams,walls, columns and similar parts of the Work,that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F for 24 hours after placing concrete provided concrete is hard enough to not be damaged by form-removal operations and provided curing and protection operations are maintained. B. Leave formwork,for slabs and other structural elements,that supports weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved the following: 1. At least 70 percent of 28 day design compressive strength. Concrete should be hard enough to not have surface damaged when removing formwork. C. When forms are reused,clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints.Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Architect. Apply new form-release agent. 3.08 INSTALLING REINFORCEMENT A. Comply with requirements of ACI 301. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale,and accurately position, support,and secure in place to achieve not less than minimum concrete coverage required for protection. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice and other foreign materials. C. Accurately position, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. D. Install welded wire fabric in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced at a maximum of 36 inches each way to minimize sagging. Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset laps of adjoining sheet widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. Lace overlaps with wire. E. Verify that anchors,seats, plates, reinforcement, and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not interfere with concrete placement. 3.09 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use Setting Drawings,templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. B. Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other locations indicated to form a continuous diaphragm. Install by bonding or mechanically fastening and firmly pressing into place, according to manufacturer's written instructions. Install in longest lengths practicable. Field fabricate joints in waterstops according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.10 PLACING CONCRETE A. Do not add water to concrete during delivery or at Project site, except as follows: If concrete batch ticket indicates that the amount of water in the mix design was not fully added at the plant,then that amount of water may be added under the direct supervision of the Owner's testing agency representative. B. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304R. C. Place concrete for floor slabs in accordance with ACI 302.1 R. D. Notify Architect not less than 24 hours prior to commencement of placement operations. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 03 30 00 City of Waterloo CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE INVISION#16021 6 of 10 E. Ensure reinforcement and embedded parts will not be disturbed during concrete placement. F. Repair underslab vapor retarder damaged during placement of concrete reinforcing. Repair with vapor retarder material; lap over damaged areas minimum 6 inches and seal watertight. G. Separate slabs on grade from vertical surfaces with joint filler. H. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. I. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. J. Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than 24 inches and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic,to avoid cold joints. 1. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment. Use equipment and procedures for consolidating concrete recommended by ACI 301. 2. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible effectiveness of the vibrator Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mix constituents to segregate. K. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation,within limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete. 1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. 2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. 3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. 4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. 5. Begin initial floating using bull floats or derbies to form a uniform and open-textured surface plane, free of humps or hollows, before excess moisture or rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. L. Do not interrupt successive placement; do not permit cold joints to occur. M. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, or low temperatures. N. Hot-Weather Placement: Place concrete according to recommendations in ACI 305R and as follows, when hot-weather conditions exist: O. Saw cut joints between 4 and 12 hours after placing. Use 3/16 inch thick blade, cut into 1/4 depth of slab thickness; 2 inch minimum depth of cut. Do not saw cut topping slabs on precast. P. Finish surfaces to the following tolerances, according to ASTM E1155,for a randomly trafficked floor surface: 1. Maximum Variation of Surface Flatness: a. Exposed Concrete Floors: 1/4 inch in 10 feet. b. Under Seamless Resilient Flooring: 1/4 inch in 10 feet. c. Under Carpeting: 1/4 inch in 10 feet. OR 1. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F)35; and of levelness, F(L)25;with minirqum local values of flatness, F(F)21; and of levelness, F(L) 15;for slabs-on-grade. 2. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F)25;with minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 15;for suspended slabs. 3.11 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Install joint devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. 1. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints, unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 03 30 00 City of Waterloo CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE INVISION#16021 7 of 10 2. Locate joints for slabs in the middle third of spans. 3. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces unless noted otherwise. D. Contraction Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth as shown on drawings, as follows: 1. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8 inch wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks. E. Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: After removing formwork, install joint-filler strips at slab junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals,foundation walls, grade beams and other locations, as indicated. 1. Extend joint fillers full width and 1/2 inch less than full depth of joint. Protect top edge of joint filler during concrete placement with plastic or other temporary preformed cap to permit installation of joint sealant. Remove protective cap after concrete has been placed on both sides of joint and install sealant per requirements of Section 07 92 00. 2. Install joint-filler strips in lengths as long as practicable. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip sections together. 3.12 CONCRETE FINISHING A. Repair surface defects, immediately after removing formwork. B. Exposed Form Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material,arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defective areas. Remove fins and other projections exceeding 1/8 inch in height. C. Unexposed Form Finish: Rub down or chip off fins or other raised areas 1/4 inch or more in height. D. Concrete Slabs: Finish to requirements of ACI 302.1R,and as follows: 1. All Surfaces: "Steel trowel"as described in ACI 301.1R, minimizing burnish marks and other appearance defects. E. In areas with floor drains, maintain floor elevation at walls; pitch surfaces uniformly to drains at 1:100 nominal. 3.13 CURING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with requirements of ACI 308R. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. B. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete. 1. Normal Concrete: Not less than seven (7)days. 2. High Early Strength Concrete: Not less than four(4)days. C. Curing compounds shall only be permitted on exterior slabs. D. Surfaces Not in Contact with Forms: Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods: 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials: a. Water. b. Continuous water-fog spray. c. Absorptive cover,water saturated and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12 inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven (7)days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. a. Use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings and penetrating liquid floor treatments 3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. a. Removal: After curing period has elapsed, remove curing compound without damaging concrete surfaces by method recommended by curing compound manufacturer. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 03 30 00 City of Waterloo CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE INVISION#16021 8 of 10 3.14 FLOOR HARDENER A. Provide floor hardener at concrete slabs not scheduled for floor covering:After slab has cured, clean and prepare slab according to hardener manufacturer's instructions.Apply water-diluted hardener in two coats per manufacturer's instructions, allowing 24 hours between coats. Flush and wash floors according to floor hardener manufacturer's instructions. 3.15 PROTECTION A. Do not permit traffic over unprotected concrete floor surface until fully cured. END OF SECTION Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 03 30 00 City of Waterloo CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE INVISION#16021 9 of 10 THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 03 30 00 City of Waterloo CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE INVISION#16021 10 of 10 SECTION 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Miscellaneous metal fabrications not specified in other Sections. 1. Dock edge angle. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 30 00-Cast-in-Place Concrete: Placement and fill of metal fabrications in concrete. B. Section 09 90 00- Paints and Coatings: Field application of paints. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A 36-Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. B. ASTM A 53-Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coatec,Welded and Seamless. C. ASTM A 123-Standard Specification for Zinc(Hot-Dip Galvanized)Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. D. ASTM A 500-Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. E. ASTM E 985-Standard Specification for Permanent Metal Railing Systems and Rails for Buildings. F. AWS D1.1/D1.1 M-Structural Welding Code-Steel;American Welding Society. G. OSHA-Stairways and Ladders: OSHA 3124-12R. H. SSPC-Paint 15-Steel Joist Shop Primer; Society for Protective Coatings. I. SSPC-SP 2- Hand Tool Cleaning; Society for Protective Coatings. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on S lop Drawings: 1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating metal fabrications without field measurements. Coordinate wall and other contiguous construction to ensure that actual dimensic ns correspond to established dimensions. 1.05 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for metal fabrications. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts and items with integral anchors that are to be embedded in concrete. Deliver such items to Project sire in time for installation. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS -STEEL A. Steel Sections: ASTM A 36/A 36M. B. Steel Angles, Plates and Channels: ASTM A 36/A 36M. C. Steel W Shapes and Tees: ASTM A 992/A 992M. D. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, Grade B cold-formed structural tubing. E. Plates: ASTM A 283. F. Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Grade B Schedule 40, black finish. G. Stainless Steel:ASTM A666,Type 304 at interiors,Type 316 at exteriors. H. Bolts, Nuts and Washers:ASTM A 325/A 325M),Type 1,galvanized to ASTM A 153/P 153M where connecting galvanized components. I. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1/D1.1M;type required for materials being welded. J. Welding Fittings: Factory-or shop-welded from matching pipe or tube; seams continuously welded;joints and seams ground smooth. K. Shop and Touch-Up Primer: SSPC-Paint 15,complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 05 50 00 City of Waterloo METAL FABRICATIONS INVISION#16021 1 of 4 L. Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC-Paint 20,Type I -Inorganic, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. 2.02 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate metal fabrications to comply with requirements indicated for design, dimensions, member sizes and spacing, details,finish and anchorage; but not less than that required to support structural loads. B. Coordinate dimensions and attachment methods of formed-metal fabrications with those of adjoining construction to produce integrated assemblies with closely fitting joints and with edges and surfaces aligned, unless otherwise indicated. C. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. D. Cut, drill and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. E. Continuously seal joined members by continuous welds or intermittent welds and plastic filler. F. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts; unobtrusively located; consistent with design of component, except where specifically noted otherwise. G. Welded Connections: Cope components at connections to provide close fit, or use fittings designed for this purpose. Weld all around at connections, including at fittings. Weld corners and seams continuously where visible or where exposed to moisture, even if intermittent or stitch welds are structurally adequate, and to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At continuous joints visible in the finished work provide continuous welds even though intermittent or"stitch"welds are structurally adequate. 5. At exposed connections,finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches adjacent surface. H. Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication,except where specifically noted otherwise. 2.03 FINISHES -STEEL A. Prepare surfaces to be primed in accordance with SSPC-SP2. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease and foreign matter prior to finishing. B. Prime Painting: As defined in Section 09 90 00-Paint;safety yellow. C. Galvanizing of Steel Members: Galvanize after fabrication to ASTM A 123 requirements. 2.04 FABRICATION TOLERANCES A. Squareness: 1/8 inch maximum difference in diagonal measurements. B. Maximum Offset between Faces: 1/16 inch. C. Maximum Misalignment of Adjacent Members: 1/16 inch. D. Maximum Bow: 1/8 inch in 48 inches. E. Maximum Deviation from Plane: 1/16 inch in 48 inches. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal and aluminum where site welding is required. B. Supply setting templates to the appropriate entities for steel items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted,free from distortion or defects. B. Provide for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments. C. Field weld components indicated on shop drawings. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 05 50 00 City of Waterloo METAL FABRICATIONS INVISION#16021 2 of 4 D. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1 M. E. Obtain approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled. F. After erection, prime welds, abrasions and surfaces not shop primed or galvanized, excE pt surfaces to be in contact with concrete. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/4 inch. B. Maximum Offset from True Alignment: 1/4 inch. C. Maximum Out-of-Position: 1/4 inch. END OF SECTION Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 05 50 00 City of Waterloo METAL FABRICATIONS INVISION#16021 3 of 4 THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen P1mb Improvements 05 50 00 City of Waterloo METAL FABRICATIONS INVISION#16021 4 of 4 SECTION 06 10 00 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preservative treated wood materials. B. Fire retardant treated wood materials. C. Concealed wood blocking, nailers, and supports. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 09 21 16-Gypsum Board Assemblies: Gypsum-based sheathing. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A153/A153M-Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2016a. B. ASTM D2898-Standard Test Methods for Accelerated Weathering of Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood for Fire Testing; 2010 (Reapproved 2017). C. ASTM E84-Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials;2018. D. AWPA U1 -Use Category System: User Specification for Treated Wood; 2017. E. PS 1 -Structural Plywood; 2009. F. PS 20-American Softwood Lumber Standard; 2015. 1.04 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. General: Cover wood products to protect against moisture. Support stacked products to prevent deformation and to allow air circulation. B. Fire Retardant Treated Wood: Prevent exposure to precipitation during shipping, storage, or installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Dimension Lumber: Comply with PS 20 and requirements of specified grading agencies. 1. If no species is specified, provide any species graded by the agency specified; if no grading agency is specified, provide lumber graded by any grading agency meeting the specified requirements. 2. Grading Agency: Any grading agency whose rules are approved by the Board of Review,American Lumber Standard Committee (www.alsc.org)and who provides grading service for the species and grade specified; provide lumber stamped with grade mark unless otherwise indicated. 3. Lumber of other species or grades is acceptable provided structural and appearance characteristics are equivalent to or better than products specified. B. Lumber fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. C. Engineered wood products containing added urea-formaldehyde are not permitted. 2.02 DIMENSION LUMBER FOR CONCEALED APPLICATIONS A. Sizes: Nominal sizes as indicated on drawings, S4S. B. Moisture Content: S-dry or MC19. C. Fire-retardant treated. D. Miscellaneous Framing, Blocking, Nailers, Grounds, and Furring: 1. Lumber: S4S, No. 1 or Construction Grade. 2. Boards: Standard or No. 3. 2.03 CONSTRUCTION PANELS A. Wall Sheathing: Plywood, PS 1, Grade C-D, Exposure I. B. Communications and Electrical Room Mounting Boards: PS 1 A-D plywood, or medium density fiberboard; 3/4 inch thick;flame spread index of 25 or less, smoke developed index of 450 or less,when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. C. Concealed Backing for wall-mounted items-Provide backing as required for loading from one of the following: 1. Dimension Lumber:As noted above. 2. Plywood: As noted below. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 06 10 00 City of Waterloo ROUGH CARPENTRY INVISION#16021 1 of 4 3. All wood backing to be fire-rated. 4. Sheet metal on top of studs, beneath gypsum board finish: 12-inch wide strips of 18 gage galvanized sheet metal on top of studs, beneath gypsum board finish.. 5. Contractor's option: Proprietary fire-resistance-treated blocking and bracing in width indicated or required for loading; contractor to confirm coordination with final imposed loading at all locations used. ClarkDietrich Building Systems LLC Danback Fire-Treated Wood Backing Plate. D. Plywood Applications: 1. Plywood Concealed From View But Located Within Exterior Enclosure: PS 1, C-C Plugged or better, Exterior grade. 2. Plywood Exposed to View But Not Exposed to Weather: PS 1,A-D, or better. 3. Other Locations: PS 1, C-D Plugged or better. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Anchors: 1. Metal and Finish: Hot-dipped galvanized steel complying with ASTM A153/A153M for high humidity and preservative-treated wood locations, unfinished steel elsewhere. 2. Drywall Screws: Bugle head, hardened steel, power driven type, length three times thickness of sheathing. 3. Anchors: Expansion shield and lag bolt type for anchorage to solid masonry or concrete. 2.05 FACTORY WOOD TREATMENT A. Treated Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements of AWPA U1 -Use Category System for wood treatments determined by use categories,expected service conditions, and specific applications. 1. Fire-Retardant Treated Wood: Mark each piece of wood with producer's stamp indicating compliance with specified requirements. B. Fire Retardant Treatment: 1. Exterior Type: AWPA U1, Category UCFB, Commodity Specification H, chemically treated and pressure impregnated;capable of providing a maximum flame spread index of 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84,with no evidence of significant combustion when test is extended for an additional 20 minutes both before and after accelerated weathering test performed in accordance with ASTM D2898. a. Kiln dry wood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent for lumber and 15 percent for plywood. b. Do not use treated wood in direct contact with the ground. 2. Interior Type A: AWPA U1, Use Category UCFA, Commodity Specification H, low temperature(low hygroscopic)type, chemically treated and pressure impregnated; capable of providing a maximum flame spread index of 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84, with no evidence of significant combustion when test is extended for an additional 20 minutes. a. Kiln dry wood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent for lumber and 15 percent for plywood. b. Treat rough carpentry items as indicated . c. Do not use treated wood in applications exposed to weather or where the wood may become wet. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Coordinate installation of rough carpentry members specified in other sections. 3.02 INSTALLATION -GENERAL A. Select material sizes to minimize waste. B. Reuse scrap to the greatest extent possible; clearly separate scrap for use on site as accessory components, including: shims, bracing, and blocking. C. Where treated wood is used on interior,provide temporary ventilation during and immediately after installation sufficient to remove indoor air contaminants. 3.03 BLOCKING, NAILERS,AND SUPPORTS A. Provide framing and blocking members as indicated or as required to support finishes,fixtures, specialty items, and trim. B. In metal stud walls, provide continuous blocking around door and window openings for anchorage of frames, securely attached to stud framing. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 06 10 00 City of Waterloo ROUGH CARPENTRY INVISION#16021 2 of 4 C. In walls, provide blocking attached to studs as backing and support for wall-mounted items, unless item can be securely fastened to two or more studs or other method of support is explicitly indicated. D. Where ceiling-mounting is indicated, provide blocking and supplementary supports abo‘a ceiling, unless other method of support is explicitly indicated. E. Provide the following specific non-structural framing and blocking: 1. Cabinets and shelf supports. 2. Wall brackets. 3. Grab bars. 4. Towel and bath accessories. 5. Wall-mounted door stops. 6. Chalkboards,tack boards and marker boards. 7. Wall paneling and trim. 8. Wall-Protection items, including corner guards. 9. Owner-provided wall-mounted equipment,whether owner-installed or contractor-ir stalled. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF CONSTRUCTION PANELS A. Communications and Electrical Room Mounting Boards: Secure with screws to studs with edges over firm bearing; space fasteners at maximum 24 inches on center on all edges and into studs in field of board. 1. At fire-rated walls, install board over wall board indicated as part of the fire-rated assembly. 2. Where boards are indicated as full floor-to-ceiling height, install with long edge of board parallel to studs. 3. Install adjacent boards without gaps. 3.05 TOLERANCES A. Framing Members: 1/4 inch from true position, maximum. B. Variation from Plane(Other than Floors): 1/4 inch in 10 feet maximum, and 1/4 inch in 30 feet maximum. 3.06 CLEANING A. Waste Disposal: 1. Comply with applicable regulations. 2. Do not burn scrap on project site. 3. Do not burn scraps that have been pressure treated. 4. Do not send materials treated with pentachlorophenol, CCA,or ACA to co-generation facilities or "waste-to-energy"facilities. B. Do not leave any wood, shavings, sawdust, etc. on the ground or buried in fill. C. Prevent sawdust and wood shavings from entering the storm drainage system. END OF SECTION Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 06 10 00 City of Waterloo ROUGH CARPENTRY INVISION#16021 3 of 4 THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 06 10 00 City of Waterloo ROUGH CARPENTRY INVISION#16021 4 of 4 SECTION 06 83 16 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fiberglass reinforced plastic panels. B. Trim. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. 07 92 00-Joint Sealants. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM D256-Standard Test Methods for Determining the Izod Pendulum Impact Resistance of Plastics; 2010 (Reapproved 2018). B. ASTM D2583-Standard Test Method for Indentation Hardness of Rigid Plastics by Meads of Barcol Impressor; 2013a. C. ASTM D3273-Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface' f Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber; 2016. D. ASTM D5319-Standard Specification for Glass-Fiber Reinforced Polyester Wall and Oiling Panels; 2017. E. ASTM E84-Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials;2018. F. FM 4880-Approval Standard for Class 1 Fire Rating of Building Panels or Interior Finish Materials; 2015. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data on specified products, describing physical and performancE characteristics; including sizes, patterns and colors available; and installation instructions. 1.05 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Store panels flat, indoors, on a clean, dry surface. Remove packaging and allow panel:,to acclimate to room temperature for 48 hours prior to installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Panels: 1. Crane Composites, Inc: www.cranecomposites.com. 2. Marlite, Inc: www.marlite.com. 3. Nudo Products, Inc: www.nudo.com. 4. Panolam Industries International, Inc: www.panolam.com. 2.02 PANEL SYSTEMS A. Wall Panels: 1. Panel Size: 4 by 8 feet. 2. Panel Thickness: 0.10 inch. 3. Surface Design: Embossed. 4. Color: White. 5. Attachment Method: Adhesive only,with trim and sealant in joints. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Panels: Fiberglass reinforced plastic(FRP), complying with ASTM D5319. 1. Surface Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame spread index of 25 and smoke developed index of 450;when system tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 2. Class 1 fire rated when tested in accordance with FM 4880. 3. Mold Resistance: Score of 10,when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273. 4. Scratch Resistance: Barcol hardness score greater than 35,when tested in accordance with ASTM D2583. 5. Impact Strength: Greater than 6 ft lb force per inch,when tested in accordance with ASTM D256. B. Trim: Vinyl;color coordinating with panel. C. Adhesive: Type recommended by panel manufacturer. D. Sealant: Type recommended by panel manufacturer;white. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 06 83 16 City of Waterloo FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELING INVISION#16021 1 of 2 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions and substrate flatness before starting work. B. Verify that substrate conditions are ready to receive the work of this section. 3.02 INSTALLATION -WALLS A. Install panels in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Cut and drill panels with carbide tipped saw blades, drill bits, or snips. C. Apply adhesive to the back side of the panel using trowel as recommended by adhesive manufacturer. D. Apply panels to wall with seams plumb and pattern aligned with adjoining panels. E. Install panels with manufacturer's recommended gap for panel field and corner joints. F. Place trim on panel before fastening edges, as required. G. Fill channels in trim with sealant before attaching to panel. H. Install trim with adhesive and screws or nails, as required. I. Seal gaps at floor, ceiling,and between panels with applicable sealant to prevent moisture intrusion. J. Remove excess sealant after paneling is installed and prior to curing. END OF SECTION Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 06 83 16 City of Waterloo FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELING INVISION#16021 2 of 2 SECTION 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Nonsag gunnable joint sealants. B. Self-leveling pourable joint sealants. C. Joint backings and accessories. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C661 -Standard Test Method for Indentation Hardness of Elastomeric-Type Sea ants by Means of a Durometer; 2015. B. ASTM C834-Standard Specification for Latex Sealants; 2017. C. ASTM C919-Standard Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications; 2012 (Reapproved 2017). D. ASTM C920-Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2018. E. ASTM C1193-Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2016. F. ASTM C1248-Standard Test Method for Staining of Porous Substrate by Joint Sealants; 2008 (Reapproved 2012). G. ASTM C1311 -Standard Specification for Solvent Release Sealants; 2014. H. ASTM D2240-Standard Test Method for Rubber Property--Durometer Hardness; 2015e1. I. SCAQMD 1168-Adhesive and Sealant Applications; 1989(Amended 2017). 1.03 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and after installation. 1.04 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 78 00-Closeout Submittals,for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. 1. For silicone sealants within 20 years. C. Warranty: Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories that fail to achieve watertight seal , exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Non-Sag Sealants: Permits application in joints on vertical surfaces without sagging or slumping. 1. Adhesives Technology Corporation: www.atcepoxy.com. 2. BASF Construction Chemicals-Building Systems: www.buildingsystems.basf.com. 3. Bostik Inc: www.bostik-us.com. 4. Chem Link, Inc:www.chemlinkinc.com. 5. Dow Corning Corporation: www.dowcorning.com/construction. 6. Fortifiber Building Systems Group: www.fortifiber.com. 7. Hilti, Inc: www.us.hilti.com. 8. Momentive Performance Materials, Inc(formerly GE Silicones): www.momentive.com. 9. Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com. 10. Tremco Global Sealants: www.tremcosealants.com. 11. Sherwin-Williams Company: www.sherwin-williams.com. 12. Sika Corporation: www.usa-sika.com. 13. W.R. Meadows, Inc: www.wrmeadows.com. 14. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00- Product Requirements. B. Self-Leveling Sealants: Pourable or self-leveling sealant that has sufficient flow to form a smooth, level surface when applied in a horizontal joint. 1. Adhesives Technology Corporation: www.atcepoxy.com. 2. BASF Construction Chemicals-Building Systems: www.buildingsystems.basf.ccm. 3. Bostik Inc: www.bostik-us.com. 4. Dayton Superior Corporation: www.daytonsuperior.com. 5. Dow Corning Corporation: www.dowcorning.com/construction. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 07 92 00 City of Waterloo JOINT SEALANTS INVISION#16021 1 of 6 6. Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com. 7. The QUIKRETE Companies: www.quikrete.com. 8. Tremco Global Sealants: www.tremcosealants.com. 9. Sherwin-Williams Company: www.sherwin-williams.com. 10. Sika Corporation: www.usa-sika.com. 11. W.R. Meadows, Inc: www.wrmeadows.com. 12. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00- Product Requirements. 2.02 JOINT SEALANTS-GENERAL A. Sealants and Primers: Provide products having lower volatile organic compound (VOC)content than indicated in SCAQMD 1168. 2.03 NONSAG JOINT SEALANTS A. Type 1 -General Purpose Exterior Sealant-Non-Staining Silicone Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Uses M, G, 0 and A; not expected to withstand continuous water immersion or traffic. 1. Movement Capability: Plus 100 percent, minus 50 percent, minimum. 2. Non-Staining To Porous Stone: Non-staining to light-colored natural stone when tested in accordance with ASTM C1248. 3. Dirt Pick-Up: Reduced dirt pick-up compared to other silicone sealants. 4. Hardness Range: 15 to 35, Shore A,when tested in accordance with ASTM C661. 5. Color: To be selected by Design Professional from manufacturer's standard range. 6. Cure Type: Single-component, neutral moisture curing. 7. Applications: a. Wall expansion and control joints. b. Joints between door,window, and other frames and adjacent construction. c. Joints between different exposed materials. d. Openings below ledge angles in masonry. e. Control, expansion, and soft joints in masonry. f. Joints between concrete and other materials. B. Type 2-Sanitary Sealant-Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Uses M and A; single component, mildew resistant; not expected to withstand continuous water immersion or traffic. 1. Color: White. 2. BASIS OF DESIGN: a. BASF Building Systems; Omniplus. b. Dow Corning Corporation; 786 Mildew Resistant. c. GE Advanced Materials -Silicones; Sanitary SCS1700. d. Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com. e. Sika Corporation; Sikasil GP: www.usa-sika.com. f. Tremco Incorporated;Tremsil 200 Sanitary.. 3. Applications: a. Joints between plumbing fixtures and floor and wall surfaces. b. Joints between kitchen and bath countertops and wall surfaces. C. Type 3-Wet Area Floor Sealant-Non-Sag "Traffic-Grade" Polyurethane Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Uses M and A; single or multi-component;explicitly approved by manufacturer for continuous water immersion and traffic without the necessity to recess sealant below traffic surface. 1. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 25 percent, minimum. 2. Hardness Range: 40 to 50, Shore A,when tested in accordance with ASTM C661. 3. Color: To be selected by Design Professional from manufacturer's standard range. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to 180 degrees F. 5. Applications: a. Interior control and expansion joints in concrete floors considered wet areas. D. Type 4-Acoustical Sealant-Acrylic-Urethane Sealant: Water-based;ASTM C920, Grade NS, Uses M and A; single component; paintable; not expected to withstand continuous water immersion or traffic. 1. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 12-1/2 percent, minimum. 2. Hardness Range: 20 to 40, Shore A,when tested in accordance with ASTM C661. 3. Color: White. 4. Applications: a. In sound-rated wall assemblies, and where not indicated as fire-rated: 1) gaps between top stud runner and structure, between bottom stud track and floor, between gypsum wall board and floor,and between gypsum wall board and structure. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 07 92 00 City of Waterloo JOINT SEALANTS INVISION#16021 2 of 6 2) gaps at electrical outlets,wiring devices, piping, and other openings; between wall/ceiling and other construction; and other flanking sound paths. E. Type 5-General Purpose Interior Sealant-Acrylic Emulsion Latex: Water-based;ASTM C834, single component, non-staining, non-bleeding, non-sagging; not intended for exterior use. 1. Color: To be selected by Design Professional from manufacturer's standard range-. 2. Grade: ASTM C834; Grade-NF. 3. Applications: a. Interior wall and ceiling control joints in non-wet areas. b. Joints between door,window, and other frames and adjacent construction. c. Other interior joints for which no other type of sealant is indicated. F. Type 6-Moving Joint Sealant-Non-Curing Butyl Sealant: Solvent-based;ASTM C131`; single component, non-sag, non-skinning, non-hardening, non-bleeding;vapor-impermeable; ntended for fully concealed applications. 1. Applications: a. Lap Joints in Sheet Metal Fabrications b. Lap Joints between Manufactured Metal Panels 2.04 SELF-LEVELING SEALANTS A. Type 7-Exterior Pavement Sealant-Self-Leveling Polyurethane Sealant: ASTM C92C, Grade P, Uses M and A; single or multi-component; explicitly approved by manufacturer for traffic exposure; not expected to withstand continuous water immersion . 1. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 25 percent, minimum. 2. Hardness Range: 35 to 55, Shore A,when tested in accordance with ASTM C661. 3. Color: Gray. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to 180 degrees F. 5. Applications: a. Control and Expansion Joints in Concrete Paving B. Type 8- Interior Slabs(unpolished)-Semi-Rigid Self-Leveling Epoxy Joint Filler: Epoxy or epoxy/polyurethane copolymer; intended for filling cracks and control joints not subject to significant movement; rigid enough to support concrete edges under traffic. 1. Composition: Single or multi-component, 100 percent solids by weight. 2. Hardness: Minimum of 85 (Shore A)or 35(Shore D),when tested in accordance with ASTM D2240 after 7 days. 3. Color: To be selected by Design Professional from manufacturer's standard colors. 4. Joint Width, Minimum: 1/8 inch. 5. Joint Width, Maximum: 1/4 inch. 6. Joint Depth: Provide product suitable for joints from 1/8 inch to 2 inches in depth including space for backer rod. 7. Manufacturers: a. Dayton Superior Corporation; Pro-foxy P606: www.daytonsuperior.com/#sle. b. Nox-Crete; DynaFlex 502: www.nox-crete.com/#sle. c. W.R. Meadows, Inc; Rezi-Weld Flex: www.wrmeadows.com/#sle. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00- Product Requirements. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Backer Rod: Cylindrical cellular foam rod with surface that sealant will not adhere to, 'compatible with specific sealant used, and recommended by backing and sealant manufacturers for s:)ecific application. 1. Closed Cell and Bi-Cellular: 25 to 33 percent larger in diameter than joint width B. Backing Tape: Self-adhesive polyethylene tape with surface that sealant will not adhere to and recommended by tape and sealant manufacturers for specific application. C. Masking Tape: Self-adhesive, nonabsorbent, non-staining, removable without adhes1 ve residue, and compatible with surfaces adjacent to joints and sealants. D. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type,type recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. E. Primers: Type recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application; non-stainir g. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrates and joints are ready to receive work. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 07 92 00 City of Waterloo JOINT SEALANTS INVISION#16021 3 of 6 B. Verify that backing materials are compatible with sealants. C. Verify that backer rods are of the correct size. D. Preinstallation Adhesion Testing: Install a sample for each test location indicated in the test plan. 1. Test each sample as specified in PART 1 under QUALITY ASSURANCE article. 2. Notify Design Professional of date and time that tests will be performed,at least 7 days in advance. 3. Record each test on Preinstallation Adhesion Test Log as indicated. 4. If any sample fails, review products and installation procedures, consult manufacturer, or take whatever other measures are necessary to ensure adhesion; re-test in a different location; if unable to obtain satisfactory adhesion, report to Design Professional. 5. After completion of tests, remove remaining sample material and prepare joint for new sealant installation. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove loose materials and foreign matter that could impair adhesion of sealant. B. Clean joints, and prime as necessary, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Perform preparation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C1193. D. Mask elements and surfaces adjacent to joints from damage and disfigurement due to sealant work; be aware that sealant drips and smears may not be completely removable. E. Concrete Floor Joints That Will Be Exposed in Completed Work: Test joint filler in inconspicuous area to verify that it does not stain or discolor slab. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Perform work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of surfaces and material installation instructions. B. Perform installation in accordance with ASTM C1193. C. Perform acoustical sealant application work in accordance with ASTM C919. D. Measure joint dimensions and size joint backers to achieve the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Width/depth ratio of 2:1. 2. Neck dimension no greater than 1/3 of the joint width. 3. Surface bond area on each side not less than 75 percent of joint width. E. Install bond breaker backing tape where backer rod cannot be used. F. Install sealant free of air pockets,foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags, and without getting sealant on adjacent surfaces. G. Do not install sealant when ambient temperature is outside manufacturer's recommended temperature range, or will be outside that range during the entire curing period, unless manufacturer's approval is obtained and instructions are followed. H. Do not seal the following types of joints. 1. Intentional weepholes in masonry. 2. Joints indicated to be treated with manufactured expansion joint cover or some other type of sealing device. 3. Joints where sealant is specified to be provided by manufacturer of product to be sealed. 4. Joints where installation of sealant is specified in another section. 5. Through-penetrations in sound-rated assemblies that are also fire-rated assemblies. I. Nonsag Sealants: Tool surface concave, unless otherwise indicated; remove masking tape immediately after tooling sealant surface. J. Concrete Floor Joint Filler: After full cure, shave joint filler flush with top of concrete slab. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent soiled surfaces. 3.05 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect sealants until cured. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform field quality control inspection/testing as specified in PART 1 under QUALITY ASSURANCE article.Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 07 92 00 City of Waterloo JOINT SEALANTS INVISION#16021 4 of 6 B. Remove and replace failed portions of sealants using same materials and procedures as indicated for • original installation. END OF SECTION Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 07 92 00 City of Waterloo JOINT SEALANTS INVISION#16021 5 of 6 THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 07 92 00 City of Waterloo JOINT SEALANTS INVISION#16021 6 of 6 SECTION 09 21 16 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Performance criteria for gypsum board assemblies. B. Metal stud wall framing. C. Metal channel ceiling framing. D. Acoustic insulation. E. Gypsum sheathing. F. Cementitious backing board for tiled areas. G. Gypsum wallboard. H. Joint treatment and accessories. I. Painting of above-ceiling firewall warning signs required by code. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06 10 00-Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking product and execution requiremerts. B. Section 07 2100-Thermal Insulation: spray foam insulation for shim spaces C. Section 07 92 00-Joint Sealants: Sealing acoustical gaps in construction other than gypsum board or plaster work. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C645-Standard Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members;2014,with Editorial Revision (2015). B. ASTM C754-Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products; 2017. C. ASTM C840-Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board;2017a. D. ASTM C1396/C1396M-Standard Specification for Gypsum Board; 2017. E. ASTM C1658/C1658M-Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Panels;2013. F. ASTM D3273-Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber;2016. G. ASTM E90-Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements; 2009(Reapproved 2016). H. ASTM E413-Classification for Rating Sound Insulation; 2016. I. GA-216-Application and Finishing of Gypsum Panel Products; 2016. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing gypsum board installation and finishing. B. Perform in accordance with ASTM C 840. Comply with requirements of GA-600 for fire-rated assemblies. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. Provide completed assemblies complying with ASTM C840 and GA-216. B. Interior Partitions, Indicated as Acoustic: Provide completed assemblies with the following characteristics: 1. Acoustic Attenuation: STC as indicated on Wall Type Schedule calculated in accordance with ASTM E413, based on tests conducted in accordance with ASTM E90. 2.02 METAL FRAMING MATERIALS A. Manufacturers-Metal Framing, Connectors, and Accessories: 1. Clarkwestern Dietrich Building Systems LLC: www.clarkdietrich.com. 2. Marino: www.marinoware.com. 3. Phillips Manufacturing Co: www.phillipsmfg.com. 4. The Steel Network, Inc: www.SteelNetwork.com. 5. PAC International, Inc. www.pac-intl.com. 6. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00- Product Requirements. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 09 21 16 City of Waterloo GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES INVISION#16021 1 of 4 B. Non-Loadbearing Framing System Components: ASTM C645; galvanized sheet steel, of size and properties necessary to comply with ASTM C754 for the spacing indicated, with maximum deflection of wall framing of L/360 at 5 psf. 1. Contractor to confirm any gages or spacings indicated in wall types and modify as required to meet standards. 2. Studs: "C"shaped with flat or formed webs with knurled faces. 3. Runners: U shaped, sized to match studs. 4. Ceiling Channels: C-shaped. 5. Furring: Hat-shaped sections, minimum depth of 7/8 inch. C. Z-Furring: Z furring channel, minimum 0.0179 inch thick base metal;depths as indicated D. Ceiling Hangers:Type and size as specified in ASTM C754 for spacing required. 2.03 BOARD MATERIALS A. Manufacturers-Gypsum-Based Board: 1. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum: www.gpgypsum.com. 2. National Gypsum Company: www.nationalgypsum.com. 3. USG Corporation: www.usg.com. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00-Product Requirements. B. Gypsum Wallboard: Paper-faced gypsum panels as defined in ASTM C1396/C1396M; sizes to minimize joints in place; ends square cut. 1. Application: Use for vertical surfaces and ceilings, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Glass mat faced gypsum panels as defined in ASTM C1658/C1658M, suitable for paint finish, of the same core type and thickness may be substituted for paper-faced board. 3. Mold Resistance: Score of 10,when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273. a. Mold resistant board is required at all locations. 4. At Assemblies Indicated with Fire-Rating: Use type required by indicated tested assembly; if no tested assembly is indicated, use Type X board, UL or WH listed. 5. Thickness: a. Vertical Surfaces: 5/8 inch. b. Multi-Layer Assemblies: Thicknesses as indicated on drawings. C. Board For Non-Wet(Damp)Areas: Water-resistant gypsum backing board as defined in ASTM C1396/C1396M; sizes to minimum joints in place; ends square cut. 1. Application: untiled toilets and janitorial areas, areas around sinks and equipment with a water supply. 2. Mold Resistance: Score of 10, when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273. 3. Type: Regular, in locations indicated. 4. Regular Board Thickness: 5/8 inch. 5. Edges: Tapered. D. Ceiling Board: Special sag resistant gypsum ceiling board as defined in ASTM C1396/C1396M; sizes to minimize joints in place; ends square cut. 1. Application: Ceilings, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Thickness: 1/2 inch. 3. Edges:Tapered. E. Exterior Sheathing Board: Sizes to minimize joints in place; ends square cut. 1. Application: Exterior sheathing, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Edges: Square. 2.04 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Mineral Fiber Batt Insulation: Flexible preformed batt or blanket, complying with ASTM C665;friction fit; unfaced flame spread index of 0(zero)when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 1. Application: At interior walls for acoustic insulation. 2. Density:2.5 pcf. 3. Thickness: as required to meet STC rating indicated. 4. Facing: Unfaced. 5. Products: a. Thermafiber SAFB. b. Roxul"AFB". c. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00-Product Requirements. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 09 21 16 City of Waterloo GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES INVISION#16021 2 of 4 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that project conditions are appropriate for work of this section to commence. 3.02 FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Metal Framing: Install in accordance with ASTM C754 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Studs: Space studs at 16 inches on center. 1. Extend partition framing to structure in all locations. 2. Partitions Terminating at Structure: Attach top runner to structure, maintain clearance between top of studs and structure, and connect studs to track using specified mechanical devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions;verify free movement of top of stud connections; do not leave studs unattached to track. C. Openings: Reinforce openings as required for weight of doors or operable panels, using not less than double studs at jambs. D. Standard Wall Furring: Install at furred walls scheduled to receive gypsum board, not more than 4 inches from floor and ceiling lines and abutting walls. Secure in place on alternate channel flanges at maximum 16 inches on center. 1. Orientation: Vertical. 2. Spacing: As permitted by standard. E. Blocking: Install wood blocking or mechanically fastened steel sheet blocking for support of: 1. Framed openings. 2. Countertop and shelf supports 3. Wall mounted cabinets. 4. Plumbing fixtures. 5. Toilet accessories. 6. Wall mounted door hardware. 7. Wall hooks 8. Chalkboards, tack boards, and marker boards. 9. Owner provided wall mounted equipment,whether owner-installed or contractor-installed. 3.03 ACOUSTIC ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION A. Acoustic Insulation: Place tightly within spaces, around cut openings, behind and around electrical and mechanical items within partitions, and tight to items passing through partitions. 1. Do not compress insulation. B. Acoustic Sealant: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Place one bead continuously on substrate before installation of perimeter framinc; members. 2. Place continuous bead at perimeter of each layer of gypsum board. 3. Seal around all penetrations by conduit, pipe, ducts, and rough-in boxes, except Nhere firestopping is provided. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF TRIM AND ACCESSORIES A. Control Joints: Place control joints consistent with lines of building spaces and as indicated. 1. Not more than 30 feet apart on walls and ceilings over 50 feet long. B. Corner Beads: Install at external corners, using longest practical lengths. C. Edge Trim: Install at locations where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. 3.05 JOINT TREATMENT A. Finish gypsum board in accordance with levels defined in ASTM C840, as follows: 1. Level 4: Walls and ceilings to receive other paint finishes, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Level 1: Wall areas above finished ceilings, whether or not accessible in the completed construction. B. Tape,fill,and sand exposed joints, edges, and corners to produce smooth surface rea:iy to receive finishes. 1. Feather coats of joint compound so that camber is maximum 1/32 inch. 2. Taping,filling and sanding is not required at base layer of double layer applications. C. Fill and finish joints and corners of cementitious backing board as recommended by manufacturer. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 09 21 16 City of Waterloo GYPSUM BCARD ASSEMBLIES INVISION#16021 3 of 4 3.06 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation of Finished Gypsum Board Surface from True Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any direction. END OF SECTION Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 09 21 16 City of Waterloo GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES INVISION#16021 4 of 4 SECTION 09 67 00 FLUID-APPLIED FLOORING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fluid-applied flooring and base. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The work shall consist of preparation of the substrate,the furnishing and application of a cementitious urethane based self-leveling seamless flooring system with Flintshot quartz aggregate broadcast and polyurethane topcoat. B. The system shall have the color and texture as specified with a nominal thickness of 1/4 inch. It shall be applied to the prepared area(s)as defined in the plans strictly in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations. C. Cove base to be applied per manufacturer's standard details, unless otherwise noted. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM D570-Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics; 1998(Reapprov'd 2010). B. ASTM D638-Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics; 2014. C. ASTM D695-Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics; 201:i. D. ASTM D4060-Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by the Taber Abraser; 2014. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data on specified products, describing physical and performanr:e characteristics; sizes, patterns and colors available. B. Maintenance Data: Include maintenance procedures, recommended maintenance materials, procedures for stain removal, repairing surface, and suggested schedule for cleaning. C. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1. Extra Top Coat Materials: 1 gallons. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. No requests for substitutions shall be considered that would change the generic type c;f the specified System. B. System shall be in compliance with requirements of United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), Food, Drug Administration (FDA), and local Health Department. C. A pre-installation conference shall be held between Applicator, General Contractor and the Owner for review and clarification of this specification, application procedure, quality control, inspection and acceptance criteria and production schedule. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Store resin materials in a dry, secure area. B. Store materials for three days prior to installation in area of installation to achieve terr perature stability. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Application may proceed while air, material and substrate temperatures are between 60 F and 85 F providing the substrate temperature is above the dew point. Outside of this range,th- Manufacturer shall be consulted. B. The relative humidity in the specific location of the application shall be less than 85 % and the surface temperature shall be at least 5 F above the dew point. C. The Applicator shall be supplied with adequate lighting equal to the final lighting level during the preparation and installation of the system. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FLOORING A. Basis-of-Design Manufacturer: Dur-A-Flex, Inc, Poly-Crete MDB (self leveling broadcast quartz), Urethane topcoat seamless flooring system. 1. System Materials: a. Topping: Dur-A-Flex, Inc, Poly-Crete MD resin, hardener and MD aggregate. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 09 67 00 City of Waterloo FLUID-APPLIED FLOORING INVISION#16021 1 of 4 b. The aggregate shall be Dur-A-Flex, Inc. Flintshot quartz aggregate. c. Topcoat: Dur-A-Flex, Inc. Poly-Crete TF PLUS resin, hardener and activator powder. 2. Patch Materials: a. Shallow Fill and Patching: Use Dur-A-Flex, Inc. Poly-Crete MD(up to%inch). b. Deep Fill and Sloping Material (over IA inch): Use Dur-A-Flex, Inc. Dur-A-Tex UM. B. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00-Product Requirements. 2.02 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS A. Topping Poly-Crete MD 1. Percent Reactive 100 2. VOC 0 g/L 3. Bond Strength to Concrete ASTM D 4541 >400 psi, substrates fails 4. Compressive Strength,ASTM C 579 9,000 psi 5. Tensile Strength,ASTM D 638 2,175 psi 6. Impact Resistance @ 125 mils, MIL D-3134, >160 inch lbs No visible damage or deterioration B. Topcoat Poly-Crete TF PLUS 1. Percent Solids 100% 2. VOC 0 g/L 3. Compressive Strength ASTM C 579 7,250 psi 4. Tensile Strength,ASTM D 638 750 psi 5. Flexural Strength ASTM D 790 4,400 psi 6. Abrasion Resistance,ASTM C 501 PDS-Taber CS17, 1,000 gm load, 1,000 cycles 40 mg weight loss 7. Hardness, Shore D 85 8. Potlife @ 77 F 15 minutes PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas and conditions,with Applicator present,for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content, installation tolerances and other conditions affecting flooring performance. B. Verify that substrates and conditions are satisfactory for flooring installation and comply with requirements specified. 3.02 PREPARATION A. General: 1. New and existing concrete surfaces shall be free of oil, grease, curing compounds, loose particles, moss, algae growth, laitance,friable matter, dirt, and bituminous products. 2. Moisture Testing: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer and as follows. a. Perform relative humidity test using is situ probes,ASTM F 2170. Proceed with installation only after substrates have a maximum 99%relative humidity level measurement. b. If the relative humidity exceeds 99%then the Owner and/or Engineer shall be notified and advised of additional cost for the possible installation of a vapor mitigation system that has been approved by the manufacturer or other means to lower the value to the acceptable limit. 3. Mechanical surface preparation: a. Shot blast all surfaces to receive flooring system with a mobile steel shot, dust recycling machine(Blastrac or equal). All surface and embedded accumulations of paint, toppings hardened concrete layers, laitance, power trowel finishes and other similar surface characteristics shall be completely removed leaving a bare concrete surface having a minimum profile of CSP 4-6 as described by the International Concrete Repair Institute. b. Floor areas inaccessible to the mobile blast machines shall be mechanically abraded to the same degree of cleanliness, soundness and profile using diamond grinders, needle guns, bush hammers, or other suitable equipment. c. Wherever a free edge will occur, including doorways,wall perimeters, expansion joints, columns, doorways, drains and equipment pads, a 1/4 inch deep by 1/4 inch wide keyways shall be cut in. d. Cracks and joints(non-moving)greater than 1/4 inch wide are to be chiseled or chipped-out and repaired per manufacturer's recommendations. 4. At spalled or worn areas, mechanically remove loose or delaminated concrete to a sound concrete and patch per manufactures recommendations. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 09 67 00 City of Waterloo FLUID-APPLIED FLOORING INVISION#16021 2 of 4 3.03 APPLICATION A. General: 1. The system shall be applied in three distinct steps as listed below: a. Substrate preparation. b. Topping/overlay application with quartz aggregate broadcast. c. Topcoat application. 2. Immediately prior to the application of any component of the system,the surface shall be dry and any remaining dust or loose particles shall be removed using a vacuum or clean, dry, oil-free compressed air. 3. The handling, mixing and addition of components shall be performed in a safe manner to achieve the desired results in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations. 4. The system shall follow the contour of the substrate unless pitching or other leveling work has been specified by the Architect. 5. A neat finish with well-defined boundaries and straight edges shall be provided by the Applicator. B. Topping: 1. The topping shall be applied as a self-leveling system as specified. The topping shall be applied in one lift with a nominal thickness of 3/16 inch. 2. The topping shall be comprised of three components, a resin, hardener and filler as supplied by the Manufacturer. 3. The hardener shall be added to the resin and thoroughly dispersed by suitably approved mechanical means. Aggregate shall then be added to the catalyzed mixture and mixed in a manner to achieve a homogenous blend. 4. The topping shall be applied over horizontal surfaces using a pin rake,trowels or other systems approved by the Manufacturer. 5. Immediately upon placing,the topping shall be degassed with a 15/16 inch spiked roller. 6. Flintshot aggregate shall be broadcast to excess into the wet material at the rate of 1 lbs/sf. 7. Allow material to fully cure. Vacuum, sweep and/or blow to remove all loose aggregate. C. Topcoat 1. The topcoat shall be applied with a coverage rate of 45 sf/kit. 2. The topcoat shall be comprised of a liquid resin, liquid hardener and activator poNder kit and installed per the manufacturer's recommendations. 3. The finish floor will have a nominal thickness of 1/4 inch. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests, Inspection: 1. The following tests shall be conducted by the Applicator: a. Temperature:Air, substrate temperatures and, if applicable, dew point. b. Coverage Rates: Rates for all layers shall be monitored by checking quantity of material used against the area covered. 3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Cure flooring material in compliance with manufacturer's directions,taking care to prevent their contamination during stages of application and prior to completion of the curing process. B. Remove masking. Perform detail cleaning at floor termination,to leave cleanable surface for subsequent work of other sections. END OF SECTION Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 09 67 00 City of Waterloo FLUID-APPLIED FLOORING INVISION#16021 3 of 4 THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 09 67 00 City of Waterloo FLUID-APPLIED FLOORING INVISION#16021 4 of 4 SECTION 09 90 00 PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of exposed exterior and interior items and surfaces. Paint surfaces indicated on the Drawings, in schedules, and as described below. 1. Colors: Color schedule will be supplied to Contractor during"Submittals"review. Allow for up to 8 colors including 4 custom matches. 2. Painting includes, but is not necessarily limited to,the following surfaces in the areas indicated for work of this Contract.Also refer to the Drawings and Schedules. a. 057000 Metal Fabrications Interior-where exposed. b. 081113 Hollow Mtl. Doors and Frames All. c. 092116 Gypsum Board Assemblies whereAllxsched new and exist uled n ed for exist ng, except d. Divisions 21-28 Mechanical &Electrical Paint new and existing exposed ducts, conduit, boxes, panels, and pipe located on walls or ceilings scheduled for paint. Painting includes field painting of exposed bare and covered pipes and ducts, hangers, exposed steel and iron supports, and surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment that do not have a factory-applied final finish. 3. Paint exposed surfaces, except where these Specifications indicate that the surface or material is not to be painted or is to remain natural. If an item or a surface is not specifically mentioned, paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces. If a color or finish is not indicated,Architect will select from standard colors and finishes available. B. Do not paint prefinished items, concealed surfaces,finished metal surfaces, operating parts, and labels. 1. Labels: Do not paint over UL, FMG, or other code-required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating,or nomenclature plates. 2. Do not paint electrical cables or wiring. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each paint product indicated, including block fillers and primers. 1. Material List: An inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each meter al and cross-reference specific coating,finish system, and application. Identify each material by manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. 2. Manufacturer's Information: Manufacturer's technical information, including labe analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each coating material. MSDS sheets are not required. B. Samples for Initial Selection: Color chip set including manufacturer's full range of colors for each type of finish-coat material indicated.Architect will select from chips or provide samples for custom match. C. Samples for Verification: For each color to be applied,whether selected from manufacturer's standards or custom-mixed to match Architect's sample, provide samples of the actual products on the substrates listed below. 1. Resubmit until required sheen, color, and texture are achieved. 2. Label each Sample with material,color, location and application. 3. Submit 2 Samples on the following substrates for Architect's review of color and texture only: a. Smooth surfaces such as troweled concrete, metal, painted wood,gypsum board and plaster provide sample on manufacturer's drawdown cards. b. Stained or Natural Wood: See 06 41 00-Architectural Wood Casework. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in applying paints and coatings similar in material,design, and extent to those indicated for this Project,whose work has resulted in applications with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Source Limitations: Obtain block fillers and primers for each coating system from the same manufacturer as the finish coats. 1.04 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label, generic classification or binder type, and color name and number. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 09 90 00 City of Waterloo PAINTING 1 of INVISION#16021 B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F. Maintain storage containers in a clean condition,free of foreign materials and residue. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Apply paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air comply with manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not apply paint in snow, rain,fog, or mist; or when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. 1. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by manufacturer during application and drying periods. 1.06 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra paint materials of the identical type and color as the materials applied and in the quantities described below. Identify with labels describing contents and location(s)used. Deliver extra materials to Owner. 1. Quantity: Furnish Owner with 1 gal. extra of each paint and/or coating used on Project. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements and verification of substrate compatibility, provide the painting systems listed from the following manufacturers. For other manufacturers, comply with substitution requirements in Division 1. 1. Benjamin Moore. 2. Diamond Vogel. 3. PPG Paints. (Pittsburgh Paints). 4. Sherwin-Williams Co. 2.02 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Refer to the Schedule at the end of this Section for painting system descriptions, including primer types and number of finish coats.Acceptable products to use for these systems are listed below. If a surface is indicated to be painted but is not listed below, provide a finish system recommended by the paint manufacturer for that surface that is of equivalent quality to the listed products. B. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers,and finish-coat materials that are compatible with one another and with the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. C. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best-quality paint material of the various coating types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for application indicated. Paint-material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. D. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. Provide custom matches to samples provided by the Architect where indicated. 2.03 EXTERIOR PRIMERS A. Exterior Ferrous-Metal Primer: Factory-formulated rust-inhibitive metal primer for exterior application. Applied to result in a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils. 1. Benjamin Moore; Super Spec Alkyd Metal Primer P06 2. Diamond Vogel: CoteAll Multi-Purpose Alkyd Primer. 3. PPG Paints; 6-208 SpeedHide Interior/Exterior Rust Inhibiting Primer. 4. Sherwin-Williams; Kern Kromik Universal Metal Primer B50NZ6/B50WZ1. B. Exterior Galvanized Metal Primer: Factory-formulated galvanized metal primer for exterior application. Applied to result in a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils. 1. Benjamin Moore; Super Spec Acrylic Metal Primer PO4 2. Diamond Vogel:Vers-Acryl 300 Acrylic Maintenance Primer/Finish. 3. PPG Paints; 6-209 SpeedHide Interior/Exterior Galvanized Steel Primer. 4. Sherwin-Williams; Galvite HS Paint B50WZ30. 2.04 INTERIOR PRIMERS A. Interior Zero-VOC Gypsum Board Primer(M.P.I.#149): Factory-formulated latex-based primer for interior application.Applied to result in a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils. 1. Benjamin Moore; Eco Spec WB Primer N372 Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 09 90 00 City of Waterloo PAINTING INVISION#16021 2 of 6 2. Diamond Vogel: Health-Kote Primer Interior Zero VOC Latex Primer. 3. PPG Paints; Speedhide Zero Latex Primer/Sealer. 6-4900XI 4. Sherwin Williams; Harmony Latex Primer B11W01500 B. Interior Ferrous-Metal Primer(MPI#79): Factory-formulated quick-drying rust-inhibitive ilkyd-based metal primer.Applied to result in a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils. 1. Benjamin Moore; Super Spec Alkyd Metal Primer P06 2. Diamond Vogel: Iron Prime 600 Fast Dry Universal Primer. 3. PPG Paints; Speedhide Rust Inhibitive Steel Primer 6-212. 4. Sherwin-Williams; Kern Kromik Universal Metal Primer B50AZ6/B50NZ6/B50WZ1 2.05 EXTERIOR FINISH COATS A. Exterior Semi-Gloss Alkyd Enamel (MPI#81): Factory-formulated full-gloss alkyd enamel for exterior application.Applied to result in a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mil per coat. 1. Benjamin Moore; Super Spec HP"D.T.M.Alkyd Semi-Gloss P24. 2. Diamond Vogel: CoteAll Multi-Purpose Alkyd Semi Gloss 3. PPG Paints; Dev-Guard Semi-Gloss Enamel.4306. 4. Sherwin-Williams; Industrial Enamel B-54 Series. 2.06 INTERIOR FINISH COATS A. Interior Semigloss Low-odor Zero-VOC Acrylic Enamel (MPI#147): Factory-formulated semigloss acrylic-latex enamel for interior application.Applied to result in a dry film thickness of nut less than 1.5 mils per coat. 1. Benjamin Moore; Natura 0 VOC Interior Latex Semi-Gloss Finish#514. 2. Diamond Vogel: Zero Plus Interior Zero VOC Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel. 3. PPG Paints; SpeedHide Zero Interior Semi-Gloss Enamel. 6-4510XI. 4. Sherwin Williams; B10 Harmony Latex Semi-Gloss. B. Interior Semigloss Alkyd Enamel (MPI#47): Factory-formulated semigloss alkyd enamel for interior application.Applied to result in result in a dry film thickness of not less than 1.7 mils per coat. 1. Benjamin Moore; Super Spec Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel No. 271: 2. Diamond Vogel: Satinamel Interior/Exterior Alkyd Enamel. 3. PPG Paints; 6-1110XI Series SpeedHide Interior Enamel Wall &Trim Semi-Gloss Oil 6-1110. 4. Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Interior Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel B34W200 Series. C. Interior Epoxy Topcoats: Semi-gloss, low-odor,waterborne epoxy applied in a minimum of two coats at spreading rate recommended by manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of 4 0 to 6.0 mils. 1. Benjamin Moore Corotech Pre-Catalyzed Waterborne Epoxy Semi-Gloss V341 2. Carboline: Sanitile 555 Waterborne epoxy. 3. Diamond Vogel:Vers-E-Poxy 131 Waterborne Acrylic Epoxy. 4. PPG Paints: Pitt-Glaze WB 16-551. 5. S-W: Pro Industrial Water Based Catalyzed Epoxy, B73 Series. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions,with Applicator present,for compliance with requirements for paint application. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P4. 1. Proceed with paint application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry. 2. Start of painting will be construed as Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within a particular area. B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request,furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. 1. Notify Architect about anticipated problems when using the materials specified c ver substrates primed by others. 3.02 PREPARATION A. General: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of the item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using workers skilled in the trades involved. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 09 90 00 City of Waterloo PAINTING INVISION#16021 3 of 6 B. Protection: Provide and maintain masking,tarpaulins,and other protections as required to prevent overspray, splatter or drips on adjacent surfaces. C. Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease before cleaning. 1. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. D. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. 1. Test existing paints for lead and perform removal of lead-containing paints according to appropriate local, state and federal rules and laws. 2. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. 3. Cementitious Materials: Prepare concrete, concrete unit masonry, cement plaster, and mineral-fiber-reinforced cement panel surfaces to be painted by removing efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils,and release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation. a. Use abrasive blast-cleaning methods if recommended by paint manufacturer. b. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing appropriate tests. If surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause the finish paint to blister and burn, correct this condition before application. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. c. Clean concrete floors to be painted with a 5 percent solution of muriatic acid or other etching cleaner. Flush the floor with clean water to remove acid, neutralize with ammonia, rinse, allow to dry, and vacuum before painting. 4. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous-metal surfaces that have not been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with SSPC's recommendations. a. Touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire-brush, clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacturer, and touch up with same primer as the shop coat. 5. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum-based solvents so surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods. E. Material Preparation: Mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface film and strain material before using. 2. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits. 3.03 APPLICATION A. General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. 1. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale,grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. 2. The term"exposed surfaces"includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, grilles, convector covers, covers for finned-tube radiation, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required,to maintain system integrity and provide desired protection. 3. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 4. Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, nonspecular black paint where visible through registers or grilles. 5. Paint backsides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. 6. Finish doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges the same as exterior faces. 7. Finish interior of wall and base cabinets and similar field-finished casework to match exterior. 8. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. B. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 09 90 00 City of Waterloo PAINTING INVISION#16021 4 of 6 1. The number of coats and film thickness required are the same regardless of application method. If sanding is required to produce a smooth,even surface according to manufacturer's written instructions, sand between applications. 2. Omit primer over metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted. 3. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply adcitional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure that edges, corners,crevices,welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 4. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not rec oat surfaces until paint has dried to where it feels firm, and does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and until application of another coat of paint does not cause undercoat to lift or lose adhesion. C. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller,spray, or other applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for type of material applied. Use brush of appropriate size for surface or item being painted. 2. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet,velvet-back, or high-pile sheep's wool as recommended by manufacturer for material and texture required. 3. Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by manufacturer for material and texture required. D. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials to thickness specified but no thinne•than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate to achieve dry film thickness indicated. Provide total dry film thickness of the entire system to thickness specified but no thinner than as recomrr ended by manufacturer. E. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat, as recommended by manufacturer,to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears,to ensure a finish coat with no burn-through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. F. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth, opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. G. Transparent(Clear) Finishes: Use multiple coats to produce a glass-smooth surface film of even luster. Provide a finish free of laps, runs, cloudiness, color irregularity, brush marks, orange peel, nail holes, or other surface imperfections. H. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color,texture, and coverage. Remove refinish, or repaint work not complying with requirements. 3.04 CLEANING A. Cleanup: At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from Project site. 1. After completing painting, clean glass and paint-spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping without scratching or damaging adjacent finished surfaces. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect work of other trades,whether being painted or not, against damage from painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Architect. B. Provide"Wet Paint"signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing painting operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work. 1. After work of other trades is complete,touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 3.06 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Provide the following finish systems over the substrates indicated. Refer to Part 2 of this Section for acceptable products for each system. If a surface is indicated to be painted but is not listed below, provide a finish system recommended by the paint manufacturer that is of equivalent quality to the listed products. B. Ferrous Metal: Provide the following finish systems over exterior ferrous metal. Primer is not required on shop-primed items except for touch-up. 1. Gloss Alkyd-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a rust-inhibitive primer. a. Primer: Exterior ferrous-metal primer. b. Finish Coats: Exterior gloss alkyd enamel. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 09 90 00 City of Waterloo PAINTING INVISION#16021 5 of 6 C. Zinc-Coated Metal: Provide the following finish systems over exterior zinc-coated metal surfaces: 1. Gloss Alkyd-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a galvanized metal primer. a. Primer: Exterior galvanized metal primer. b. Finish Coats: Exterior gloss alkyd enamel. 3.07 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Provide the following finish systems over the substrates indicated. Refer to Part 2 of this Section for acceptable products for each system. If a surface is indicated to be painted but is not listed below, provide a finish system recommended by the paint manufacturer that is of equivalent quality to the listed products. B. Gypsum Board (Typical): Provide the following finish systems over interior gypsum board surfaces: 1. Low-Luster Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior gypsum board primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior low-luster acrylic enamel. C. Gypsum Board (Toilets): Provide the following finish systems over interior gypsum board surfaces in damp areas: 1. Water-based Epoxy Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior gypsum board primer. b. Finish Coats: Water-based Epoxy. D. Ferrous Metal: Provide the following finish system over ferrous metal: 1. Semigloss Alkyd-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior alkyd ferrous-metal primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss alkyd enamel. 2. Semigloss Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior water-based ferrous-metal primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel. E. Overhead structure and deck, ductwork, piping,and conduit: Provide the following finish system over overhead surfaces: 1. Low-Luster or Flat Acrylic-latex Finish: Single primer/finish coat. a. Primer/Finish Coats: Interior low-luster or flat acrylic dry-fall coating. (Provide separate primer if required for incompatible surfaces, as determined by pre-installation testing). END OF SECTION Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 09 90 00 City of Waterloo PAINTING INVISION#16021 6 of 6 SECTION 11 13 13 LOADING DOCK BUMPERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Dock bumpers of reinforced rubber with attachment frame. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Indicate unit dimensions, method of anchorage, and details of constructic n. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Dock Bumpers: 1. Blue Giant Equipment Corporation: www.bluegiant.com. 2. Chalfant Sewing Fabricators, Inc: www.chalfantusa.com. 3. Durable Corp: www.durablecorp.com. 2.02 COMPONENTS A. Bumpers: Fabric reinforced rubber pads, ozone resistant, laminated and compressed it position with two galvanized steel rods with threaded ends,washers and nuts; between 3 by 2-1/2 by 1/4 inch galvanized steel angle end plates: 1. Projection From Wall: 3 inches. 2. Vertical Height: 10 inches. 3. Width: 24 inches. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that anchor placement is acceptable. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install dock bumpers in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Set plumb and level. C. Secure angle end frames to concrete. D. Weld angle end frames to steel dock frame. Touch up weld with primer. 3.03 SCHEDULES A. Loading Dock Bumpers: Provide quantity to match existing number of dock bumpers; iominally 2 feet wide and 1 feet tall. END OF SECTION Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 11 13 13 City of Waterloo LOADING DOCK BUMPERS INVISION#16021 1 of 2 THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 11 13 13 City of Waterloo LOADING DOCK BUMPERS INVISION#16021 2 of 2 SECTION 22 00 50 BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Basic Plumbing Requirements specifically applicable to Mechanical Division Specification Sections. B. Division 22 Specification requirements also include, by reference, all Division 00 and 01 specification sections. This contractor is responsible to review these specification sections. Requirements of these specification sections are included as a part of this contract. 1.02 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. The owner will occupy the premises during the construction period. B. Limit use of site and premises to allow owner occupancy. C. Cooperate with the owner to minimize conflict and to facilitate owner's operatiors. D. Schedule the work to accommodate this requirement. 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. This contractor shall give proper authorities all requisite notices relating to work in his charge, obtain official permits, licenses for temporary construction and pay proper fees for it. B. This contractor is to be solely answerable for and shall promptly make good all damage, injury or delay to other contractors, to neighboring premises or to persons or property of the public by himself, by his employees or through any operation under his charge, whether in the contract or extra work. C. No attempt has been made to reproduce in these specifications any of the rules or regulations contained in city, state or federal ordinances and codes pertaining to the work covered by these specifications that the contractor be thoroughly familiar with all such ordinances and codes. D. The fact that said various rules, regulations and ordinances are not repeated in this specification does not relieve the contractor of the responsibility of making the entire installation in accordance with the requirement of those authorities having jurisdiction. E. All work shall comply with the applicable recommendations of: 1. The National Board of Fire Underwriters 2. The American Gas Association 3. The National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 4. The Occupations Safety and Health Act(OSHA) 5. Current IBC Building Code 6. Current applicable city building codes. F. Mechanical: Conform to current mechanical code. G. Plumbing: Conform to current plumbing code. H. Obtain permits and request inspections from authority having jurisdiction. I. Safe Drinking Water Act and Senate Bill S.3874: All products must meet the lead-free requirements of the SDWA and NSF/ANSI 372 certification. 1.04 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Install work in locations shown on the drawings unless prevented by project conditions. B. Prepare drawings showing proposed rearrangement of work to meet project conditions, including changes to work specified in other sections. Obtain permission of owner and architect/engineer before proceeding. C. This contractor, before submitting his bid, shall visit the site of the project to familiarize himself with locations and conditions affecting his work. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 22 00 50 City of Waterloo BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS INVISION#16021 1 of 6 It is the intent of this specification that the contractor furnishes all labor and material required ng the installation as outlined in the drawings and specifications. No additions to the contract price shall be allowed due to the failure of this contractor to properly evaluate the effect of existing conditions on the work to be done under this contract. E. Whenever renovation or remodeling or relocation of existing equipment is included in the contract, it is imperative that all locations of existing piping, ductwork, equipment, services and grades be noted on the job site before bid is submitted and that all elevations and grades be verified before roughing in new work. F. This contractor shall provide holes as necessary for the installation of his work and in accordance with other specification sections in materials other than the structure. 1.05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. This contractor shall arrange his work in order that it progresses along with the general construction of the building. B. This contractor shall be kept informed as to the work of other trades engaged in the project and shall execute his work in such a manner so as not to delay or interfere with progress of other contractors. C. Where space for mechanical and electrical lines and piping is limited, it is imperative that all such trades coordinate their work so as to insure concealment in space provided. Where conflict exists, the engineer shall decide priority of space. If work is not properly coordinated, the engineer may require removal and relocation of work without additional compensation. 1.06 GUARANTEE A. This contractor shall guarantee all of the apparatus, materials, equipment furnished and labor installed under this contract for a period of one year after date of final acceptance, unless a longer period is specified. B. Neither final certificate of payment nor any provisions in the contract documents nor partial or complete occupancy of premises by owner shall constitute an acceptance for work not done in accordance with contract documents or relieve the contractor of liability in respect to any express warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. C. Should any defects arise as the result of defective workmanship or material within the guarantee period set forth, this contractor shall make the necessary correction at his own expense. 1.07 ENGINEER APPROVED EQUAL PRODUCTS A. When the engineer, at the request of the interested parties, including the contractor, supplier and manufacturer approved "engineer approved equal" products for this project, such products are approved on the assumption that they will equal or exceed the performance of the products specified. B. If such products do not do so after being installed on this project, this contractor shall replace or modify the particular product as necessary to equal the performance of the products specified at no expense to the owner, architect or engineer. C. Request for"engineer approved equal" products shall be received by the architect/engineer prior to the last addendum being issued. Requests for substitutions received after this date will not be considered. Substitution requests shall clearly state which products are being considered for substitution. Substitution requests shall include all pertinent product information needed to evaluate the substitution as an "equal". D. Similar products shall be all of the same manufacturers and style. There is no exception to this unless prior approval has been granted from engineer. 1.08 OWNER'S RIGHT OF SALVAGE A. Before beginning construction, this contractor shall check and verify with the owner each item of existing equipment that must be removed. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 22 00 50 City of Waterloo BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS INVISION #16021 2 of 6 The owner will designate which items of material or equipment not reused that he may wish to contractor shall then remove these items with care and store in a location designated by the owner for the owner's disposal. C. All other items of equipment to be removed and not specified for reuse in new construction or reserved by the owner for his use shall become the property of the contractor an shall be removed from site. 1.09 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE A. Where necessary to connect to any existing utility service, this contractor shall c intact the owner and shall coordinate any building service connection with the owner so that normal operation to the building is disrupted as little as possible. B. Any work to be done in existing structures shall be coordinated with the owner and arrangements made so that traffic flow may be maintained and areas finished where possible before other areas are begun. C. This contractor shall protect existing equipment in finished areas from dirt, dust and damage as a result of his work. D. Coordinate protection requirements with department heads before beginning construction. E. Protect any building openings from unauthorized entry. Coordinate with owner where building entry must be controlled. 1.10 DEMOLITION A. This contractor shall be responsible for the demolition and removal of all existing mechanical elements within the project area except as follows: 1. Elements shown on the drawings as"existing to remain and/or to be relocated". 2. Elements serving adjacent areas. 3. Elements required for the support of the newly remodeled areas. 4. All elements to be removed are subject to the Owner's Right of Salvage. B. Preserve services to the existing facility. Extend/reroute/reconnect existing systems as required providing for the continued function of these systems. 1.11 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. This contractor shall do all cutting and patching necessary for the installation o- his work in all existing and new buildings unless otherwise noted. B. This contractor shall arrange for openings in the building as required for the installation of equipment furnished under this contract. C. Where sewers must be extended or changed, patching with concrete will be done in the building. Patching shall be at both the top and bottom of sleeves where above grade. D. In areas where the integrity of new or existing fire separation assembly/wall is compromised by the work, contractor shall be responsible to patch and/or seal openings as necessary to maintain/return fire separation to rating as required by applicable codes. E. This contractor shall do all cutting and patching required for his work beyond the remodeled areas unless otherwise noted. All finish work shall include patching to match existing adjacent surfaces. Painting shall be by others. 1.12 CLEANING AND RUBBISH A. This contractor shall upon completion of his work, remove all rubbish and debris resulting from his operation and shall remove it from site at his own expense. B. In so far as his work is concerned, all equipment shall be cleaned and the premises left in first class condition. C. This contractor shall maintain the work area each day to prevent hazardous accumulation of waste from his work. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 22 00 50 City of Waterloo BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS INVISION#16021 3 of 6 SEALING AND PENETRATION Clearance around the piping passing through fire or smoke rated construction shall be sealed to maintain the rated integrity of the construction (1 hr. 2 hrs. etc.). One and two-hour rated assemblies are to be patched on both sides of the assembly. B. This contractor shall verify rating and location of all such construction with the architectural drawings and seal all penetrations. C. Manufacturer offering products to comply with the requirements include the following: 1. Dow Corning "Silicone RTV Foam" 2. 3-M Corporation "Fire Barrier Caulk and Putty" 3. Thomas &Betts "Flame Safe Fire Stop System" D. Installation of these products to be in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and architectural specification sections or equivalent fire stopping architectural specification section. E. This contractor shall submit shop drawings showing approved sealing assemblies to be utilized on this project. 1.14 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS A. This contractor shall turn over all magnetic starters, thermal protective switches and speed changing switches furnished under this contract for all motor driven equipment to the electrical contractor who will install such starters and switches and wire them to their respective motors as a part of the electrical contract. 1.15 UTILITY COMPANY A. Any fees by the utility company are to be billed directly to the owner. B. The contractor is required to assist the owner in the preparation of all utility company rebate forms that deal with equipment furnished and/or installed as a part of this contractor. 1.16 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS A. If the contractor stores any hazardous solvents or other materials on the site, he shall obtain copies of the safety data sheets for the materials and post them on the site. He shall inform the owner and all employed of any potential exposure to this material. B. At no time shall any product containing asbestos be incorporated into the work. 1. If asbestos materials are encountered, report to the owner. The owner will be responsible for asbestos removal. 1.17 RECORD DRAWINGS A. This contractor shall provide, at the conclusion of the project, one clean, non-torn, neat, and legible "as-built"set of drawings to the owner. These drawings shall show the routing of pipes, ductwork and equipment drawn in at scaled locations. All dimensions indicated shall be referenced to a column line. A set of construction blue prints will be furnished for this work. B. All mechanical systems installed shall be shown on the "as-built"drawings. C. Refer to respective architectural specification section for additional information. D. This contractor shall update these drawings during the project at least every week. 1.18 REVIEW OF MATERIALS A. This contractor shall submit to the engineer for review one (1)electronic copy of a brochure giving a complete list of materials and equipment he proposes to furnish. The brochure shall contain complete information as to the make of equipment, type, size, capacities, dimensions and illustration. One of the returned copies shall be kept on the job at all times. B. Checking of submittal drawings by the engineer does not relieve the contractor of the responsibility for the accuracy of such drawings and for their conformity to drawings and specifications unless he notifies engineer in writing of such deviation at time such drawings are furnished. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 22 00 50 City of Waterloo BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS INVISION #16021 4 of 6 All submittals shall have the date marked on them when the contractor receives tnem from the Submittals shall be submitted through the contractor and shall not come direct from the supplier to the architect or engineer. D. This contractor shall mark the date and sign each set that he has checked each :)f them in their entirety before submitting to the engineer. Submittals that are not dated and signed by the contractor will not be accepted, or checked and will be marked "resubmit" and sent back to the contractor. 1.19 TEST OF SYSTEMS A. This contractor shall, before concealed, test all systems installed under this contract as called for in these specifications and as required by local codes. Tests shall be made in the presence of the engineer, local authorities or their duly authorized representative. Any defects discovered in testing shall be corrected and the tests repeated until all defects are eliminated. B. This contractor shall be held responsible for all damage resulting from defects in the system. C. At the conclusion of construction (before any covering up, painting or finishing) each element of the system shall be thoroughly tested against leakage with appropriate pressure tests as outlined herein and in appropriate sections of the specifications. All testing shall be hydrostatic unless permission is granted otherwise. 1. Water: 100 psi maintained 8 hours 2. Under Floor Pipes: 200 psi maintained 8 hours in accordance with NFPA`3 3. Sanitary Sewer: 10 foot hydrostatic 4. Storm Sewer: 10 foot hydrostatic. D. Fluid lines other than the above 1.5 times operating with a minimum pressure of 60 psig. E. No covering or backfilling of sewer lines shall be done until inspected by the architect or local inspector. Test T's shall be provided on all waste and vent stacks 4'-6" above each floor as required for testing the plumbing system. F. After completion of installation, the systems shall be given tests under full operating conditions and pressures and all adjustments shall be made to make the system operative as required. All safety devices shall be tested for correct operation. 1.20 SCOPE OF WORK A. All work shall be performed by well-qualified and licensed mechanics with a thorough knowledge of the various systems involved in this building. It shall be this contractor's responsibility to see that his mechanics are familiar with all the various codes and tests applicable to this work. B. All equipment shall be new and of the type as specified by the engineer unless otherwise noted in these specifications or on the drawings to remain and or be reused. C. The intent of the drawings and specifications is for complete installation of the systems outlined in the drawings and specifications so that at the conclusion of construction the system will be turned over to the owner complete and ready for safe and efficient operation. D. This contractor shall be required to furnish and install all such items normally included on systems of this type, which, while not mentioned directly herein or on the drawings are obviously essential to the installation and operation of the system and which are normally furnished on quality installation of this type. The drawings and specifications cannot deal individually with the many minute items that may be required by the nature of the systems. E. If there is a discrepancy between the drawings and the specifications or within either document, the more stringent requirement shall be estimated unless brought to the engineer's attention and an addendum is issued for clarification. 1.21 VERIFICATION OF ELEVATION OF EXISTING LINES A. This contractor, before starting any new work, shall verify the elevations of al existing piping to which he must connect under this contract. He shall report any discrepancies between drawing Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 22 00 50 City of Waterloo BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS INVISION #16021 5 of 6 elevations and actual elevations to the engineer before proceeding with the work. Failure of the contractor to do so shall make him liable for the cost of extra work involved. 1.22 DAILY HOUSEKEEPING A. At the end of each working day, this contractor shall remove all of his debris, rubbish, tools and surplus materials from the project work area. The work area shall be broom clean and left in a neat and orderly condition. The contractor for the removal of debris from the project shall not use the owner's waste disposal facility. B. At end of construction, all equipment shall be cleaned and the premises left in first class condition as far as this contractor's work is concerned. 1.23 CLEANING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS A. The mechanical contractor shall clean and passivate all plumbing systems. Flush systems with water until free from all sand, grit, gravel, oil, etc. Provide Babcock/Wilcox Millipore and biological testing on the flush water. The flush will be considered a success when the water exiting the system contains less than 100 ppb of total suspended solids and less than 100 RLUs. B. Where connections are made to existing piping systems, this contractor shall provide isolation valves, threaded tees, etc., as required to facilitate the cleaning and testing of all new piping. C. This contractor shall thoroughly clean all rust, grease, plaster, cement, etc., from all equipment and piping furnished and installed by him as required to leave surfaces suitable for finish painting. D. This contractor shall keep all pipes, traps, waste lines, ducts, etc., plugged, drained or otherwise protected during construction. All items of mechanical equipment shall be suitably protected and upon completion of project shall be equal to new condition. 1.24 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING A. Each contractor is responsible for their own individual trenching and backfilling unless otherwise noted in the drawings or addendum. B. All underground utilities, piping, etc shall be located exactly before digging. This contractor shall be held responsible for all damages caused by failure to do so. C. Any backfill shall be tamped and compacted to prevent future settling. The backfill shall be installed to a smooth and level grade and installed in accordance with local codes. D. All excess dirt shall be cleared from the area and disposed of as directed by the owner. E. Refer to architectural specification sections for additional requirements. 1.25 ALTERNATES A. Refer to General Specification Sections for alternate bid description. 1.26 DIGITAL MEDIA AGREEMENT A. Computer Aided Drafting (CAD) documents may be available to the contractor for some uses. Contact the engineer prior to bidding to determine what information is available to be transmitted to the contractor in digital form. B. When documents are determined to be available, and as requested by the contractor, they will be transmitted upon the completion and execution of the MODUS digital media agreement. A service fee for each document transmitted will be assessed to the contractor. Documents will be transmitted upon payment receipt. PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 22 00 50 City of Waterloo BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS INVISION #16021 6 of 6 SECTION 22 00 80 PLUMBING SCHEDULE OF VALUES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 FORM COMPLETION A. The successful mechanical contractor shall complete this form in its entirety with,n 30 days of receipt of the signed contract from the general contractor, and submit directly to MODUS. B. This information is confidential and will not be disclosed to any individual outside of MODUS. Data collected will be used in evaluating pay applications. 1.02 OVERALL CONTRACT Basic Plumbing Bid $ Add or deduct accepted alternates, negotiated changes, or $ other modifications to the contract Total Plumbing Bid 1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES Domestic Plumbing Insulation - Material $ Domestic Plumbing Piping - Material Domestic Plumbing Specialties - Material $ Plumbing Equipment- Material $ Plumbing Fixtures - Material $ Plumbing Installation - Labor Plumbing Insulation - Material and Labor $ Total Plumbing Bid (Sum of Schedule of Values) $ PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 22 00 80 City of Waterloo PLUMBING SCHEDULE OF VALUES INVISION#16021 1 of 1 THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SECTION 22 00 90 MINOR PLUMBING DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. The requirements of the Contract Forms,the Conditions of the Contract, Division 1 - General Requirements and Specification Section 22 00 50 - Basic Mechanical Requirements"General Provisions" apply to this section. 1.02 SCOPE A. This contractor shall be responsible for the demolition and removal of all existing mechanical elements within the project area except as follows: 1. Elements shown on the drawings as"existing to remain and/or to be relocated". 2. Elements serving adjacent areas. 3. Elements required for the support of the newly remodeled areas. B. Preserve services to the existing facility. Extend, reroute, and reconnect existinc; systems as required providing for the continued function of these systems. C. This contractor shall be responsible for the cutting and capping of all existing gas, water, sewer, and any other utility service. D. Demolition shall be accomplished by the proper tools and equipment for the work to be removed. Personnel shall be experienced and qualified in the type of work to be performed. E. This contractor shall remove all abandon equipment, piping, ductwork, supports equipment curbs, and bases associated with the remodeled areas unless noted otherwise. F. This contractor is responsible to provide temporary plumbing protection during this project. 1.03 MATERIALS A. All elements to be removed are subject to the Owner's Right of Salvage. B. All materials removed shall be the property of the removing contractor and shal be removed from the site by him, unless otherwise specified. C. The owner may designate and have salvage rights to any material herein demolished by this contractor. The contractor shall coordinate with the owner prior to start of demolition. 1.04 WORK BY OTHERS A. Unless specifically noted under other contracts, this mechanical contractor shall assume he will perform all required work. In general, the following will be performed by others 1. The electrical contractor will disconnect all electrical service and remove conduit back to behind finished surfaces, close and cap ends of conduits. 1.05 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. If any piping serving existing fixtures or equipment(that are to remain) are dist irbed by operations under this contract, this contractor shall provide pipe and insulation required to re-establish continuity of such piping systems. B. This contractor shall arrange for the general contractor to repair and patch all onstruction with material necessary to match surrounding due to the removal of equipment, piping, and ductwork. C. This contractor shall furnish all required labor and material, where required, to extend new work to connect to similar work for extension of existing systems. D. Demolition drawings are based on casual field observation and existing recorc documents. Report discrepancies to the owner before disturbing existing installation. Beg nning of demolition means installer accepts existing conditions. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 22 00 90 City of Waterloo MINOR PLUMBING DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING 1 of 2 INVISION#16021 PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements City of Waterloo MINOR PLUMBING DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING INVISION #16021 2 of 2 SECTION 22 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pipe hangers and supports. B. Accessories. C. Flashing. D. Sleeves. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASME B31.9- Building Services Piping. B. ASTM F708 - Design and Installation of Rigid Pipe Hangers. C. MSS SP58- Pipe Hangers and Supports- Materials, Design and Manufacturer. D. MSS SP69- Pipe Hangers and Supports- Selection and Application. E. MSS SP89- Pipe Hangers and Supports- Fabrication and Installation Practices. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide manufacturers catalog data including load capacity. B. Design Data: Indicate load carrying capacity of trapeze, multiple pipe, and riser support hangers. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and assembly of components. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for support of piping. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Anvil International 2. Tolco/Cooper B-Line 3. Engineer approved equal. B. Plumbing Piping - Drain,Waste and Vent: 1. Conform to ASME B31.9; ASTM F708 2. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 Inch to 1-1/2 Inch: Carbon steel adjustable swivel, split ring. Figure 104. 3. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 Inches and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. Anvil International Figure 260. 4. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods. 5. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 Inches: Cast iron bracket. Anvil International Figure 213. 6. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 Inches and Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp. Anvil International Figure 195. 7. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. Anvil International Figure 261. 8. Floor Support: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. Anvil International Figure 264. 9. Copper Pipe Support: Carbon steel ring, adjustable, and copper plated. Anvil International Figure 97. 10. Provide zinc coated hangers and supports for all non air conditioned areas. C. Plumbing Piping -Water: 1. Conform to ASME B31.9; ASTM F708. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 22 05 29 City of Waterloo HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMEoNT INVISION#16021 2. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 Inch to 1-1/2 Inches: Carbon steel adjustable swivel, split ring. Anvil International Figure 104. 3. Hangers for Cold Pipe Sizes 2 Inch and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. Anvil International Figure 260. 4. Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 2 Inch to 4 Inch: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. Anvil International Figure 260. 5. Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 Inch and Over: Adjustable steel yoke, cast iron roll, single hanger. Anvil International Figure 181. 6. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods. 7. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 Inches and Over: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods, cast iron roll. Anvil International Figure 175. 8. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 Inches: Cast iron bracket. Anvil International Figure 213. 9. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 Inches Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp. Anvil International Figure 195. 10. Wall Support for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 Inches and Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp with adjustable steel yoke and cast iron roll. Anvil International Figure 195 and 181. 11. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. Anvil International Figure 261. 12. Floor Support for Cold Pipe: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. Anvil International Figure 264. 13. Floor Support for Hot Pipe Sizes to 4 Inches: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. Anvil International Figure 264. 14. Floor Support for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 Inches and Over:Adjustable cast iron roll and stand, steel screws, and concrete pier or steel support. Anvil International Figure 274. 15. Copper Pipe Support: Carbon steel ring, adjustable, copper plated. Anvil International Figure 97. 16. Provide zinc coated hangers and supports for all non air conditioned areas. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Hanger Rods: Mild steel threaded both ends, threaded one end or continuous threaded. 2.03 FLASHING A. Metal Flashing: 26 gauge galvanized steel. B. Metal Counter Flashing: 22 gauge galvanized steel. C. Flexible Flashing: 47 mil thick sheet butyl compatible with roofing. D. Caps: Steel, 22 gauge minimum; 16 gauge at fire resistant elements. 2.04 SLEEVES A. Sleeves for pipes through wall below grade shall be Schedule 40, two pipe diameters larger than pipe. Seal with Linkseal. B. Sleeves for pipes through non-fire rated floors shall be 18 gauge galvanized steel. C. Sleeves for pipes through non-fire rated beams, walls, footings, and potentially wet floors shall be Schedule 40 steel pipe or 18 gauge galvanized steel. D. Sleeves for pipes through fire rated and fire resistive floors and walls, and fire proofing to be a fire rated sleeve assembly including seals, UL listed. E. Stuffing and Firestopping Insulation: Fiberglass type, non-combustible per UL tested assembly type. F. Sealant Manufacturers: 1. Dow Corning Silicone RTV Foam. 2. 3-M Fire Barrier Caulk and Putty. 3. Thomas & Betts Flame Safe Fire Stop System. 4. Engineer approved equal. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 22 05 29 City of Waterloo HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT INVISION#16021 2 of 4 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.02 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Support horizontal piping as scheduled. B. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. C. Place hangers within 12 inch of each horizontal elbow. D. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. E. Support horizontal cast iron pipe adjacent to each hub with 5 foot maximum spaciig between hangers. at each floor at hub. F. Support vertical piping at every floor. Support vertical cast iron pipe G. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide rr ultiple or trapeze hangers. H. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. I. Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping. J. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe. K. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. s aces areers not coandn s uppo s located o at d in crawl ceiling spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended P 3.03 FLASHING flashing pipingand ductwork penetrate A. Provide flexible waterproofed walls,floors,uand oofsnter where weatherminimum above finished roof surface with B. Flash vent and soil pipes projecting three inch (3") pipes into wall and caulk, metal counterflash, and seal for x 2r through size.Turn walls.fl Referges back architectural drawings and specifications for additional outside to information. C. Flash floor drains in floors with topping over finished areas with waterproof membrane ten inch (10") clear on sides with minimum 36" x 36" sheet size. Fasten materials to drail clamp device. D. Seal floor, shower, and mop sink drains watertight to adjacent E. Adjust storm collars tight to pipe with section bolts; cfaulkce around f curb top edge. Use storm collars above roof jacks. Screw vertical flange 3.04 SLEEVES A. Set sleeves in position in formwork.ofor ovide reinforcing movement around movement due toexpans on and contraction. Provide for B. Size sleeves large enough to continuous insulation wrapping. C. Extend sleeves through floor one inch finishedabove ceil ng 000r level. Caulk sleeves. r wall fire rated asserr Mies. Close off D. Provide sleeves where piping penetrates floor, space between pipe and adjacent work with fire stopping insulation and caulk E. Provide close fitting metal collar orescutcheon ficische surfaces and oth th idesca of penetration. Install chrome plated steel escutcheons at inets. 22 05 29 Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 3 of4 Cityof Waterloo HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT INVISION#16021 3.05 SCHEDULES HANGER ROD MAX. HANGER SPACING DIAMETER Pipe Size 1/2 to 1-1/4 Feet Inches 1-1/2 to 2 6'5 3/8 2-1/2 to 3 10.0 3/8 4to6 10.0 1/2 PVC (all sizes) 10.0 5/8 6.0 3/8 END OF SECTION Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements City of Waterloo HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUI22 05 29 PMENT INVISION#16021 4 of 4 SECTION 22 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Nameplates B. Tags C. Pipe markers D. Labels 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASME A13.1 - Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems 1.03 SUBMITTALSr on. A. Submit list of wording, symbols, letter size, and color-coding number, at on function onnt and vlalve B. Submit valve chart and schedule, including valve tag num , manufacturer's name and model number. product required C. Product Data:' Provide manufacturersinstallation og instructions,nstruct onsrature for ach special procedures and D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation. valves, include valve tag E. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of tagged numbers. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 NAMEPLATES A. Description: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color. 2.02 TAGS A. Plastic Tags: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light :ontrasting background color. Tag size minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter. B. Metal Tags: Brass with stamped letters; tag size minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter with smooth edges. C. Information Tags: Clear plastic witsin e prtd"Danger, nylon anr,"Caution" or"Warning" ard message; size 3-1/4" x 5-5/8"with grommet and D. Tag Chart:Typewritten letter size list in anodized aluminum frame plastic lamiiated. 2.03 PIPE MARKERS A. Color and Lettering: Conform to ASME A13.1. preformed to fit around pipe B. Plastic Pipe Markers: Factory fabricated,flexible, semi-rigid plastic, p fasener. or pipe covering. Larger sizes may have maximum sheet size with spring C. PlasticTape Pipe Markers: Flexible, vinyl tape ve backing and printed markings indicating flow direction arrow and identification of fluid beiitive ng conveyed. 2.04 LABELS A. Description: Laminated Mylar, size 1.9" x 0.75" adhesive backed with printed identification. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. De-grease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install identifying devices after completion of coverings and painting. 53 Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb ImprovemenDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING AtsND EQUIPM 22 05 2 City of Waterloo INVISION#16021 1 of B. Install plastic nameplates with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners or adhesive. C. Install labels with sufficient adhesive to ensure permanent adhesion and seal with clear I Apply paint primer before applying labels for unfinished canvas covering. acquer. D. Install tags using corrosion resistant chain. Number tags consecutively by location. E. Identify tanks and water treatment devices with plastic nameplates. F. Identify control panels and major control components outside panels with plastic name la G. Identify valves in main and branch piping with tags. P tes. H. Tag automatic controls, instruments, and relays. Key to control schematic. I. Identify piping, concealed or exposed with plastic tape pipe markers. Use tags on piping inch diameter and smaller. Identify service, flow direction, and pressure. Install in clear and align with axis of piping. P g 3/4 P P g. Locate identification not to exceed 20 foot on straight runs view including risers and drops, adjacent to each valve and tee, at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure and at each obstruction. Identify on both sides of any wall. J. Conform to owner's existing identification scheme. Verify with owner prior to bid. END OF SECTION Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements City of Waterloo vements 22 05 53 INVISION#16021 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING AND EQUIPMENT 2 of 2 SECTION 22 07 19 DOMESTIC PLUMBING INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fiberglass B. Jackets 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Specification Section 22 05 53- Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C177 -Standard Test Me for of the SGteady-State Heat Flux t Apparatus.Measurements as id Thermal Transmission Properties by Means B. ASTM C240 - Standard Test MethodsTesting of Cellular IHeatGlass Flux MeasuInsulation rements and Thermal C. ASTM C5 for 18- Standard Test MethodSteady-State Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus. D. ASTM C534- Standard Specification for Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular rm. E. ASTM C552- Standard Specification for Cellular Glass Thermal Insulation. F. ASTM C610- Standard Specification for Expanded Perlite Block and Pipe Therrr al Insulation. G. ASTM C921 - Standard Practice for Determining the Properties of Jacketing Materials for Thermal Insulation. Expanded H. ASTM D1056- Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials- Sponge or p Rubber. I. ASTM D1667 - Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials-Vinyl Chloride Polymers and Copolymers. J. ASTM D1784- Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. K. ASTM D2842- Standard Test Method for Water bn ngtion of CharacRigid terist Chalular racteristics Buildings. Materials. L. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Bu M. ASTM E96- Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. N. NAIMA National Insulation Standards. O. NFPA 255 - Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Bui'ding Materials. P. UL 723 - Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide product description, thermal characteristics, list of materials, and thickness for each service and location. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. B. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum three years experience. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to maximum flame spread/smoke developed rating of 25/50 in accordance with ASTM E84. 22 07 19 Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements DOMESTIC PLUMBING INSULATION City of Waterloo 1 of 4 INVISION #16021 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND PROTECTION A. Accept materials on site, labeled with manufacturer's identification, product density and thickness. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain ambient conditions required by manufacturers of each product. B. Maintain temperature before, during, and after installation for minimum of 24 hours. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FIBERGLASS A. Manufacturers: 1. Johns Manville Micro-Lok HP 2. Owens Corning 3. Knauff 4. Engineer approved equal. B. Insulation: ASTM C547 rigid molded, noncombustible. C. "K"Value: ASTM C335, 0.25 at 75 deg F. D. Minimum Service Temperature: 0 deg F. E. Maximum Service Temperature: 800 deg F. F. Maximum Moisture Absorption: <5% by weight. G. Vapor Barrier Jacket: ASTM C1136, white Kraft paper with fiberglass yarn, bonded to aluminized film. H. Moisture Vapor Transmission:ASTM E96; 0.02 perm inches. I. Secure with self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips. J. Surface Burning: ASTM E84; Flame Spread-25, Smoke Developed-50 K. VOC Content:ASTM D5116; 0.15 WI 2.02 JACKETS A. PVC Plastic: 1. Manufacturers: a. Johns Manville Zeston b. Owens Corning c. PIC Plastics d. Engineer approved equal. 2. Jacket:ASTM C921, UV resistant, one piece molded type fitting covers and sheet material, off white color. 3. Minimum Service Temperature: 0 deg F. 4. Maximum Service Temperature: 150 deg F. 5. Moisture Vapor Transmission: ASTM E96; 0.002 perm inches. 6. Maximum Flame Spread: ASTM E84; 25 7. Maximum Smoke Developed: ASTM E84; 50 8. Thickness: 20 mil. 9. Connections: Brush on welding adhesive. B. Covering Adhesive Mastic: 1. Manufacturers: a. Johns Manville Perma-Weld b. PIC Plastics c. Engineer approved equal. 2. Compatible with insulation. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements City of Waterloo 22 07 19 INVISION #16021 DOMESTIC PLUMBING INSULATION 2 of 4 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that piping has been tested before applying insulation materials. B. Verify that surfaces are clean and dry with foreign material removed. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Exposed Piping: Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations. C. Insulated Dual Temperature Pipes or Cold Pipes Conveying Fluids Below Ambien° Temperature: or field applied. 1. Provide vapor barrier jackets,factory applied 2. Insulate fittings,joints and valves with molded insulation of like material and thickness as adjacent pipe. 3. Provide PVC fitting covers. 4. Continue insulation through walls (unless in firewall sleeves), pipe hangers and other pipe penetrations. 5. Insulate entire system including fittings, valves, unions, flanges, strainers,flexible connections, pump bodies, and expansion joints. 6. Vapor seal insulation ends every 20 feet. D. Insulated Pipes Conveying Fluids Above Ambient Temperature: 1. Provide standard jackets with vapor barrier,factory applied. 2. Insulate fittings,joints and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe. 3. Provide PVC fitting covers. 4. Continue insulation through walls (unless in firewall sleeves) pipe hangers and other pipe penetrations. E. Inserts and Shields: 1. Manufacturers: a. Jeff Company/Buckaroo b. Amacell c. Cooper/Eaton d. TPS e. Engineer approved equal. 9 2. Shields: Galvanized saddle with flared edges between pipe hangers or pip a hanger rolls and inserts. 3. Insert Location: Between support shield and piping and under the vapor barrier and finish jacket. 4. Insert Configuration: Minimum six inch (6")long of same thickness and contour as adjoining insulation; may be factory fabricated. 5. Insert Type: a. Polystyrene and Fiberglass Insulation: 360 degree pol Pre-fabricatedisocn ) phenolic ulated aoam cylindrical insert capable of supporting piping system. jacketed supports are acceptable. Blocks, plugs, or wood material a-e not acceptable. b. Flexible Elastomeric Foam Insulation: Pre-fabricated 360 degree insulated pipe hanger with polyethylene inserts (Armacell "Armafix" or equal). Matcn thickness of pipe insulation. Hanger shall have PVC or aluminum jacket. Provide friction tape on inside of pipe clamp/support to avoid slipping. F. Insulation shall be continuous at all hangers. Hanger shall not be in direct contact with pipe. 3.03 TOLERANCE A. Substituted insulation materials shall provide thermal resistance within 10% at normal conditions, as materials indicate. 22 07 19 Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements DOMESTIC PLUMBING INSULATION City of Waterloo 3 of 4 INVISION#16021 3.04 SCHEDULE FIBERGLASS INSULATION PIPING SYSTEMS: Plumbing Systems: PIPE SIZE THICKNESS Domestic Hot Water and Re-Circulation Domestic Hot Water and Re-Circulation 1.5"5 andth Largern 1 .5 Plumbing Vents within 10'of Exterior: 1.5" Domestic Cold Water All 1,. All 1" PIPE JACKET SCHEDULE PIPE LOCATION: Piping in Mechanical/Electrical/Storage Room within 10'of JACKET MATERIAL floor(excluding racked piping) PVC END OF SECTION Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements City of Waterloo 22 07 19 INVISION #16021 DOMESTIC PLUMBING INSULATION 4 of 4 SECTION 2211 16 DOMESTIC PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Sanitary sewer piping (below grade). B. Sanitary sewer piping (above grade). C. Water piping (above grade). D. Ball valves. E. Strainers. F. Pipe accessories. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Specification Section 22 05 53- Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASME B31.1 - Power Piping. B. ASME B31.9 - Building Service Piping. C. ASME Section 9-Welding and Brazing Qualifications. D. ASME B16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Class 25, 125, 250 and 800. E. ASME B16.3- Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings. F. ASME B16.4- Cast Iron Threaded Fittings Class 125 and 250. G. ASME B16.18- Cast Bronze Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings. H. ASME B16.22-Wrought Copper and Bronze Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings. I. ASME B16.23- Cast Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Drainage Fittings—DWV J. ASME B16.26- Cast Bronze Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes. K. ASME 616.29 -Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Drainage Fittings- DWV. L. ASME B16.32- Cast Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Fittings for Solvent Drainage Systems. M. ASTM A47 - Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings. N. ASTM A234- Pipe Fittings of Wrought Copper Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures. O. ASTM 632 - Solder Metal. P. ASTM B42- Seamless Copper Pipe. Q. ASTM B43-Seamless Red Brass Pipe. R. ASTM B75 - Seamless Copper Tube. S. ASTM B88- Seamless Copper Water Tube. Copper-Allo Tube. T. ASTM B251 -Wrought Seamless Copper and Copp Y U. ASTM B302-Threadless Copper Pipe (TP). V. ASTM B306-Copper Drainage Tube (DWV). W. ASTM D1785- Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80 and 120. X. ASTM D2683- Socket type Polyethylene fillings for outside diameter controlled polyethylene pipe. Y. AWS A5.8- Brazing Filler Metal. Z. CISPI 301 - Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Hubless Cast Iron Sanitary Systems. 22 11 16 Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements DOMESTIC PLUMBING PIPING City of Waterloo 1 of 5 INVISION #16021 AA. CISPI 310-Joints for Hubless Cast Iron Sanitary Systems. AB. NSF/ANSI 61 - Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. AC. NSF/ANSI 372- Drinking Water System Components- Lead Content. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, valves and accessories. Provide manufacturers catalog information. Indicate valve data and ratings. 1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Record actual locations of valves. 1.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Maintenance Data: Include installation instructions, spare parts list and exploded assembly views. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with the State of Iowa. B. Valves: Manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body. C. Identify pipe with marking including size, material classification, specification, potable water certification and water pressure rating. D. Maintain one copy of each document on site. E. All cast iron soil pipe and fittings shall be marked with the collective trademark of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute or be prior approved by engineer. F. All cast iron soil pipe and fittings shall be installed according to the latest edition of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook. 1.08 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Perform work in accordance with local jurisdiction plumbing code. B. Conform to applicable code for installation of back flow prevention devices. C. Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of installation of back flow prevention devices. D. Wetted surfaces of brass and bronze components shall contain <0.25% weighted average lead content(lead free) as defined by NSF/ANSI Standards 61 and 372. 1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site. B. Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage. C. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves. D. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. E. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the work and isolating parts of completed system. 1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install underground piping when bedding is wet or frozen. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SANITARY SEWER PIPING (BELOW GRADE) A. Base Bid PVC Pipe: Schedule 40 1. ASTM D2665. 2. Fittings: PVC. 3. Joints: ASTM D2855 solvent weld with ASTM D2564 solvent cement. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements City of Waterloo 22 11 16 INVISION #16021 DOMESTIC PLUMBING PIPING 2 of 5 B. Stainless Steel (Alternate#1) 1. ASFittings: ASTME , 316L stainless A403, 316L stainless l, Schedule 0 steel, Schedule g 10. 2. 9 3. Joints: AWS B-21-8, welded. C. Chemdrain Poly Propylene (Alternate#2) 1. CPVC type IV, grade I, ASTM cell class 23447, Schedule 40. 2. Fittings: ASTM F2618. 3. Joints: ASTM D2846, solvent weld with ASTM F493 solvent cement. 2.02 SANITARY SEWER PIPING (ABOVE GRADE) A. Base Bid PVC Pipe: rating. 1. ASTM D1785 Schedule 40 for not less than 150 psi pressure 2. Fittings: ASTM D2665, PVC. 3. Joints: ASTM D2855, solvent weld with ASTM D2564 solvent cement. B. Stainless Steel (Alternate#1) 1. ASME A112.3.1, 316L stainless steel, Schedule 10. 2. Fittings: ASTM A403, 316L stainless steel, Schedule 10. 3. Joints: AWS B-21-8, welded. C. Chemdrain Poly Propylene (Alternate#2) 1. CPVC type IV, grade I, ASTM cell class 23447, Schedule 40. 2. Fittings: ASTM F2618. 3. Joints: ASTM D2846, solvent weld with ASTM F493 solvent cement. 2.03 WATER PIPING (ABOVE GRADE) A. Base Bid Copper Tubing: 1. ASTM B88, type#L hard drawn. 2. Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought copper and bronze. 3. Joints: ASTM B32, solder, Grade 95TA. B. Cross-Linked Polyethylene (PEX)-ALTERNATE#1 1. ASTM F876, SDR 9 polyethylene PEX-a tubing a. Rated for continuous operation by the Plastic Pipe Institute (PPI) at2th0t, followingF conditions: 160 psi @ 73.4 deg F, 100 psi @ 180 deg F, 80 psi @ deg b. Minimum bend radius for cold bending of the pipe shall not be greater times the outside diameter of the pipe. Provide bend supports supplied by he tubing manufacturer for all bends with a radius tighter than this requirement. c. Plenum Rating: Pipe shall not exceed a maximum flame spread/smOKe emission rating of 25/50 in compliance ASTM E84. Provide metal me shieldst his eq pp ed otbottom side of piping or fully insulate piping as necessary to d. Fittings: ASTM F2080 or ASTM F1960 cold-expansion, compression sleeve manufacturer. Provide specific fitting types as required to maintain warrantyof piping 2. Manufacturer shall provide fittings, components of the buried/embedded abe anydde other PEX tubirl ary itemsg system including all plastic piping, itting s, manifolds, supports, required for a complete installation. 3. Warranty: Plastic piping shall carry a 25-year non-prorated warranty against failure due to eaders, thermostats, other in material and e rkmanship.components shall be warranted fonifolds, r 12 months from date oC tuators, and substantiall other ancillary comp completion. 2.04 BALL VALVES A. Up To and Including 2 Inches: Bronze full port, two piece body, stainless steel oall and stem. Teflon seats and stuffing box ring, lever handle, solder or threaded ends. 1. Manufacturer: a. Apollo#77LF b. Watts#B-6080-SS 22 11 16 Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements DOMESTIC PLUMBING PIPING City of Waterloo 3 of 5 INVISION#16021 c. Milwaukee d. Engineer approved equal. 2.05 STRAINERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Metraflex 2. Muessco 3. Engineer approved equal. B. Size 2 Inches and Under: Screwed brass body for 175 psig working pressure, "Y"pattern with 1/32 inch stainless steel perforated screen. 2.06 PIPE ACCESSORIES A. Fittings: 1. All fittings shall be of the same material as the pipe. Material joining the fitting to the pipe shall be free from cracks and shall adhere tightly to each joining surface. 2. All fittings shall be capped with a plug of the same material as the pipe, and gasketed with the same gasket material as the pipe joint or be of material approved by the engineer. The plug shall be able to withstand all test pressures involved without leakage. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly. C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide non-conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals. C. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. Route parallel and perpendicular to walls. D. Install piping to conserve building space and not interfere with use of space. E. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. F. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe,joints or connected equipment. G. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. H. Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed. Coordinate size and location of access doors. I. Establish elevations of buried sanitary and storm sewer piping outside the building to ensure not less than four feet (4') of cover unless otherwise noted. J. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building frame, scrape, brush clean and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding. K. Provide support for utility meters in accordance with requirements of utility companies. L. Prepare exposed, unfinished pipe, fittings, supports and accessories not pre-finished, ready for finish painting. M. Install bell and spigot pipe with bell end upstream. N. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. O. Install water piping to ASME B31.9. P. Sleeve pipes passing through partitions, walls and floors. Q. Clean out all sanitary sewers to remove any debris prior to substantial completion. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements City of Waterloo 22 11 16 INVISION#16021 DOMESTIC PLUMBING PIPING 4 of 5 3.03 APPLICATION A. Install unions downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus connections. B. Install brass male adapters each side of valves in copper piped system. Solder adapters to pipe. 3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Establish invert elevations, slopes for drainage to 1/8 inch per foot 1% minimum. Maintain gradients. B. Slope water piping minimum 0.25% and arrange to drain at low points. 3.05 DISINFECTION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM A. Prior to starting work, verify system is complete,flush and clean. B. The plumbing contractor is to makeuresanitary sewe g herface ty s are roveunning t the ssmooth by running a snake through the sanitary sewerprior C. Ensure pH of water to be treated is between 7.4 and 7.6 by adding alkali (caustic soda or soda ash)or acid (hydrochloric). D. Inject disinfectant,free chlorine in liquid, powder or tablet form throughout system to obtain 50-to 80 mg/L residual. E. Bleed water from outlets to ensure distribution and test for disinfectant residual at minimum 15% of outlets. F. Maintain disinfectant in system for 24 hours. G. If final disinfectant residual tests less than 25 mg/L, repeat treatment. H. Flush disinfectant from system until residual equal °that of of outlets and from water entry incomingu I. Take samples no sooner than 24 hours after flushing from 10% and analyze in accordance with AWWA C651. Submit written report to owner. J. Work in this section shall be by a pre-approved water treatment contractor. END OF SECTION 22 11 16 Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements DOMESTIC PLUMBING PIPING City of Waterloo 5 of 5 INVISION#16021 THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SECTION 2211 19 DOMESTIC PLUMBING SPECIALTIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Clean out B. Grease interceptor 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Specification Section 22 11 16 - Domestic Plumbing Piping B. Specification Section 22 30 00 - Plumbing Equipment C. Specification Section 22 40 00- Plumbing Fixtures 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASME A113.6.3; Floor and Trench Drains of Sizing and B. PDI G-101 -Testing and Rating Procedure for Grease Interceptors with Appendix Installation Data. C. NSF/ANSI 61 - Drinking Water System Components- Health Effects. D. NSF/ANSI 372- Drinking Water System Components- Lead Content. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide component sizes, rough-in requirements, service sizes and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, weights and placement of openings and holes. C. Certificates: Certify that grease interceptors meet or exceed specified requirements. D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate assembly and support requirements. E. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of equipment, clean out, bacKflow preventers, water hammer arrestors. F. Operation Data: Indicate frequency of treatment required for interceptors. G. Maintenance Data: Include installation instructions, spare parts lists, exploded assembly views. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Accept specialties on site in original factory packaging. Inspect for damage. 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Wetted surfaces ofa rdss and bronze components efined by NSF/ANSI Standardsl61 and 372.contain 25%weighted average lead content(lead free) PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CLEAN OUT A. Manufacturers: 1. Watts 2. Smith 3. Josam 4. Wade 5. Sun Drainage 6. Engineer approved equal. B. Interior Finished Sub or On Grade Floors: 1. Watts#C0-200-R 2211 19 Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements DOMESTIC PLUMBING SPECIALTIES City of Waterloo 1 of 2 INVISION#16021 2. Lacquered cast iron bodies with integral anchor flange, neoprene "O"ring secondary test seal and adjustable combined access cover and plug with gasket seal. Nickel-bronze scoriated cover in service area and round with depressed cover to accept floor finish in finished floor areas. C. Interior Finished Membrane Floor Areas: 1. Watts#CO-200-C-R 2. Lacquered cast iron, two piece body with double drainage flange, weep holes, reversible clamping collar and adjustable nickel-bronze strainer round with scoriated cover in service areas and round with depressed cover to accept floor finish in finished floor areas. D. Interior Finished Wall Areas: 1. Watts#CO-380-RD 2. Line type with lacquered cast iron body and round epoxy coated gasket cover and round stainless steel access cover secured with machine screw. E. Cleanout size shall be equal to pipe size up to 4 inches. 2.02 GREASE INTERCEPTOR (GI-1) A. Manufacturers: 1. MiFab 2. Schier 3. Green Turtle 4. Engineer approved equal. B. Construction: 1. Material: HDPE 2. Rough-in: Below grade. 3. Accessories: See detail on drawings. 4. Cover: Traffic rated. See detail on drawings. C. Unit size and routing must be approved by authority having jurisdiction (Water Reclamation Authority in particular areas) prior to rough-in. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Coordinate cutting and forming of roof and floor construction to receive drains to require invert elevations. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Extend clean out to finished floor or wall surface. Lubricate threaded clean out plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil. Ensure clearance at clean out for rodding of drainage system. Coordinate all cleanout locations with the architect. C. Furnish and install cleanouts at locations as specified and required by local plumbing code. D. Install floor clean out at elevation to accommodate finished floor. E. Install approved potable water protection devices on plumbing lines where contamination of domestic water may occur; on boiler feed water lines,janitor rooms, fire sprinkler systems, premise isolation, irrigation systems, flush valves, interior hose bibbs and exterior wall hydrants. F. Install air gap fittings at all equipment drains when equipment is connected to domestic water. G. Coordinate all wall mounted device locations with architect. H. Route grease interceptor vent pipes back through building to roof. Coordinate routing with engineer and architect prior to rough-in. END OF SECTION Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements City of Waterloo 22 11 19 INVISI Waterloo DOMESTIC PLUMBING SPECIALTIES 2 of 2 SECTION 22 40 00 PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. See plumbing fixture schedules on drawings. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Specification Section 22 0529- Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment B. Specification Section 22 1116- Domestic Plumbing Piping C. Specification Section 22 1119- Domestic Plumbing Specialties 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASME A112.18.1 - Finished and Rough Brass Plumbing Fixture Fittings. B. ASME A112.19.1 - Enameled Cast Iron Plumbing Fixtures. C. ASME A112.19.5-Trim for Water-Closet Bowls, Tanks, and Urinals. D. NFPA 70- National Electrical Code. E. NSF/ANSI Ei1 - Drinking Water System Components- Health Effects. F. NSF/ANSI 372 - Drinking Water System Components- Lead Content. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide catalog illustrations of fixtures, sizes, rough in dimensions, utility sizes, trim, and finish. B. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation methods and procedures. C. Maintenance Data: Include fixture trim exploded view and replacement parts lists. D. Warranty: Submit manufacturer's warranty and ensure forms have been completec: in owner's name and registered with manufacturer. E. The mechanical contractor shall coordinate all fixtures with general construction and cabinetry prior to submitting for review. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. B. Wetted surfaces of brass and bronze components shall contain <0.25%weighted average lead content(lead free) as defined by NSF/ANSI Standards 61 and 372. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Accept fixtures on site in factory packaging. Inspect for damage. B. Protect installed fixtures from damage by securing areas and by leaving factory packaging in place to protect fixtures and prevent use. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturer's standard warranty for electric water cooler. Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 22 40 00 City of Waterloo PLUMBING FIXTURES INVISION#16021 1 of 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that walls and floor finishes are prepared and ready for installation of fixtures. B. Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics. C. Confirm that millwork is constructed with adequate provision for the installation of counter top lavatories and sinks prior to ordering. D. Confirm that hole drillings are of appropriate number and spacing for trim. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Rough-in fixture piping connections in accordance with minimum sizes indicated in fixture rough-in schedule for particular fixtures. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install each fixture with trap, easily removable for servicing and cleaning. C. Provide chrome plated rigid or flexible supplies to fixtures with 1/4 turn loose key stops, reducers and escutcheons. D. Install components level and plumb. E. Install and secure fixtures in place with wall supports or wall carriers and bolts. F. Seal fixtures to wall and floor surfaces with sealant. Color to match fixture. G. Solidly attach water closets to floor with lag screws. Flashing is not intended to hold fixture in place. 3.04 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Review millwork shop drawings. Confirm location and size of fixtures and openings before rough-in and installation. 3.05 ADJUSTING A. Adjust stops or valves for intended water flow rate to fixtures without splashing, noise or overflow. 3.06 CLEANING A. Clean plumbing fixtures and equipment. END OF SECTION Five Sullivan Brothers CC Kitchen Plmb Improvements 22 40 00 City of Waterloo PLUMBING FIXTURES INVISION#16021 2 of 2